Gridley City Council
February 2, 2026

GRIDLEY CITY COUNCIL AGENDA: Regular Meeting of 2-2-26 Page 1 of 3 “Our purpose isto continuously enhance our community’s vitality and overall quality of life. We are committed to providing high quality, cost-effective municipal services and forming productive partnerships with our residents and regional organizations. We collectively develop, share, and are guided by a clear vision, values, and meaningful objectives.” The Public is encouraged to attend and participate in person. Comments from the public on agenda items will be accepted until 4 pm on February 2, 2026, via email to [email protected] or via the payment/document drop box at Gridley City Hall and will be conveyed to the Council for consideration.

You may view using the following link, ID, and passcode:
https://us06web.zoom.us/j/81693372009?pwd=QEeonzta2kgjctovJPjqQqrfxUcLXr.1 Passcode:710738
CALL TO ORDER - Mayor Farr

ROLL CALL
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE – Mayor Farr
PROCLAMATION – None
INTRODUCTION OF NEW OR PROMOTED EMPLOYEES - None
COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION FORUM - Members of the public may address the City Council on matters not listed on the agenda. The City Council may not discuss nor take action on any community participation item brought forward by a member of the community. Comments are requested to be limited to three (3) minutes.

CONSENT AGENDA - None

PUBLIC HEARING

1. Proposition 218 Public Hearing – Solid Waste Rates
City Council to conduct a public hearing in accordance with Article XIII D of the California Constitution (Proposition 218) to consider proposed solid waste rate adjustments under the existing Waste Management agreement.

Recommended Action(s):
a. Conduct the public hearing, receive public testimony and written protests, and, if no majority protest exists, adopt the proposed solid waste rates as noticed.

Gridley City Council – Regular Meeting Agenda
Monday, February 2, 2026; 6:00 pm
Gridley City Hall, 685 Kentucky Street, Gridley, CA 95948 GRIDLEY CITY COUNCIL AGENDA: Regular Meeting of 2-2-26 Page 2 of 3 ITEMS FOR CONSIDERATION –

2. Mid-Year Budget Review FY 25/26
City Council to review the mid-year budget and consider approval of Resolution 2026-R-003:
a resolution of the city of Gridley authorizing the modification of the FY 25/26 budget by appropriating supplemental funds
Recommended Action(s):
a. Approve Resolution 2026-R-003: a resolution of the City of Gridley authorizing the modification of the FY 25/26 budget by appropriating supplemental funds

3. Safety Element Update
City Council consideration of approval of Resolution 2026-R-004: authorizing the City Administrator to negotiate, execute, and administer a Professional Services Agreements with Atlas Planning Solutions for the Safety Element Update Recommended Action(s):
a. Approve Resolution 2026-R-004: authorizing the City Administrator to negotiate, execute, and administer a Professional Services Agreements with Atlas Planning Solutions for the Safety Element Update

4. Laurel Street Extension Discussion
City Council discussion and consideration of potential next steps for the Laurel Street Extension Project.

Recommended Action(s):
a. Authorize the City Administrator to execute Task Order No. 16-607-300 with Bennett Engineering Services (BENEN) to manage, design, and prepare construction documents for the Laurel Street Extension Project in the amount of $149,415, making the project shovel-ready; and/or b. Direct staff to pursue a Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) for construction, with an application deadline of April 2, 2025; and/or c. Direct staff to defer submittal of a construction grant application while proceeding with project design; or
d. Direct staff to defer project design and pursue a planning grant in 2027.

5. Design and Construction Standard Specifications and Details City Council to receive public introduction to the draft Gridley Design and Construction Standard Specifications and Details
Recommended Action(s):

GRIDLEY CITY COUNCIL AGENDA: Regular Meeting of 2-2-26 Page 3 of 3 No action is needed at this time
COUNCIL COMMITTEE REPORTS - Brief reports on conferences, seminars, and meetings attended by the Mayor and City Council members, if any.

CITY ADMINISTRATOR REPORTS - Brief updates and reports on conferences, seminars, and meetings attended by the City Administrator, if any.

DEPARTMENT UPDATE REPORTS – Brief updates and reports on City services as it pertains to each department, if any.

POTENTIAL FUTURE CITY COUNCIL ITEMS - (Appearing on the Agenda within 30 days):

Energy Efficiency Contract Review 3/2/2025
Randolph Lot Use Agreement - GUSD 3/2/2025
Steffen Estates Maintenance Assessment District Draft 3/2/2025 CLOSED SESSION –

6. Evaluation of performance of City Administrator pursuant to Cal. Gov. Code Section 54957(b)(1)
ADJOURNMENT – adjourning to a regular meeting on February 2, 2026 NOTE 1: POSTING OF AGENDA- This agenda was posted on the public bulletin board at City Hall at or before 6:00 p.m., January 30th, 2026. This agenda along with all attachments is available for public viewing online at www.gridley.ca.us and at the Administration Counter in City Hall, 685 Kentucky Street, Gridley, CA.

NOTE 2: REGARDING UNSCHEDULED MATTERS – In accordance with state law, it shall be the policy of this Council that no action shall be taken on any item presented during the public forum or on unscheduled matters unless the Council, by majority vote, determines that an emergency situation exists, or, unless the Council by a two-thirds vote finds that the need to take action arose subsequent to the posting of this agenda.

City Council Agenda Item #1
Staff Report
Date: February 2, 2026
To: Mayor and City Council
From: Elisa Arteaga, City Administrator
Subject: Proposition 218 Public Hearing – Solid Waste Rates (Waste Management) Recommendation
Conduct the Proposition 218 public hearing for the proposed solid waste rate adjustments, consider all written protests received, and, if no majority protest exists, adopt the proposed rates as noticed.

Background
On December 17, 2025, the City mailed a Proposition 218 Notice of Public Hearing to all affected property owners regarding proposed adjustments to solid waste, green waste, and recycling rates. The notice set a public hearing before the City Council for February 2, 2026.

The mailed notice and supporting materials explained the basis for the proposed rate adjustments and provided affected parties with the opportunity to submit written protests in accordance with Article XIII D of the California Constitution (Proposition 218).

No New Waste Management Contract
There is no new contract with Waste Management being considered as part of this action. The proposed rates relate to the same Waste Management agreement that was previously noticed and approved by the City Council in 2024.

The existing agreement contains provisions that allow for rate increases when certain underlying hard costs increase. In this instance, Waste Management experienced an increase in dumping fees at the County-operated Neal Road Landfill.

Out of an abundance of caution, the City issued a new Proposition 218 notice prior to considering these rate adjustments since Waste Management has not previously exercised this provision under the current contract. The additional fees permitted by the existing agreement and the pertinent portions of the agreement are detailed in the mailed notice.

Summary of Proposed Changes
The proposed changes before the City Council today are limited to adjustments in solid waste service rates to account for:
• Increased disposal and tipping fees at the Neal Road Landfill; and • Cost recovery provisions already included in the existing Waste Management contract.

No changes are proposed to the scope of services, contract term, or service provider. x Regular
Special
Closed
Emergency
Fiscal Impact
There is no direct fiscal impact to the City beyond administrative costs associated with noticing and conducting the Proposition 218 public hearing.

Attachments
-Proposition 218 Notice of Public Hearing (mailed December 17, 2025) -Existing Waste Management Contract valid through December 31, 2028 (approved March 2024) Notice of Public Hearing
Proposed Rate Increase for Collection and Disposal of
Solid Waste
Public Hearing Before: Gridley City Council
Hearing Date: Monday February 2nd, 2026, at 6:00 p.m.

Location: Gridley City Hall - Council Chambers, 685 Kentucky Street, Gridley, CA 95948 Affected property owners or customers of record subject to the imposition of the proposed rate adjustments have the right to submit written protests against the proposed rates. Written protests must be mailed to the address below or may also be hand delivered to the City Clerk at the February 2, 2026, City Council Meeting - Public Hearing in order to be counted. Protests may not be delivered electronically or verbally. Any written protest must: (1) state that the identified property owner or customer is in opposition to the proposed rates increase; (2) provide the location of the identified parcel (by assessor’s parcel number, street address, or customer account); and (3) include the name and signature of the person submitting the protest. Although oral comments at the public hearing will not qualify as a formal protest unless accompanied by a written protest, the City of Gridley welcomes input from the community during the public hearing on the proposed solid waste rates. Only one protest may be registered per property.

Mail Protests to: City of Gridley, City Clerk, 685 Kentucky Street, Gridley, CA 95948 Please see proposed rate schedules attached
NOTICE IS HEARBY GIVEN that the City Council of the City of Gridley, on Monday February 2nd, 2026, will hold a public hearing commencing at Gridley City Hall Council Chambers, 685 Kentucky St., Gridley, CA 95948 at 6:00 pm, to consider the following item:

ADOPTION OF PROPOSED RATE INCREASE FOR COLLECTION OF

SOLID WASTE, GREEN WASTE, AND RECYCLABLES
This notice is given as a required Proposition 218 notice that is to be mailed to all impacted property owners and customers to advise of proposed rate changes. To view the proposed rates and contract please visit the City of Gridley’s website gridley.ca.us/notice/prop218-wastemanagement. For any further questions please email Rachel Haines with Waste Management at [email protected]. The agenda and staff report will be published on the Friday before the scheduled City Council meeting at gridley.ca.us/government-and-departments/city-council/
City of Gridley
685 Kentucky St., Gridley CA 95948
(530) 846-3631
www.gridley.ca.us

City of Gridley
685 Kentucky St., Gridley CA 95948
(530) 846-3631
www.gridley.ca.us
Aviso de Audiencia Pública
Propuesta de Aumento de Tarifas para la Recolección
y Eliminación de Desechos Sólidos
SE DA AVISO de que el Concejo Municipal de la Ciudad de Gridley, el lunes 2 de Febrero de 2026, llevará a cabo una audiencia pública que comenzará en las Cámaras del Concejo del Ayuntamiento de Gridley, 685 Kentucky St., Gridley, CA 95948 a las 6:00 pm, para considerar el siguiente tema:

ADOPCIÓN DE LA PROPUESTA DE AUMENTO DE TARIFAS PARA EL COBRO DE RESIDUOS SÓLIDOS, RESIDUOS VERDES Y RECICLABLES
Este aviso se entrega como un aviso requerido de la Proposición 218 que debe enviarse por correo a todos los propietarios y clientes afectados para informar sobre los cambios de tarifas propuestos. Para ver las tarifas propuestas y el contrato, visite el sitio web de la ciudad de Gridley gridley.ca.us/notice/prop218-wastemanagement. Si tiene más preguntas, envíe un correo electrónico a Rachel Hines de Waste Management at [email protected]. La agenda y el informe del personal se publicarán el viernes antes de la reunión programada del Concejo Municipal en gridley.ca.us/government-and-departments/city-council/.

Audiencia Pública Ante: Concejo Municipal de Gridley
Fecha de Audiencia: Lunes 2 de Febrero de 2026 a las 6:00 p.m.

Ubicación: Ayuntamiento de Gridley - Cámaras del Consejo, 685 Kentucky Street, Gridley, CA 95948
Los propietarios afectados o los clientes registrados sujetos a la imposición de los ajustes de tarifas propuestos tienen derecho a presentar protestas por escrito contra las tarifas propuestas. Las protestas por escrito deben enviarse por correo a la dirección que se indica a continuación o también pueden entregarse personalmente al Secretario Municipal en la reunión del Concejo Municipal del 2 de Febrero de 2026 - Audiencia Pública para ser contados. Las protestas no pueden ser entregadas electrónica o verbalmente. Cualquier protesta por escrito debe: (1) declarar que el propietario o cliente identificado se opone al aumento de tarifas propuesto; (2) Proporcione la ubicación de la parcela identificada (por número de parcela del evaluador, calle dirección, o cuenta de cliente); y (3) incluir el nombre y la firma de la persona que presenta la protesta. Aunque los comentarios orales en la audiencia pública no calificarán como una protesta formal a menos que vayan acompañados de una protesta por escrito, la Ciudad de Gridley agradece los comentarios de la comunidad durante la audiencia pública sobre las tarifas propuestas para los desechos sólidos. Solo se puede registrar una protesta por propiedad.

Envíe las protestas por correo a: City of Gridley, City Clerk, 685 Kentucky Street, Gridley, CA 95948

3/1/2026

3/1/2026
CPI ADJUSTMENT. The Service Rates set forth in Exhibit 2 shall be adjusted on January 1st of each year, beginning January 1, 2025 and annually thereafter to reflect one-hundred percent (100%) of the annual change in the Consumer Price Index, series CUUR0000SEHG CPI-U Water and Sewer and Trash
Collection Services, US City Average, not seasonally adjusted, as published by the United States Department of Labor,
Bureau of Labor Statistics (CPI). Annual CPI adjustments shall have a 2% floor and 5% cap. If an annual CPI adjustment would otherwise be lower than 2% or above 5%, such difference will be applied to the following year’s CPI adjustment. The
Company shall submit a formal Request for Service Rates Adjustment to the City on an annual basis no later than November 1st of the current year.

EXTRAORDINARY SERVICE RATE REVIEW REQUEST. In addition
to the annual CPI adjustment, the Service Rates shall, upon written request of Company, be further adjusted to fully capture increased expenses and lost revenue associated with performance of the services hereunder due to any one or more of the following causes: Uncontrollable Circumstance; Changes in Applicable Law that is effective after the Effective Date of this Agreement; Increase in surcharges, fees,
assessments or taxes levied by federal, state or local
regulatory authorities or other governmental entities related to the Franchise Services; Processing facility and disposal facility/landfill tip fees that are not regulated by the Company or an affiliate of the Company. Any other extraordinary circumstances or causes or reasons that are not within the reasonable control of Company.

If Company requests a Service Rates adjustment, it shall prepare a Service Rates adjustment request setting forth its calculations of the increased costs/lost revenue and
accompanying adjustment to the Service Rates necessary to offset such increased costs/ lost revenue. The City may request documentation and data reasonably necessary to
evaluate such request by Company, and may retain, at its own expense, an independent third party to audit and review such documentation and request. If such third party is retained, the City shall take reasonable steps, consistent with Applicable Law, to protect the confidential or proprietary nature of any data or information supplied by Company. The City shall approve all properly calculated Service Rates adjustments within ninety (90) days of Company's request, and the
adjusted Service Rates shall be deemed to take effect as of the date of Company's request. In addition, if the request is based upon any new or increased third party fees taxes, assessments or charges, the City shall approve the Service Rates
adjustment within such time period as necessary to ensure that such fees, taxes, assessments or charges are passed on to Service Recipients by the date the same are effective.

In consideration ofthe mutual covenants in this Agreement, as amended and restated, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as follows:

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT

BETWEEN THE CITY OF GRIDLEY AND
USA WASTE OF CALIFORNIA, INC.,

FOR COLLECTION OF SOLID WASTE, GREEN WASTE, RECYCLABLES, AND

TRANSFER STATION OPERATION SERVICES

FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

1.1. Act. Act means the California Integrated Waste Management Act of 1989, California Public Resources Code (“PRC”) sections 40000 et seq., as amended, supplemented, superseded, and replaced by the California legislature from time to time. All state code references are to the PRC unless otherwise noted. In the event of any inconsistency between the definitions set forth below and those in the PRC or the California Code of Regulations (“CCR”) related to solid waste, the PRC and/or the CCR shall prevail.

1.2. Applicable Law. Applicable Law means all laws, ordinances, municipal code, resolutions, regulations, rules, orders, judgments, decrees, permits, approvals, or other requirement of any governmental agency having jurisdiction over the collection, handling, processing, and disposition of Franchise Materials that are in force on the Effective Date and as they may be enacted, issued or amended during the term ofthis Agreement.

1.4. Bulky Waste. Bulky Waste means large household items that do not properly fit in the Customer's Cart, or bundled or bagged Solid Waste, that do not exceed four feet by four feet by two feet (4'x4’x2’) and weigh no more than sixty (60) pounds, which are attributed to the normal activities of a Single-Family Premises. Such materials may include furniture, area and floor rugs properly prepared (cut and bundled), mattresses (must be wrapped in plastic), appliances, and tires without rims. All liquids must be

1.3. Bins. Bins shall mean those containers provided by the Company for Commercial Customers and Multiple-Family Dwellings. The Bins are oftwo types: (i) Bins which are picked up by trucks designed for Solid Waste, C&D and Recycling by means of front-loading apparatus; and (ii) roll-offBins (also known as a Debris Box or Drop Box) (which are usually much larger in size).

1. DEFINITIONS. For purposes ofthis Agreement the following words or phrases shall have the following meanings.

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as ofMArMl , 202^f between the City of Gridley (the “City”), and USA Waste ofCalifornia Inc. (the “Company”). Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, any action authorized, or required to be taken by the City may be taken by the City Council (the “Council”) or by the City Administrator.

1.5. City Representative. City Representative means the City Administrator, or designee.

1.12. 1.13.

Compactor. Compactor means a compacting unit that loads a detachable or nondetachable Bin or Debris Box. The detachable or non-dctachable Bin or Debris Box serves as a receptacle of Solid Waste, and has a capacity of one (1) cubic yard or larger.

The Bin or Debris Box is picked up by a collection vehicle for emptying at a separate location.

C ompany Service Fee. Company Service Fee means the compensation provided to the Company for services performed pursuant to this Agreement.

1.9. Commercial Premises. Commercial Premises shall mean all industrial, manufacturing, warehouse, wholesale or retail stores, service establishments, professional offices, other business establishments, and government facilities and schools and construction sites, and Multiple-Family Dwellings.

1.8. Commercial Customer. Commercial Customer is a Customer that receives Commercial Service including, but not limited to, those Multiple-Family Dwellings and Mobile Home Park Customers that use Bin service.

1.6. Cart. Cart means an industry standard receptacle for disposal of Franchise Materials, in a range ofsizes including approximately 35, 64, or 96 gallons. A Cart will have wheels, a handle for ease of movement and a fitted, attached lid, and is designed to be dumped mechanically into a Solid Waste or Recyclables collection vehicle.

1.7. Collection or Collection Service. Collection or Collection Service shall mean all or any part ofthe activities involved in the Collection of Franchise Materials specified in this Agreement and its transportation to and disposal at a Disposal Site or Recycling facility. drained; no item may contain Freon. Bulky Waste excludes any Excluded Waste, as well as automotive parts, tree stumps, oil and gas, propane tanks, C&D Debris, and batteries.

1.14. Construction and Demolition Debris or C&D. Construction and Demolition Debris or C&D has the meaning provided in Title 14, Division 7, Section 17388(c) of the CCR or successor laws and regulations as may be amended from time to time, but not including any Excluded Waste.

1.11. Commercial Service. Commercial Service means Bin or Cart service provided under this Franchise to Commercial Premises and Bin service provided to MultipleFamily Dwellings and Mobile Home Parks.

1.10. Commercial Recycling. Commercial Recycling means the collection, processing and marketing ofthose Recyclable Materials that are collected from Commercial Customers under this Franchise on an exclusive basis.

1.15. 1.16.

1.17. 1.18.

1.19. Discretionary Adjustment. Discretionary Adjustment is defined in Section 6.5.

1.20. Disposal Fees. Disposal Fees shall mean the charges imposed by the Disposal Disposal Site. Disposal Site has the meaning provided in PRC Section 40122 or

1.23.

Customer. Customer means an ifidividual or entity that receives Franchise Services provided by the Company. Customer shall also mean the person, organization or corporation receiving Disposal service for Franchise Materials to which billing statements are sent. Customer also means those Generators of Recyclable Materials in the Service Area to whom the Company provides and the Customer pays for Collection Service under this Agreement.

Curb or Curbside. Curb or Curbside shall mean that pail ofthe homeowner's property, within five feet ofthe Public Street or alley without blocking sidewalks, driveways or on-street parking. If extraordinary circumstances preclude such a location.

Curbside shall be considered a placement suitable to the resident, convenient to the Company’s equipment, and mutually agreed to by the homeowner and the Company.

Effective Date. Effective Date means January 1,2024, the date that Franchise Services shall commence under this Agreement, as amended.

CPI Adjustment. CPI Adjustment means the annual Service Rates adjustment as specified in Section 6.2.

1.21. Site.

Debris Box/Temporary Bins. Debris Box means a receptacle for Solid Waste and C&D having a capacity oftwenty (20) cubic yards or greater that is picked up in its entirety by a dedicated truck for emptying at a separate location. Also known as a rolloffbox or drop box. Temporary Bins or “temp bins” will be containers with a capacity greater than a 96 gallon cart and less than the twenty cubic yard debris box.

Disposal. Disposal has the meaning provided in PRC Section 40120.1 or successor laws and regulations as may be amended from time to time.

1.22. successor laws and regulations as may be amended from time to time.

1.24. Electronic Waste or E-Waste. Electronic Waste or E-Waste means waste containing or consisting of electronic devices and components, such as computers, monitors, terminals, computer cards and components, computer peripheral devices, main frame computers, keyboards, mice, printers and scanners, mini-systems, power supply units, servers, connectors/cables, storage discs, consumer electronics, printed circuit boards, televisions, chips and components, cellular and other phones, telecommunications equipment, and fax machines and copiers, but not including Excluded Waste.

1.30. Fuel Cost Adjustment. Fuel Cost Adjustment is defined in Section 6.3.

1.31. 1.32.

Green Waste. Green Waste means all tree and plant trimmings, grass cuttings, dead plants, weeds, leaves, branches, and similar materials that fit into a Green Waste Cart, but not including Excluded Waste or items with a diameter greater than 10 inches.

Generator. Generator has the meaning used in the laws governing Hazardous Waste, but applies in this Agreement not only to Hazardous Waste but also to all other materials.

1.25. Excluded Waste. Excluded Waste means Hazardous Waste, Medical and Infectious Waste, volatile, corrosive, biomedical, infectious, biohazardous, and toxic substances or material, waste that Company reasonably believes would, as a result of or upon disposal, be a violation of Applicable Law, including land use restrictions or conditions, waste that cannot be disposed of in Class III landfills, waste that in Company’s reasonable opinion would present a significant risk to human health or the environment, cause a nuisance or otherwise create or expose Company or City to potential liability, and Special Waste; not including de minimis volumes or concentrations of waste of a type and amount normally found in residential solid waste after implementation of programs for the safe collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of batteries and paint in compliance with PRC 41500 and 41802.

1.28. Franchise Materials. Franchise Materials means all Solid Waste, Recyclable Materials, Construction & Demolition Debris and Green Waste generated in the Service Area and included within the Franchise. At the Company's option, “Franchise Materials" shall also include any other materials that can now or in the future be disposed ofin Class III landfills. It is the intention ofthe Parties to maximize the scope ofthe Company’s exclusive franchise within the Service Area by including within the definition of “Franchise Materials" those materials that can be safely Collected.

Transported, Disposed of or Recycled using commercially reasonable methods.

1.29. Franchise Services. Franchise Services means all ofthe duties and obligations of the Company hereunder as stated in this Agreement. Company shall notify the City should there be more than a 24-hour delay in the service schedules included in this Agreement or as amended to this Agreement.

1.33. Green W aste Processing Facility. Green Waste Processing Facility means the facility(ies) used by the Company for handling, processing, and preparing collected Green Waste for marketing.

1.27. Franchise Fee. Franchise Fee means an amount paid to the City by Company for the right to provide Collection Services, as further agreed in Section 3.1 ofthis Agreement.

1.26. Franchise. Franchise means the rights granted to the Company under the terms and conditions ofthis Agreement.

1.34. Gross Revenues. Gross Revenues has the meaning provided in Section 3.1

1.35. 1.37.

1.40. 1.42. Parties. Parties mean the City and the Company.

1.43. PRC. PRC has the meaning provided in Section 1.1.

Private Drive(s). Private Drive(s) shall mean a privately owned or maintained

1.45.

Private Road(s). Private Road(s) shall mean a privately owned or maintained way that allows for access by a small wheel base service truck and which serves four or more Residences.

Inaccessible Area. Inaccessible Area shall mean any road, alley or property that does not allow safe access, turn-around, or clearance for standard collection vehicles.

Multiple-Family Dwellings. Multiple-Family Dwellings means any building or structure, or portion thereof used for residential purposes and having four (4) or more distinct living units. Multiple-Family Dwellings, at the Owner’s request, may be provided with Residential Service using Carts or Commercial Service using Bins.

1.44. way.

Hazardous Waste. Hazardous Waste has the meaning provided in PRC Section 40141 or successor laws and regulations as may be amended from time to time.

1.39. Mobile Home Parks. Mobile Home Parks means a site at which mobile home spaces are rented for residential use. Mobile Home Parks, at the Owner's request, may be provided with Residential Service using Carts or Commercial Service using Bins.

1.38. Medical and Infectious Waste. Medical and Infectious Waste means biomedical waste generated at residences in excess of legal limits or at hospitals, public or private medical clinics, dental offices, research laboratories, pharmaceutical industries, blood banks, mortuaries, veterinary facilities and other similar establishments.

1.36. Household Hazardous Waste (or HHW). I lousehold I lazardous Waste shall have the meaning set forth in California Health and Safety Code Section 25218 and in Title 14, CCR, Section 18502 or successor laws and regulations as may be amended from time to time, but not including any Excluded Waste.

1.41. Owner. Owner shall mean the person, organization or corporation holding legal title to the real property constituting the Residential Premises to which Collection Service for Franchise Materials is provided. For the purposes of provisions in this Agreement pertaining to the sending of notices, billings or other communications by Company to an Owner, Company may regard as Owner the person, organization, corporation or other entity shown in the records ofthe assessor of Nevada County or as may be indicated by documents recorded in the Nevada County Clerk-Recorder's Office.

1.46. 1.47. Public Street(s). Public Strect(s) shall mean a public way used for public travel.

Recyclable Construction and Demolition Debris or Recyclable C&D.

1.50. 1.53.

Recycling Carts. Recycling Carts shall mean a Recycling Cart or other wheeled Cart owned by the Company, suitable for on-site collection, storage, and set-out of Recyclables.

Recycling Program. Recycling Program shall mean an effort by the City to offer convenient and affordable recycling opportunities to all residents of City.

Processing or Process. Processing or Process shall mean treatment, sorting, or other activities intended to improve the market value of a Recyclable.

1.48. “Recyclable Construction and Demolition Debris” or “Recyclable C&D” means Construction and Demolition Debris or C&D that is disposed ofin a Cart or Debris Box or other receptacle that contains no more than 5% non-Recyclables.

1.55. Residential Customer. Residential Customer is a Customer that receives Residential Service including those Multiple-Family Dwellings and Mobile Home Park Customers that use Solid Waste Cart Service.

1.49. Recycle, Recycling. Recycle, Recycling has the meaning provided in PRC Section 40180 or successor laws and regulations as may be amended from time to time.

1.51. Recyclable Materials, Recyclables. Recyclable Materials or Recyclables means that portion of Solid Waste which is material for new, reused, or reconstituted products which meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace, but not including Excluded Waste. Recyclable means that portion of Franchise Materials which may be separated on a commercially reasonable basis from other Franchise Materials and returned to the economic mainstream in the form ofraw material for new, reused, or reconstituted products which meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace. As ofthe Effective Date, the Recyclable Materials are as provided in Exhibit 1.

1.52. Recyclables Processing Facility. Recyclables Processing Facility means the facility(ies) used by the Company for handling, processing, and preparing collected Recyclable Materials for marketing.

1.54. Recycling Revenues. Recycling Revenues means all revenues, net of transportation or processing costs, resulting from the sale of Recyclable Materials, Construction and Demolition Debris and Green Waste collected through provision of Franchise Services.

1.56. 1.58.

1.59. 1.60.

1.61. 1.62.

1.63.

Signature Date. Signature Date means the date of execution ofthis Agreement by both Parties.

Single-Family Residence(s). Single-Family Residencc(s) shall mean all one unit houses and mobile homes, any building or structure, or portion thereof, that is used for residential housing purposes and has two (2) or fewer distinct living units.

Self Haul. Self Haul means the transport of Franchise Materials from a residence or Commercial Premises, where the materials being generated are taken directly to an authorized landfill or transfer station. The transport must be accomplished by the resident. Owner or commercial/busincss/industrial entity that generates the Franchise Materials and may not be transported by a company, agent or other third-party hired for such use except as provided in Section 2.3 ofthis Agreement.

Service Area. Service Area shall mean the jurisdictional boundary ofthe City including all areas hereafter annexed or otherwise added to the territorial limits ofthe City.

Service Rates. Service Rates means the Company fees for providing the Franchise Services, as initially set forth in Exhibit 2. The Service Rates include the Franchise Fee.

SB 1383 Regulations. SB 1383 Regulations means to the Short-Lived Climate Pollutants (SLCP): Organic Waste Reductions regulations developed by CalRecycle and adopted in 2020 that created Chapter 12 of 14 CCR, Division 7 and amended portions of regulations of 14 CCR and 27 CCR., as they may be amended.

Residential Recycling. Residential Recycling means the collection, processing and marketing ofthose Recyclable Materials that are collected from Residential Customers under this Franchise on an exclusive basis.

1.57. Residential Service. Residential Service means Collection Service for Franchise Materials normally provided under this Franchise to all Single-Family Residences and those Multiple-Family Dwellings and Mobile Home Parks that receive Solid Waste Cart Service.

1.64. Solid Waste. Solid Waste shall mean and include all Solid Waste as defined in PRC Section 40191 and regulations or successor laws and regulations as may be amended from time to time generated within the Service Area that can be disposed of in Class III landfills. Excluded from the definition of Solid Waste are Excluded Waste, Bulky Wastes, Special Wastes, Recyclable Materials, Green Waste, and Construction and Demolition Debris. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary. “Solid Waste" may include de minimis volumes or concentrations ofwaste of a type and amount normally found in residential solid waste after implementation of programs for the safe collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of batteries and paint in compliance with PRC Sections 41500 and 41802.

1.65. 1.66.

1.67. State. State means the State of California.

1.68. Ton. Ton means a “short ton” of 2.000 pounds.

Transfer Station Operations/Transfer Station Operation Services. Transfer Transport. Transport means the hauling of Franchise Materials to a Disposal Uncontrollable Circumstances. Uncontrollable Circumstances are any acts of 2 GRANT OF EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT.

2.1. SCOPE OF EXCLUSIVE FRANCHISE.

Special Services. Special Services are specific service-related activities, including without limitation lock, gate, and long walk services, or other services for which no Service Rate is established by the City, that is provided by the Company to Customers for which the Company may charge an additional fee.

1.70. Site.

Special Waste. Special Wastes include flammable waste, waste transported in a bulk tanker, liquid waste, sewage sludge, pollution control process waste, residue and debris from the cleanup of a hazardous material spill or release of chemical substances, commercial products or any other Special Wastes; contaminated soil, waste, residue, debris and articles from the cleanup of a site or facility formerly used for the generation, storage, treatment. Recycling, reclamation, or Disposal of any other Special Wastes; dead animals, manure, waste water, explosive substances, and radioactive substances.

1.69. Station Operations/Transfer Station Operation Services means all ofthe services associated with the operation ofthe Ord Ranch Road Transfer Station, as provided in this Agreement.

1.71. God, such as landslides, lightning, fires, storms, Hoods, pestilence, freezing, and earthquakes; explosions, sabotage, civil disturbances, acts of a public enemy, wars, blockades, riots, labor unrest, eminent domain, condemnation or other taking, or other events of a similar nature, not caused or maintained by the City or Company, which event is not reasonably within the control ofthe party claiming the excuse from its obligations due to such event, to the extent such event has a material adverse effect on the ability or costs of a Party to perform its obligations thereunder. Events which could have been prevented by reasonable precautions, including compliance with agreements and applicable laws, shall not be considered an Uncontrollable Circumstance. Labor unrest, including but not limited to strike, work stoppage or slowdown, sickout, picketing, or other concerted job action lawfully conducted by the Company’s employees or lawfully directed at the Company, or a subsidiary, are not considered Uncontrollable Circumstances, but shall excuse performance to the extent provided in Section 9.5.

2.2. COMPANY RESPONSIBILITY. The Company hereby accepts and assumes responsibility to perform and fulfill all the terms, covenants, conditions, and obligations required under this Agreement. Company agrees to perfomi all ofits obligations under this Agreement for the term hereof. Company shall furnish all the labor and equipment necessary for the Collection, Processing, Transport and Disposal of all Franchise Materials, subject to the terms, conditions and provisions ofthis Agreement.

2.3.1. Compactors for Rccyclables. Rental, lease or sale of Compactors, provided that the Company shall have the exclusive right to provide hauling services for Compactors unless used exclusively for the collection of Recyclable Materials, including Recyclable C&D, in which at least ninety-five percent (95%) of each load is actually Recycled and for which the Generator receives payment.

2.1.3. The Company shall dispose of all Solid Waste collected under this Agreement at the designated Disposal Site. The Disposal Site the Company has designated shall be the Neal Road Landfill owned by the County of Butte. The Company reserves the right to direct the Company to dispose of Solid Waste at a particular licensed Disposal Site (which must be a Class III disposal site) suitable for municipal waste.

2.1.1. City hereby grants to Company, for the term hereinafter set forth, the exclusive right and privilege to collect and transport Franchise Materials to any legally authorized Disposal Site, Green Waste Processing Facility, or Recyclablcs Processing Facility, unless otherwise exempt from Collection pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 2.3 ofthis Agreement. Participation in the Company’s Solid Waste, Recycling and Green Waste programs shall be mandatory for Residential and Commercial Customers.

2.3. EXCEPTIONS TO FRANCHISE. The following services and materials are expressly excluded from this Agreement. However, the granting ofthis Franchise shall not preclude an Owner or Customer from contracting for the categories ofservices and materials described below to be delivered to, collected and/or transported by the Company or others, provided that nothing in this Franchise is intended to or shall be construed to excuse any person from any authorization from the City which is otherwise required by law.

2.1.2. The Company shall have the exclusive right and responsibility for the operation of the Ord Ranch Road Transfer Station, in accordance with the provisions ofthis Agreement, for the term ofthis Agreement and any extensions thereof.

2.3.2. Self-Hauling. Self-I laul materials, which are delivered by a person or entity directly to a disposal facility. Persons or entities cannot subcontract any portion of the Self-Haul to any entity other than the Company. This provision does not allow persons or entities to purchase, borrow or rent Bins or Carts or other containers and have them collected by a third-party.

2.4. TERM OF AGREEMENT. The initial tenn ofthis Agreement shall commence January 1, 2024 and end at the close of business on December 31,2028. Thereafter, the parties may agree in writing to extend the term for up to two five-year periods.

2.3.8. Governmental Entities. The Company's exclusive Franchise in this Agreement shall not include governmental entities if and to the extent the City has no legal power to include them in the exclusive Franchise.

2.5. TITLE TO FRANCHISE MATERIALS. It is expressly understood that all Franchise Materials collected under this Franchise shall remain the property ofthe resident or commercial Owner until such time as they arc collected for Disposal, Transport or Recycling. That ownership shall transfer to Company once the Franchise Materials are collected. The Company is hereby granted the right to retain, dispose of, and otherwise use such Franchise Materials, or any part thereof, in any fashion or for any lawful purpose desired by the Company, and to retain any benefit or profit resulting therefrom.

2.3.3. Incidental Hauling. Materials which would otherwise constitute Franchise Materials that arc removed from a premise by a company as an incidental part ot a gardening, landscaping, tree trimming, cleaning, maintenance, construction, handyman, tractor or similar service offered by that company rather than as a waste hauling service. This provision docs not allow the hauling of materials by any business hired solely for the purposes of hauling and/or removal of debris.

2.3.4. Construction and Demolition Debris. Construction and Demolition Debris materials removed from a work or construction/demolition site by a company or business generating the C&D and Self Hauled or incidentally hauled as provided in Sections 2.3.2 and 2.3.3.

2.3.7. Commercial Recyclables. Commercial Recyclable Materials in which at least ninety-five percent (95%) of each load is actually Recycled and for which the Generator receives payment.

2.3.6. Residential Recyclables. Recyclable Materials donated or sold by Residential Customers from Single-Family Residences or Multiple-Family Dwellings, or from Mobile Home Parks, to any party oftheir choice, in which at least ninety-five percent (95%) of each load is actually Recycled and that the Generator donated or for which the Generator receives payment.

2.3.5. Recyclable C&D. Recyclable C&D, in which at least ninety-five percent (95%) of each load is actually Recycled and for which the Generator receives payment. 2 6 ANTI-SCAVENGING ENFORCEMENT; UNAUTHORIZED COMPACTION.

The City will cooperate with the Company in the Company’s enforcement ofthe exclusive rights granted to the Company in this Agreement and anti-scavenging laws, including without limitation the institution of civil actions against a person or entity alleged to have violated the exclusive rights created in Section 2.1 ofthis Agreement or

3. FRANCHISE FEE.
4 SERVICES OF COMPANY

3.2. UNDER AND OVER PAYMENTS. If the Company fails to pay the entire amount of compensation clue the City through error or otherwise, the difference due the City shall be paid by the Company within thirty (30) days from discovery ofthe error or determination ofthe correct amount. Any overpayment to the City through error or otherwise shall be offset against the next payment due from the Company. the anti-scavenging provisions of PRC Section 41950 (which provides for treble damages, as measured by the value ofthe material removed, or a civil penalty of not more than S2.000.00. whichever is greater, for each unauthorized removal, in accordance with PRC Section 41953). IfCity is required to take administrative, law enforcement, or other legal action against any person who infringes on the Company’s exclusive rights, the Company shall reimburse the City for all reasonable costs, stafftime and legal costs related to any such action. Nothing herein precludes the Company from taking such legal action against third parties as it deems appropriate to protect the exclusive nature of its franchise.

Customers shall not permit Franchise Materials to be compacted in Company-provided Bins or Debris Boxes, unless such compaction is provided by Company under this Agreement.

3.3. FINANCIAL REVIEW. The relevant books and records ofthe Company shall be subject to review and inspection for the purpose ofreviewing billing operations, accounts receivable and customer service, by either party, its auditors or other agents, at any reasonable time upon reasonable notice.

3.1. CITY FRANCHISE FEE. As ofthe Effective Date ofthis Agreement, five percent (5%) of all revenues collected by the Company resulting from all revenue or compensation to the Company from Service Rates established pursuant to Article 6 for Collection of Solid Waste, including for operation ofthe Ord Ranch Road Transfer Station service and without subtracting the other cost of doing business, on or after the Effective Date ofthis Agreement within the Service Area, but excluding revenue for services provided by the Company prior to the Effective Date and from services other than Collection Services, non-exclusive or excepted services, exempt materials, or sales ofrecycled materials (collectively, “Gross Revenues”), shall be paid by the Company to the City as a Franchise Fee. If the Franchise Fee is increased after the date ofthis Agreement, the Service Rates shall be adjusted in the same manner as adjustments for increases in Disposal Fees as provided in Section 6.4. The Franchise Fee shall be computed and paid on the basis ofthe Company's cash receipts from Gross Revenues after the Effective Date ofthis Agreement. Company shall make payments to City on a quarterly basis within 30 days following the completion of each calendar quarter. The Company shall remit the Franchise Fee as part ofthe quarterly remittance.

4.3. SOLID WASTE COLLECTION.

4.1. SB 1383. City has received a low-population waiver from CaIRccycle pursuant to 14 CCR Section 18984,12(a) and. unless expressly provided in this Agreement, Company is not providing services required by SB 1383 Regulations.

4.3.2. Curbside Single-Family Residence. Company shall, once per week, collect the Solid Waste that has been placed, kept or accumulated in a Cart (other than a Bin) at Single-Family Residences within the Service Area and placed at curbside or roadside prior to Company’s normal weekly collection time, provided that in no event shall Company be required to collect any additional Solid Waste placed at curbside which is not placed in the Cart. The standard service level for a SingleFamily Residence shall be a 64-gallon Cart. The Company may also collect Solid Waste at Single-Family Residences within the Service Area at additional times or in excess volumes for an additional fee as agreed upon in separate contracts between Company and each customer requesting such service.

4.3.3. City Facilities’ Collection. The Company shall collect, transport and dispose of all Solid Waste generated at public facilities identified in Exhibit 3 according to the specified service levels and collection frequency. The Company shall make collections from containers Monday through Friday or on Saturdays following nonworking holidays. Collections from bins and debris boxes shall be scheduled at a time mutually agreed upon by the Company and City. The Company shall provide, at City’s direction, additional Solid Waste services entailing:

4.3.1. Bin Service. Company shall furnish or provide Carts to all Residences and Bins or Carts for collection use, as appropriate, to all Multiple-Family Dwellings that receive Bin service and Commercial Premises that generate Solid Waste within City. The size ofthe Bins and the frequency oftheir collection (which shall not be less than once a week) shall be determined between the Customer and Company.

Bins shall be placed on hard surface locations which are accessible to Company and consistent with applicable municipal code and development approvals. Bins supplied by Company shall, at all times, be maintained by Company in a well-kept appearance. Front load bins must be maintained with lids. Customers shall be responsible for sanitation and deodorizing ofsuch Bins; provided, however.

Company shall provide in its Bin rental contracts for a Bin cleaning service to be performed at the request ofthe Customer for a fee specified in such contract. The initial delivery ofsuch Bins and Carts shall occur as provided in accordance with the implementation schedule agreed upon by the Parties.

4.2. SERVICES PROVIDED BY COMPANY. The Company shall, in accordance with the terms ofthis Agreement, Applicable Law and best industry practices, provide all labor, materials, facilities, services and equipment necessary to Collect, Process, Recycle or Dispose of(as appropriate), market and transport all set out Franchise Materials.

Services not within the scope ofthis Agreement will be provided upon terms and pricing determined by Company.

4.3.3.I.

4.3.3.2. Provision of debris box service as directed by City; and,

4.3.3.3.

4.3.4. Pennanent Containers/Debris Box Service. Company shall provide permanent /debris box Containers for the purpose of Collection of Solid Waste. Company shall deliver to and Collect debris boxes from the location identified by the service recipient. Containers shall be free of graffiti and in good repair. Containers must be clearly marked and identifiable as belonging to Company. Special consideration shall be given when determining the pick-up area for temporary Containers to ensure that the flow oftraffic is not impeded and that it does not result in aesthetic degradation of an area. The designated pick up area, if disputed by service recipient or Company, shall be determined by City. Additionally, if in City's opinion the location of an existing pick-up area is inappropriate, City may require the service recipient or Company to relocate the pick-up area.

At the option ofthe City, exercised in writing, these additional services may be provided at no charge to the City but shall be reimbursed to the Company through the Service Rates charged other service recipients.

4.3.6. Hours ofCollection. Collection Service of all Bins and Cails shall not start before 5:00 a.m. for commercial and 6:00 a.m. for residential or continue after 6:00 p.m., subject to change by action ofthe City Council.

Collection of Solid Waste, Recyclable Materials and Green Waste from City facilities and parks;
Review of plans for land use or property developments with regard to Solid Waste service issues.

4.3.5. Roll-Off Boxes. The Company will provide 10 roll-off box hauls to the City at no additional charge for the purpose of code enforcement and blight abatement within the City. The Company will deliver the boxes within the City as requested by the City. The Company will provide information for code enforcement to discourage the placement of hazardous materials in these abatement boxes; City will be responsible for any hazardous materials placed in the abatement boxes. Should the City decide not to implement this program, it may use the 10 roll-off box hauls for other cleanup programs or for the City's use.

4.3.7. Multiple-Family Dwellings. Multiple-Family Dwellings shall be provided with Solid Waste Service as frequently as negotiated with the Customer but in no event less that once per week, to collect the Solid Waste that has been placed, kept or accumulated in Bins; an exception is where the facility self-hauls and provides proof to the City that all waste materials arc being properly disposed or diverted according to applicable law. Waste Management will work with each complex to customize the appropriate level ofservice. Multiple-Family Dwellings will have the option to

4.4 RECYCLING.

4.3.11. Senior Residential Service. Senior citizens may receive a 35-gallon Solid Waste Cart at the Service Rate provided in Exhibit 2. In order to qualify for the reduced senior Service Rate all inhabitants at the property, shown by driver's license or other identification acceptable to Company, must be sixty-five (65) years of age and older.
select the appropriate cart size or 2, 3, 4, and 6-cubic yard bins for Solid Waste collection. The 6-cubic yard bins will not have wheels.

4.3.10. Clean-Up Event. The Company shall hold one clean-up event per year for the collection of Solid Waste, which shall be open to Residential Customers ofthe Company in the Service Area (one load per Customer). The actual date and time will be set by the Company in coordination with the City at least ninety (90) days in advance. The Company shall reasonably infonn Residential Customers within the Service Area, at least two weeks in advance ofthe clean-up event, ofthe date, time, location and other information pertinent to the clean-up event.

4.4.1. Residential Recycling. The Company shall, once every other week. Collect, Process, Recycle, and Transport all Recyclables from all Residential Customers.

Recycling Carts shall be collected using an automated collection system. The

4.3.8. Commercial Customers. Commercial Customers shall be provided with Solid Waste Service as frequently as negotiated with the Commercial Customer but in no event less that once per week, to collect the Solid Waste that has been placed, kept or accumulated in Bins; an exception is where the facility self-hauls and provides proofto the City that all waste materials are being properly disposed or diverted according to applicable law. Waste Management will work with each Commercial Customer to customize the appropriate level ofservice. Commercial Customers will have the option to select the appropriate cart size or 2, 3, 4, and 6-cubic yard bins for Solid Waste collection. The 6-cubic yard bins will not have wheels.

4.3.9. Cart Replacement. The Company, without expense to the City or Customer, and within seventy-two hours after notice, shall replace Solid Waste Carts that are lost, stolen or damaged, unless due to customer neglect such as putting hot ashes in the Cart in which case the Company may charge the Customer for the retail costs ofthe replacement Cart. In addition, the Company will replace Solid Waste Carts damaged due to normal wear and tear and provide free replacements for graffiti on Solid Waste Carts without charge within 14 days ofthe Customer's or City's request.

Customers will be able to make a change in Cart size or number ofCarts once every twelve months at no additional replacement cost. The Company, without expense to the City or the Customer, and within five working days after notice, shall provide a Solid Waste Cart to a new Residential Customer that has no such Cart or to a new Multi-Family Customer who elects Cart service. The Company shall own and maintain all Solid Waste Carts at its expense, except as provided in this paragraph.

4.4.4. Commercial and Multiple-Family Dwelling Recycling. The Company shall Collect, Process, and Transport all Recyclables from all Commercial and MultipleFamily Dwelling Premises, unless it has received a self-haul exemption. The Company shall notify City of locations where Recycling services are not selected by customer or not possible to provide. Multiple-Family Dwellings will have the option at varying Service Rates to select the appropriate cart size or 2, 3, 4, and 6-cubic yard bins for Recycling collection. The 6-cubic yard bins will not have wheels.

Company will only provide Recycling services to Residential Customers that receive and pay for Solid Waste sendees.

4.4.3. Residential Recycling Carts Replaced. The Company, without expense to the City or the Customer, and within seventy-two hours after notice, shall provide free replacements of Recycling Carts that are lost, stolen or damaged, unless due to customer neglect such as putting hot ashes in the Cart in which case the Company may charge the Customer for the retail costs ofthe replacement Cart. In addition, the Company will replace Recycling Carts damaged due to normal wear and tear and provide free replacements for graffiti on Recycling Carts without charge. The Company, without expense to the City or Customer, and within five working days after notice from the City or the Customer, shall provide a Recycling Cart to a new Residential Customer that has no such Recycling Cart. The Company shall own and maintain all Recycling Carts at its expense.

4.4.6. Collection Days and Times. To the maximum extent possible. Collection of Recyclables from all Residential Customers shall be made bi-weekly and will be scheduled on the same day as Solid Waste collection. Collection from Commercial Premises shall be made on a regular schedule as negotiated between the Commercial Business and the Company.

4.4.5. Commercial Recycling Carts Provided. The Company shall provide recycling Carts to each Commercial Premises, except those that properly self-haul. Recycling Carts shall be provided within fifteen (15) working days ofsign-up and Owner's, Customer’s or property manager’s permission and provision of a proper site.

Recycling Carts shall be sited in accordance with all policies and regulations ofthe City.

4.4.2. Residential Recycling Carts Provided. Company shall provide Residential Customers with Recycling Carts and promotional information within fourteen (14) days of notice of, or request for. Solid Waste service. Customers may co-mingle all Recyclables listed on Exhibit 1 in the Recycling Cart. The Company shall provide and distribute to each Residential Customer one (1) Recycling Cart, but, upon request ofthe Customer and as needed, will provide no more than one additional Recycling Cart at no additional charge. The standard service level for a SingleFamily Residence shall be a 64-gallon Recycling Cart.

4.5. GREEN WASTE

4.6. OTHER COMPANY REQUIREMENTS.

4.5.4. Additional Green Waste Cails. During leafseason (beginning October 1st of each year and ending November 30th of each year), the Company, at the request of a residential customer and at no additional cost to the customer, will provide three additional Green Waste Cails.

4.6.1. Company Provided Equipment and Vehicles. Company shall provide an adequate number of vehicles and equipment for the Collection, Disposal and Transportation services for which it is responsible under this Agreement. All vehicles used by Company under this Agreement shall be registered with the Department of Motor Vehicles ofthe State ofCalifornia, shall be kept clean and in good repair, shall be.

4.5.2. Green Waste Collection. The Company shall, once every other week, Collect and Transport Green Waste set out in Carts. Green Waste Carts shall be collected using an automated collection system. The standard service level for a Single-Family Residence shall be a 96-gallon Cail. Company will provide one additional Green Waste Cail upon the request ofthe Customer, and service such Cail at no extra cost.

4.5.1. Green Waste Program. Residential Customers and Commercial Customers will participate in a Green Waste Program.

4.4.S. Materials to be Recycled. Company shall collect and Recycle all ofthe materials listed in Exhibit 1.

4.4.7. Construction and Demolition. The Company shall encourage builders and demolition companies to source separate their C&D for future recycling. Prior to disposal. Company shall have the right to salvage C&D collected pursuant to this Agreement and to retain funds derived therefrom.

4.5.3. Cart Replacement. The Company, without expense to the City or Customer, and within seventy-two hours after notice, shall provide free replacements of Green Waste Carts that are lost, stolen or damaged, unless due to customer neglect such as putting hot ashes in the Cart in which case the Company may charge the Customer for the retail costs ofthe replacement Cart. In addition, the Company will replace Green Waste Carts damaged due to normal wear and tear and provide free replacements for graffiti on Green Waste Carts without charge to the City or Customer within 14 days of request by the City or the Customer. Customers will be able to make a change in Green Waste Cart size or number ofCarts once every six months at no additional replacement cost. The Company, without expense to the City or the Customer, and within five working days after notice, shall provide a Green Waste Cart to a new Residential Customer that has no Green Waste Cart. The Company shall own and maintain all Green Waste Carts at its expense, except as provided in this paragraph.

4.6.6. Service Schedule. In January of each calendar year, the Company shall provide all customers with calendars (which may be in “PDF” or other similar fonnat) identifying the schedule for Solid Waste, Recyclables, and Green Waste Collection uniformly painted and shall be washed at least once every seven (7) calendar days during good weather. Company’s name, phone number and vehicle number shall be prominently displayed on its vehicles. Company shall furnish a listing of equipment utilized to perform all services included in this Agreement upon request by City.

4.6.3. Private Drives and Inaccessible Areas. For Residential Customers on Private Drives or other inaccessible areas, the Company shall Collect Solid Waste, Green Waste and Recyclables on the nearest Public Street or Private Road connecting to the Private Drive or other inaccessible area.

4.6.2. Collection on Holidays. If the day ofCollection on any given route falls on Christmas Day, New Year’s Day, Thanksgiving Day or a holiday observed by the Disposal Site to which the City’s Franchise Materials are disposed. Company shall provide Collection Service for such route on the next workday following such holiday, thereby adjusting subsequent workdays that week.

4.6.5. Manner ofCollection. The Company shall perform all Collection Services in a quiet and courteous manner and ensure that all Carts and Bins are placed on the premises from which they were removed in an upright position, with lids closed, and within Five (5) feet ofwhere they were originally placed before collection.

4.6.4. Employees. Company shall exercise reasonable care to hire responsible Employees, to supervise the work ofsuch Employees, and to discipline and, if necessary and consistent with Company's legal and contractual obligations, discharge an Employee failing to meet reasonable standards for performance of work under this Agreement. Company shall comply with applicable state and federal law pertaining to employment including, but not limited to, applicable equal opportunity employment and affirmative action requirements.

4.6.1.1. The City and Company agree that Company’s obligations and/or scope of services under this Agreement exclude any existing requirements regarding the future conversion of fleets, or any part thereof, to Zero-emissions (ZEV) or Near-zero-emissions (NZEV) vehiclc(s) or the future acquisition, hiring or use ofZEVs or NZEVs under Applicable Law, including without limitation Sections 2015 et seq. of Title 13 ofthe California Code of Regulations.

Should such existing Applicable Law apply to any Company's vehicles used in the provision ofservices under this Agreement during the Tenn, then the City and Company agree to meet and confer in good faith to amend this Agreement to incorporate provisions and obligations reasonably necessary to comply with such Applicable Law, and Company shall be entitled to a Service Rates adjustment in accordance with Section 6.5 for such change in Company's obligations and/or scope ofservices under this Agreement.

4.6.8. Service Complaints. All service complaints shall be directed to Company.

Company shall record all complaints duly received and Company agrees to use its best efforts to resolve all such complaints within the two (2) business days next following the date on which such complaint is received. for that calendar year. The calendar shall provide adequate detail for customers to identify specific service days for specific service areas. Hard copies ofthe calendars shall be made available to Customers upon request.

4.7 CHANGE IN OPERATIONS, ADMINISTRATION OR SCHEDULE. The Company shall notify the City in writing of any material changes in, or to the operation to provide Franchise Services (e.g. vehicle routes, equipment type, crew size), administration (e.g., management), and schedule five (5) days in advance ofthe time such material change is implemented. Any changes to the Company’s Collections operation shall meet the service requirements and performance standards and all other

4.6.7. Code Revisions. The City shall use reasonable efforts to update the municipal code to be consistent with the terms ofthis Agreement and to reflect new program requirements ifrequested by the Company.

4.6.8.3. Missed Pickups. In the event of a missed pickup, the Company shall complete the pickup the same day ifthe complaint is received by 12:00 p.m. or by 12:00 p.m. the following day ifthe complaint is received after 12:00 p.m.

4.6.8.2. Complaint Response. The Company shall respond to all complaints, other than missed pickups, within twenty-four (24) hours ifthe complaint is received during a weekday or by the next business day ifthe complaint is received on a Saturday, Sunday or a holiday.

4.6.8.4. Telephone. The Company shall maintain a toll-free telephone system during office hours (8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.), which will have available service representatives sufficient to handle the volume of calls typically experienced by the Company. Customers must be able, with reasonable convenience, to reach the Company’s office by phone during office hours.

4.6.8.1. Complaint. The Company agrees to maintain a written log of all oral and written service complaints registered with the Company from Customers, service recipients, or the public within Franchise area (“Complaint Log”). The Company shall be responsible for the prompt and courteous attention to, and prompt and reasonable resolution of, all complaints. Complaints that cannot be reasonably resolved may be appealed to the City Administrator or designee for final resolution. The Company shall record in the Complaint Log all written and oral complaints, noting the name and address of complainant, date and time of complaint, nature of complaint, and nature and date ofresolution. Such log shall be kept so that representatives ofthe City, upon request, may conveniently inspect it.

5. TRANSFER STATION OPERATION SERVICES.

City’s responsibilities. City shall be responsible for ordinary maintenance ofthe Transfer Station and repairs thereto necessitated by normal wear and tear. City shall not be responsible for damages or extraordinary wear to its facilities caused by Company's active negligence or intentional misconduct. City shall construct, where necessary, fences, walls, paving or appurtenances as may be necessary for the collection, sorting and handling of Franchise Materials.

Company's responsibilities. Company shall be responsible for keeping the Transfer Station in a clean and workable condition at all times during the term ofthis agreement.

Company shall not be responsible for any repairs to buildings, grounds and appurtenances on the premises during the term ofthis agreement, except to the extent the damage was caused by the Company's active negligence or intentional misconduct.

Company shall be responsible for the payment of all utility charges and fees connected to the operation ofthe Transfer Station. Company shall provide, and have complete responsibility for all necessary personnel, vehicles, equipment and containers necessary for the collection and handling of Franchise Materials. Company shall be responsible for transferring all material received at the Transfer Station to ultimate disposal or City shall have the right to enter and inspect the Transfer Station during normal operating hours.

5.1. TRANSFER STATION OPERATIONS. The Company shall, with the consent ofthe County of Butte, operate the Ord Ranch Road Transfer Station (the “Transfer Station") for the receipt of Franchise Materials collected by Company under this Agreement, as well as Self-Haul waste from residences and businesses ofthe City and surrounding areas of Butte County (including the area ofthe City and adjacent territory).

4.8. ADDITION OF NEW NON-FRANCHISE SERVICES. Upon receiving a written request from the City, the Company shall provide any other exclusive or non-exclusive services not covered by this Franchise, and that it is qualified to provide, including, but not limited to, assistance to the City in the event of natural disasters, subject to establishment of appropriate and mutually agreed upon compensation for providing the service.

Company shall have the right to utilize the Transfer Station for Solid Waste, Recyclable Materials, Green Waste, Construction and Demolition Debris collection and transfer purposes, and all ofthe property, buildings and appurtenances located at the Transfer Station.
terms ofthis Agreement. In the case of changes to the Collection schedule the Company must notify all affected Customers at least (14) days prior to any change in the Collection day. The Company shall not pennit any Customer to go more than seven (7) days without Solid Waste Collection Service in connection with a Collection schedule change other than in the event of an Uncontrollable Circumstance.

5.1.1. Transfer Operations. Transfer operations to be perfonned by the Company inelude, but are not necessarily limited to: the screening ofincoming loads for hazardous waste, or other unacceptable material at a level consistent with or greater than that required by the applicable regulations; receipt of acceptable Solid Waste; the transfer of Solid Waste from the designated tipping area to the Company provided (40) to sixty five (65) yard transfer containers; and transport of Solid Waste to the Disposal Site.

5.1.4. Senior Bulky Waste Collection. Upon request by the City, the Company will provide at no additional charge curbside collection of Bulky Waste for Residential Customers who request such service, are over 65 years of age and do not have a vehicle to use the voucher at the transfer station; provided that the Company’s obligation shall be limited to collecting Bulky Waste consisting of no more than four cubic yards in aggregate per household per year. The Company's obligations shall be limited to the first 25 qualifying individuals requesting service during each processing facilities. Company shall be required to ensure that unloaded materials are properly placed in the designated areas. For example. Company shall be required to deposit batteries and cell phones, used motor oil and used motor oil filters in the containers designated for storage ofthese materials.

5.1.2. Residential Household Hazardous Waste Program. Company agrees to conduct a Residential Customer household hazardous waste program at the Transfer Station free of charge to City residents. As a pail ofthis program, the Company shall conduct appropriate public awareness and education programs concerning the need to separately dispose of certain hazardous wastes used commonly for residential use.

Company shall further institute a once a month collection of household hazardous waste at the Transfer Station, including a load check program at the landfill site.

Materials to be accepted shall include, at a minimum, antifreeze, batteries, oil, paint and materials containing chlorofluorocarbon (CFC).

5.1.3. Transfer Station Voucher. City will provide each dwelling unit receiving residential services with one “Transfer Station Voucher’’ on a schedule and on a form to be approved by the Company. Each voucher will entitle a resident ofthat dwelling unit to dispose at no cost of up to two (2) cubic yards ofrefuse at the Transfer Station during the term ofthis Agreement. To be valid, the voucher must be presented upon entrance to the transfer station. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the voucher shall not permit the disposal of commercial waste or any materials that under current or future statute, ordinance or regulation require the application of special treatment, handling, or disposal practices beyond those normally required for solid waste, including without limitation dirt, concrete, tires, liquids, toxic or hazardous materials, cathode ray tubes (CRT), materials containing CFC’s, and large or heavy metal objects such as auto bodies, engines, transmissions, refrigerators, and air-conditioners; provided, however, that Company may, in its discretion, accept such waste and materials for an additional charge to be determined by Company.

5.2. MATERIALS TO BE TRANSFERRED AND DISPOSED OF AT THE TRANSFER STATION.

5.3. DAYS AND HOURS OF OPERATION. The Transfer Station will be open to the public, at a minimum, every Saturday and Sunday, unless Saturday or Sunday falls on a recognized holiday, between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Company may remain open additional days and additional hours ifthe volume of Solid Waste is such that additional time is warranted. In the event that Company does desire to operate on additional days, Company shall give the City thirty (30) days’ notice ofits intention to do so.

5.5. COMPANY AND OTHER COMMERCIAL HAULER USE OF TRANSFER STATION.

5.2.1. The Company shall accept and transfer all self-hauled Solid Waste within the jurisdiction ofthe City and in the Gridley-Biggs County areas and delivered to the Transfer Station.

5.1.5. Drop-Off Recycling Center. As part ofthe Transfer Station Operation Services the Company agrees to provide and maintain a drop-offrecycling center at the Ord Ranch Road Transfer Station. Materials to be accepted are to include, but are not necessarily limited to: aluminum cans, glass bottles and jars, e-waste, metal cans and narrow neck plastic containers (plastic I & 2), and newspaper, mixed paper (including but not limited to magazines, junk mail, brown paper bags, and white and colored paper), and corrugated cardboard.
calendar year. Such services will be provided on a schedule mutually agreed upon by City and the Company. The Company may charge an additional charge of S35 for special handling items, such as a refrigerator requiring refrigerant evacuation.

Should the City decide not to implement this program, the City may utilize the 25 four cubic yard cleanup bins for code enforcement, other clean-up programs or for the City’s use. For purposes ofthis paragraph “Bulky Waste” excludes Hazardous Waste, items larger than four cubic yards and items of excessive size or density, such as engine blocks, spas, boats and trailers.

5.4. CITY USE OF TRANSFER STATION. The City reserves the right to enter the Ord Ranch Road Transfer Station at any time, including non-operating hours, for its own use for the purpose of dumping street sweepings and refuse. There shall be no charge to the City for this material.

5.2.2. Company shall have sufficient bins on hand such that no one be turned away who presents acceptable Solid Waste during the hours the Transfer Station is open.

Delivery of Solid Waste, Recyclable Materials, Green Waste or any other materials to the Transfer Station by a commercial hauler or collector other than Company is not permitted without the written authorization ofthe City.

6. SERVICE RATES

5.6. APPLICATION AND PERMIT. Attached hereto and made a pail hereof is a copy of the Solid Waste Facilities Permit for the Ord Ranch Road Transfer Station (Attachment A). The requirements and the provisions ofsaid Pennit are incorporated herein and made a part ofthis Agreement, and Company agrees to abide in all respects by the requirements ofsaid Permit.

5.8. INSPECTIONS. To ensure that the regulations and laws for the operation ofthe Ord Ranch Road Transfer Station are met, the site and operation may be inspected during the term ofthis Agreement by a representative ofthe City, State or other authorized agency to assure compliance.

6.1. AMOUNT OF SERVICE RATES. As ofthe Effective Date ofthis Agreement, Company may not charge Service Rates in excess ofthose set forth in Exhibit “2." The Company may establish charges for Special Services that arc not specified in Exhibit 2.

5.7. AGREEMENT WITH COUNTY. Attached hereto (Attachment B) and made a part hereof is a copy ofthe “Agreement Between the County of Butte and the City ofGridley for the City's Use of Certain Premises” (City/County Transfer Station Agreement). The requirements and the provisions ofsaid City/County Transfer Station Agreement are incorporated herein and made a part ofthis Agreement, and Company agrees to abide in all respects by the requirements ofsaid City/County Transfer Station Agreement. The City shall make a good faith effort to extend the term ofthe City/County Transfer Station Agreement for an additional period ending no earlier than eight years following the end ofthe Initial Term. Should the County decline to extend or renew the Transfer Station Agreement, the City and Company will meet to determine impacts and options.

5.5.2. Commercial Hauler Delivery to Transfer Station. The City and Company may agree in writing to authorize other commercial haulers to deliver Solid Waste, Recyclable Materials or Green Waste to the Ord Ranch Road Transfer Station.

5.5.1. Company Use ofTransfer Station. The Company shall have the right to use the Ord Ranch Road Transfer Station for the transfer of Solid Waste, Recyclable Materials and Green Waste. Should the Company not be able to use the Ord Ranch Road Transfer Station for this intended purpose due to regulatory prohibitions or inability to effectively operate the transfer station as proposed due to lack of effective due diligence or other factors within its control, it shall make alternative arrangements for handling ofthis material at no additional cost to the City; if Company is not able to use the Transfer Station for reasons beyond its reasonable control, and alternate facilities arc used at an increased cost to Company, then Company shall be entitled to additional compensation (Section 6.4). Company shall notify the City in writing of any proposed material changes to the use ofthe Ord Ranch Road Transfer Station. Approval of any such proposed changes shall be entirely at the discretion ofthe City, and shall be provided to the Company in writing.

6.3. FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT
(1+ [(Fuel Cost Change - CPI Change) x Fuel Percentage]) x Old Rate = New Rate The terms used in the preceding formula shall have the following meanings:

6.3.2. Procedural Requirements. The Fuel Cost Adjustment shall be made annually concurrently with and using the same time frames as the adjustment for changes in the Consumer Price Index as contemplated by Section 6.2.

6.3.3. Formula for Fuel Cost Adjustments. The Fuel Cost Adjustment shall be calculated by the following formula:
“Fuel Cost Change” means, for No. 2 diesel fuel, the average price for California No. 2 diesel fuel for the most recently completed calendar year divided by such average price for the calendar year preceding the most recent calendar year. The price used to compute the Fuel Cost Change shall be the price reported by the United States Department of Energy, Energy Information Administration. In the event that price is no longer reported, the parties will designate a new methodology for determining the price based on comparable data. For fuels other than No. 2 diesel, the Company shall calculate the change in fuel cost using the same time periods and a reasonably comparable fuel price index.

6.2. CPI ADJUSTMENT. The Service Rates set forth in Exhibit 2 shall be adjusted on January 1st of each year, beginning January 1,2025 and annually thereafter to reflect one-hundred percent (100%) ofthe annual change in the Consumer Price Index, series CUUR0000SEHG CPI-U Water and Sewer and Trash Collection Services, US City Average, not seasonally adjusted, as published by the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics (CPI). This annual adjustment to the rates will be based on 100-percent ofthe annual percentage change in the CPI for September ofthe current year as compared to September ofthe prior year (CPI 100% Rate Adjustment Factor). Annual CPI adjustments shall have a 2% floor and 5% cap. If an annual CPI adjustment would otherwise be lower than 2% or above 5%, such difference will be applied to the following year’s CPI adjustment. For example, if a CPI adjustment would be 6% if not for the cap. the adjustment shall be 5%, and 1% shall be added to the following year’s CPI adjustment. The Company shall submit a formal Request for Service Rates Adjustment to the City on an annual basis no later than November 1st of the current year.

6.3.1. Entitlement to Fuel Cost Adjustment. The Service Rates set by this Agreement are calculated to pay certain expenses and costs that are of a contingent and uncertain nature. Therefore, in addition to the CPI Adjustment and other rate adjustments provided by this Article 6, the Service Rates shall be further adjusted for changes in fuel costs associated with performance ofthe services hereunder in the manner provided below.

6.4. REDIRECTION OF FRANCHISE MATERIALS. In the event that the Company redirects Solid Waste, Recyclable Materials and/or Green Waste to a facility other than the Ord Ranch Road Transfer Station and such changes result in a material increase or decrease in costs and/or increase or decrease in revenues to the Company, the Company and the City shall have the right to receive an adjustment in the Service Rates sufficient to offset in full such increase or decrease, and in no event shall the Company be required to implement any redirection until such time as adjustments in the Service Rates rates have been made in order to compensate the Company for such increase in costs and/or decrease in revenues.
“CPI Change" means the average CPI index for the U.S. City Average, All Items, 1982 84 = 100, for All Urban Consumers, for the most recently completed calendar year divided by such average price for the calendar year preceding the most recent calendar year.
“New Rate" means the new rate calculated pursuant to the preceding formula that will replace the Old Rate.

6.5. EXTRAORDINARY SERVICE RATE REVIEW REQUEST In addition to the annual adjustment provided by Sections 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4 above, the Service Rates shall, upon written request ofCompany, be further adjusted to fully capture increased expenses and lost revenue associated with performance ofthe services hereunder due to any one or more ofthe following causes:
“Old Rate" means each ofthe rates for services as they may have been previously adjusted or amended.

6.3.4. Fuel Cost Floor. This rate adjustment for fuel costs shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rate increase to which Company may be entitled under this Agreement. Under no circumstances may an adjustment for fuel costs reduce a rate below the initial rates as ofthe Effective Date, as increased thereafter pursuant to this Article 6 or other provisions ofthis Agreement. Adjustments for fuel costs shall only be made to increase or reduce (but not below zero) prior adjustments for fuel costs.

6.5.1. Uncontrollable Circumstance;

6.5.2. Changes in Applicable Law that is effective after the Effective Date ofthis Agreement;
“Fuel Percentage” means the Company’s total cost for diesel fuel (or such other fuel as is employed by Company) incurred during the most recent calendar year divided by Company’s total operating revenue for such calendar year, in both cases calculated for Company's operations district that includes the City.

6.6. BILLING AND COLLECTION OF ACCOUNTS. Company shall bill Customers for all Collection Services (including Disposal) for Franchise Materials as part of a single all-inclusive Service Rate. Such billings may cover the periods and be collected by the methods hereinafter set forth.

6.6.2. Non-Residential. All non-residential Customers shall be billed monthly in advance, except for roll-offservices, which may be billed in arrears. Payment with respect to each such bill shall be due on or before the 30th day following the end of the service period for which the bill is rendered; thereafter the bill shall be considered delinquent, and the Company may discontinue service and may charge interest, not to exceed 1.5% per month, for such time as the bill remains unpaid after the due date.

If Company requests a Service Rates adjustment pursuant to this Section 6.5, it shall prepare a Service Rates adjustment request setting forth its calculations ofthe increased costs/lost revenue and accompanying adjustment to the Service Rates necessary to offset such increased costs/lost revenue. The City may request documentation and data reasonably necessary to evaluate such request by Company, and may retain, at its own expense, an independent third party to audit and review such documentation and request.

Ifsuch third party is retained, the City shall take reasonable steps, consistent with Applicable Law, to protect the confidential or proprietary nature of any data or infonnation supplied by Company. The City shall approve all properly calculated Service Rates adjustments within ninety (90) days ofCompany’s request, and the adjusted Service Rates shall be deemed to take effect as of the date of Company’s request.

In addition, ifthe request is based upon any new or increased third party fees, taxes, assessments or charges, the City shall approve the Service Rates adjustment within such time period as necessary to ensure that such fees, taxes, assessments or charges are passed on to Service Recipients by the date the same are effective.

6.6.1. Residential. Single-Family Residence and Multiple-Family Dwellings Customers may be billed for up to three (3) months in advance or based on arrears/advanced billing combinations implemented at the discretion ofthe Company. Payment shall be due within 30-days ofthe billing date. If not paid when due, the bill may thereafter bear a late charge of 1.5% per month which shall be collectible along with the charge for service. If the bill is not within 90-days of billing, and after notice of delinquency has been sent to the Customer by Company, the Company may discontinue service and may continue charge interest not to exceed 1.5% per month, for such time as the bill remains unpaid after the due date.

6.5.3. Increase in surcharges, fees, assessments or taxes levied by federal, state or local regulatory authorities or other governmental entities related to the Franchise Services;

6.5.4. Processing facility and disposal facility/landfill tip fees that are not regulated by the Company or an affiliate ofthe Company.

6.5.5. Any other extraordinary circumstances or causes or reasons that are not within the reasonable control of Company.

6.7. CONTAMINATION AND OVERAGE.

Company will mail three (3) notices to delinquent Customers and each affected property Owner. Such notices shall be mailed in February, March and April, with a payment due date ofJune 1st. Company shall provide the City a list ofthe delinquent accounts that have not paid. A bill must be past due at least one hundred twenty (120) days and the Company shall exercise reasonable efforts as described in this Section to achieve collection ofthe bill prior to passing it on to the City for placement on the tax rolls. City shall reimburse Company for delinquent payments that are placed on the tax roll upon collection ofthose payments from the property Owner and within thirty (30) days ofreceipt by the City.

6.6.4. Special Services. Company shall also receive fees for performance ofspecial services as agreed upon in separate contracts between Company and each Customer requesting such special service. Company shall provide the City with notice ofsuch special services and the fees charged.

6.6.3. Special Assessment Procedure. During each quarterly billing period, Company shall determine which Customers (SFD, MFD and Commercial) arc ninety (90) days or more delinquent in payment oftheir bill. Company shall prepare and mail a bill to each such Customer indicating that the Customer has incurred a bill that is ninety (90) days delinquent. Company shall also mail a notice to each affected property Owner, if not the Customer, advising the Owner that the Customer's tenant has incurred a bill that is ninety (90) days delinquent, including tenants who have cancelled their service. Company agrees that it will use the most current data of property Owners compiled by the County Tax Assessor’s Office when mailing such notices.

6.7.1.3. Violation Notice: An electronic notice to the customer (ifsuch contact information is provided by customer) with the following information: (a) Date ofthe offense; (b) description ofthe offense; (c) if available, a photograph or video (or link to photograph or video); (d) description ofthe materials that are appropriate for collection in said container and a link to view online with

6.7.1.2. Overage: (i) Solid Waste, Recyclable Materials or Green Waste exceeding its container’s intended capacity such that the lid is lifted (or would be lifted if lowered) or (ii) Solid Waste, Recyclable Materials or Green Waste placed on top of or in the immediate vicinity ofthe container, in bags or otherwise.

6.7.1. Definitions:

6.7.1.1. Contamination: Materials placed in a Recyclable Materials container other than Recyclable Materials, or material placed in a Green Waste container other than Green Waste.

6.7.2. The following shall apply regarding occurrences ofContamination and Overage:

6.7.2.1. Contamination.

6.7.2.1.1. 6.7.2.I.2.

First and Second Occurrences. Company shall service containers with Contamination except where there is visible Excluded Waste.

Company shall provide a Violation Notice, where such contact information has been provided.

Third and Subsequent Occurrences. Company may opt to not collect Recyclable Materials or Green Waste containers with Contamination; in such event, the customer may request the container be collected as Solid Waste, and an additional fee will apply. Alternatively, Company may collect a container with Contamination and invoice the customer a Contamination Charge in the amount set forth in Exhibit A. In either case, the Company shall provide a Violation Notice where such electronic contact information has been provided.
educational materials; and (e) website to obtain additional information and/or receive responses to questions the customer may have.

6.7.2.2. Overage. Company may opt to not collect Overage, unless caused by Company spillage of non-overloaded containers during collection; in such event, the customer may correct the Overage and request that Company return to service the container (an additional fee will apply). Alternatively, Company may collect the container with Overage and invoice the customer an Overage Charge in the amount set forth in Exhibit A. In either case, the Company shall provide a Violation Notice where such electronic contact information has been provided. Ifthere have been more than three instances of Overage in any 12- month period for a particular service (i.e., Solid Waste, Recyclable Materials, or Green Waste), Company may increase the customer's service level (i.e., larger container or more frequent service) to mitigate the Overage, and may increase the charges to such Customer according to the increased service level.

6.7.2.3. Overweight Containers. The Company may refuse to collect any Solid Waste, Recyclable Materials, or Green Waste Container which the Company reasonably believes to be overweight. A container shall be considered “overweight” ifthe total weight ofthe container and contents exceeds two times the volume capacity ofsaid container (e.g., 192 pounds for a 96-gallon Cart). The Company shall provide notification to the customer regarding each instance of non-collection.

7. REPORTS. The Company will provide the City with reports that contain the information required by the City for compliance with AB 939 and for the City to measure the Company’s performance ofitems in this Agreement, but limited to information directly attributable to the 8 1 INDEMNIFICATION OF THE CITY.

Collection Services provided under this Agreement. The frequency and content ofthe reports shall be determined by agreement ofthe City and the Company.

8.2. INSURANCE SCOPE AND LIMITS. The Company shall procure and maintain for the duration ofthe contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance ofthe work hereunder by the Company, his agents, representatives, employees or subcommands.

With respect to General Liability and Pollution and/or Environmental Impairment Liability coverage shall be maintained for a minimum of five (5) years after contract completion, which continuing coverage may be maintained through continuous policy renewals. The maintenance of claims made against any insurance required ofthe Company shall not be considered a waiver by City of any claim or liabilities it may have against the Company.

8.1.1. General Indemnity. The Company agrees to and shall indemnify, defend, with counsel acceptable to the City, and hold harmless City, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers, agents and assigns from and against any and all damages (whether special, general or punitive), loss, liability, fines, penalties, forfeitures, claims, demands, actions, proceedings or suits (whether administrative orjudicial), in law or in equity, of every kind and description, ( including, but not limited to, injury to and death of any person and damage to property, strict liability, product liability, or for contribution or indemnity claimed by third parties) arising or resulting from or in any way connected with: (i) the operation ofthe Company, its agents, employees, affiliates and subcontractors, in perfonning or failing to perform this Agreement; (ii) the failure ofthe Company, its agents, employees, affiliates and subcontractors to comply in all respects with the provisions ofthis Agreement, Applicable Laws; (iii) the acts of Company, its officers, employees, agents, affiliates and subcontractors in performing services under this Agreement (whether or not third parties may also be contributorily negligent); (iv) the acts ofthe Company, its officers, employees, agents, affiliates and/or subcontractors in performing services under this Agreement for which strict liability is imposed by law (including without limitation strict liability under environmental laws), subject to the Company’s right of contribution, if any, against the City; and (v) the processing, marketing, and end use of Recyclable Materials and Green Waste. The foregoing indemnity shall only apply to the extent such loss, liability, penalty, forfeiture, claim, demand, action, proceeding, suit, injury, death or damage is not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct ofthe City, its officers, employees, agents or volunteers.

8.2.1. Minimum Limits ofInsurance. The Company shall maintain insurance coverage ofthe following type and with limits no less than:
8 INDEMNITY, INSURANCE

8.3. REVOCATION OF PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS. This Agreement, rather than any preceding agreements between the City and Company, shall govern with respect to the Company and City' rights, duties and obligations relating to this Franchise. Upon execution ofthis Agreement, all previous Agreements shall terminate and be of no further force and effect except with respect to covenants therein for acts and omissions occurring prior to the date oftermination.

8.2.2. Deductible and Self-Insured Retentions. The deductibles or self-insured retentions for the General Liability and Auto Liability policies are for the account ofthe Company and shall be the sole responsibility ofthe Company.

8.2.3. Other Insurance Provisions. The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:

8.2.3.2. Worker’s Compensation and Employers Liability Coverage. The Insurance company shall agree to waive all rights ofsubrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Grantee for the City.

8.2.3.4. Verification of Coverage. The Company shall furnish the City with certificates ofinsurance and endorsements effecting coverage required by this clause or certificates evidencing such coverage. The endorsements or certificates are to be signed by a person authorized by that Insurance Company to bind coverage on its behalf.

8.2.3.3. All Coverages. Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be canceled by either party except after thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to the City.

8.2.3.1. Automobile liability and general liability: The City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds with respect to liability arising out of automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by or on behalf ofthe Company; and with respect to liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf ofthe Company including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations.

8.2.1.1. General Liability: $5,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage.

8.2.1.2. Automobile Liability: $5,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage.

8.2.1.3. Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability: $3,000,000 each accident, $1,000,000 policy limit bodily injury or disease, $3,000,000 each employee bodily injury by disease.

8.2.1.4. Pollution and/or Environmental Impairment Liability: $5,000,000 each occurrence^ 10,000,000 policy aggregate covering liability arising from the release of waste materials and/or irritants, contaminants or pollutants.

9.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each ofthe following shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”) hereunder, in each case subject to any applicable cure rights, including without limitation the cure rights provided in Section 9.2:

9.1.2. Company bankruptcy. The Company files a voluntary petition for debt relief under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, debtor relief, or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the appointment of or taking of possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee (other than as a part of a transfer of equipment no longer useful to the company or necessary for this Agreement), trustee (other than as security for an obligation under a deed oftrust), custodian, sequestrator (or similar official) ofthe company for a pail ofthe Company’s operating assets or any substantial pail ofthe Company’s property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit ofthe Company’s creditors, or shall fail generally to pay the Company’s debts as they become due.

9.2. CURE RIGHTS. Notwithstanding any other provision ofthe Agreement to the contrary, the City shall provide the Company with reasonable notice of and a reasonable opportunity to cure any breach ofthis Agreement during the time periods set forth below or such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Agreement (the “Cure Period”). Any breach that is timely cured by the Company shall not be determined to constitute an event of default or give rise to the City's right to terminate or suspend the Agreement or pursue its other remedies for breach. The Company shall begin cure of any breach or default as soon as it becomes aware ofthe breach or default, whether 8 4. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW AND MUNICIPAL CODE. Company agrees that it will comply with all Applicable Law and those provisions ofthe Gridley Municipal Code which are applicable to the work or business in which it is herein franchised, and with any and all amendments to such applicable provisions during the term hereof, but only to the extent they are not inconsistent with or do not conflict with the terms and conditions ofthis Agreement without regard to this Section.

9.1.3. Court order or decree. Any court having jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect ofthe Company, in any involuntary case brought under any bankruptcy, insolvency, debtor relief, or similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the Company shall consent to or shall fail to oppose any such proceeding, or any such court shall enter a decree or order appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) ofthe Company or for any part ofthe Company's operating equipment or assets, or order the winding up or liquidation ofthe affairs ofthe Company.

9.1.1. Failure to correct breach. Failure to correct any breach ofthis Agreement within the applicable cure period (as defined below).
9 DEFAULT; DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

9.5. EXCUSE FROM PERFORMANCE

9.6. DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

9.3. RIGHT TO TERMINATE UPON DEFAULT Upon an Event of Default by the Company, the City shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, subject to review as provided in Section 9.6.

9.4. CUMULATIVE SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. The City’s right to terminate the Agreement under Section 9.3 is not exclusive, and the City's termination ofthe Agreement shall not constitute an election ofremedies. Instead, all remedies provided for in this Agreement shall be in addition to any and all other non-duplicativc legal and equitable rights and remedies which the City may have under law or as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

9.2.2. Within thirty (30) days of giving or receiving notice of default; provided that if the nature ofthe default is such that it will reasonably require more than thirty (30) days to cure, the Company shall have such additional time as is reasonably needed to expeditiously complete a cure. During any default cure period, the Company shall provide the City weekly written status of progress in curing such default. discovered by the Company or through notice from the City. Upon becoming cognizant ofthe default, the Company shall proceed to cure such default as follows:

9.5.1. Excuse from Performance. The Parties shall be excused from performing their respective obligations hereunder in the event they are prevented from so performing by Uncontrollable Circumstances beyond the control of and not the fault ofthe Party claiming excuse from performance hereunder. In the event of labor unrest, including but not limited to strike, work stoppage or slowdown, sickout, picketing, or other concerted job action, the Company shall not be required to adhere strictly to the specific requirements ofthis Agreement regarding routes, collection times or similar matters; provided, however, that: (i) in no event shall more than nine days elapse between pickups for customers, and (ii) all customers shall receive at least 24 hours' notice of deviations from collection routes or times.

9.5.2. Notice. The Party claiming excuse from performance shall, within two (2) business days after such party has notice ofsuch cause, give the other party notice ofthe facts constituting such cause, efforts undertaken by the Company to attempt to perform this Agreement, the estimated timelines for such performance, and asserting its claim to excuse under this Section; provided, that failure to give such notice shall not eliminate the excuse from performance except to the extent the other Party shall have been prejudiced by such failure.

9.2.1. Immediately, ifthe default is such that in the determination ofthe City, the health, safety, or welfare ofthe public is endangered thereby; or

9.6.2. Dispute Resolution Procedures.

9.6.2.1.1. 9.6.2.1.3.

Notification. When a party believes there is a dispute relating to the Agreement, the party will give the other party written notice ofthe dispute.

Confidentiality. All negotiations are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations under the State of California Rules of Evidence.

9.6.1. Reference of dispute. Any dispute seeking damages and any dispute seeking other legal or equitable relief, including but not limited to specific enforcement of any provision hereof, shall be heard and determined as provided below in this Section

9.6. 9.6.3. Interim Measures. Notwithstanding the requirements for alternative dispute resolution procedures (such as negotiation and submission to the City Council), either party may apply to the courts ofthe State ofCalifornia for equitable relief, including temporary restraining orders, injunctions, attachments and conservation orders in appropriate circumstances.

9.6.2.1. Negotiations. In the event that any dispute may arise, the parties shall first seek to resolve any disputes by negotiations between a senior executive ofthe Company and the City Administrator (the “Senior Executives").

9.6.2.1.2. Meeting among Senior Executives. The Senior Executives shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place within thirty (30) days after the date ofthe notice to exchange relevant information and to attempt to resolve the dispute. If a Senior Executive intends to be accompanied at a meeting by an attorney, the other party’s Senior Executive shall be given at least three (3) business days’ notice ofsuch intention and may also be accompanied by an attorney.

9.6.2.3. Litigation. If a dispute has not been resolved to the satisfaction ofthe parties within sixty (60) days after the written submission to the City Council, then either party may initiate litigation in the courts ofthe State ofCalifornia, which shall have exclusive jurisdiction over such disputes. The exclusive venue for such disputes shall be Butte County.

9.6.2.2. City Council. Ifthe dispute has not been resolved within thirty (30) days after the date ofthe notice of a dispute, or ifthe party receiving such notice fails or refuses to meet within such time period, either party may submit the dispute to the City Council for resolution by making written request to the City Council. The City Council shall consider the dispute at a meeting to be held within thirty (30) days following receipt ofsuch request.

10. ASSIGNMENT

10.1.

9.6.5. Punitive Damages. Penal, punitive, treble, multiple, consequential, incidental or similar damages may not be recovered or awarded as damages for a breach ofthis Agreement. I lowever. notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the case of a finding of tortious liability by either party, there shall be no prohibition on the award of punitive, exemplary or treble damages where such damages are based upon a judicial finding of “fraud”, “oppression” or “malice” as those terms are defined in California Civil Code 3294.
“Assignment” means: (i) a sale, exchange or other transfer ofthis Agreement, the Company's rights hereunder, or substantially all ofthe Company’s assets dedicated to service under this Agreement to a third party; (ii) a sale, exchange or other transfer of thirty (30) percent or more ofthe outstanding common stock ofthe Company; (iii) any reorganization, consolidation, merger re-capitalization, stock issuance or re-issuance, voting trust, pooling Agreement, escrow arrangement, liquidation or other transaction to which the Company or any ofits shareholders is a party which results in a change of ownership or control ofthirty (30) percent or more ofthe value or voting rights in the stock ofthe Company; and (iv) any combination ofthe foregoing (whether or not in related or contemporaneous transactions) which has the effect of any such transfer or change of ownership; provided that the effect ofsuch occurrence is to change control of the Company or responsibility for this Agreement to an entity that is not controlled by Company’s ultimate parent entity (as defined on the effective date ofthis Agreement in 16 CFR §801.1 (a)(3)). For purposes ofthis Section, the term “proposed assignee” shall refer to the proposed assignee(s) or other successor(s) in interest pursuant to the assignment. Ifthe Company is a subsidiary of another corporation or business entity, any “Assignment,” as defined above, by the parent company or corporation shall be considered an Assignment by the Company; provided, however, that no such occurrence shall constitute an “Assignment” if, following such occurrence, the surviving ultimate parent entity is owned by a large, fluid aggregation ofshareholders where no shareholder owns more than ten percent (10%) ofthe voting securities ofthe surviving ultimate parent entity (excluding, however, any such shareholder that prior to such transaction owned 10% or more ofthe voting securities ofthe ultimate parent entity ofCompany).

Notwithstanding any other provision ofthis Section 10, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, sales of equity or assets or similar transactions between or among entities owned by the same ultimate parent, including but not limited to Company and regardless ofwhich entity is the survivor, do not constitute an Assignment.

9.6.4. Costs and Attorney’s Fees. In the event of any action or litigation to enforce this Agreement, for interpretation or construction ofthis Agreement, or on account of any default under or breach ofthis Agreement, each party to such action, arbitration or litigation shall bear its own costs and expenses in connection with such action or litigation.

10.2. 10.3.

The City shall consent to such an assignment ifsuch information reasonably demonstrates that the proposed assignee has the demonstrated technical and financial capability to perform all Franchise Services.

10.2.5. Assignee has experience in billing Customers for a city of comparable size to City ofGridley in which the company has provided residential and Commercial Service, and has successfully performed the billing and collection services for a minimum of five years for Residential and Commercial Customers.

10.2.1. That the proposed assignee has at least 10 years of Solid Waste management experience on a scale equal to or exceeding the scale of operations conducted by Company under this Agreement.

10.2.2. In the last five (5) years, the proposed assignee has not suffered any significant citations or other censure from any State, federal or local laws and the assignee has provided City with a complete list ofsuch citations and censures.

10.2.4. The proposed assignee conducts its Solid Waste management practices in accordance with sound Solid Waste management practices in full compliance with all federal. State and local laws regulating the collection and Disposal of Solid Waste including hazardous substances.

10.2.3. The proposed assignee has at all times conducted its operations in an environmentally safe and conscientious fashion.

Ifthe City consents to an Assignment at the point oftransition, the Company shall cooperate with the City and subsequent Company(s) or subcontractor(s) to assist in an orderly transition which shall include the Company providing route lists and billing information. If any entity succeeds to the rights duties and obligations ofthe Company under this Agreement in conformity with the terms ofthis Section 10 (including with the City’s consent, where required), then the City shall execute a novation whereby such new entity shall assume all ofthe rights, duties and obligations ofthe Company under In connection with any proposed Assignment, the Company shall furnish the City with satisfactory proofthat any proposed assignee has the demonstrated technical and financial capability to perform all Franchise Services, including:

10.2.6. Financial assurances that confinn the assignee's financial ability to perform the Agreement, and the City may require changes to the insurance coverage provided in this Agreement (including without limitation insurance products, coverage limits, deductibles and self-insured retentions) as appropriate in view of the assignee’s financial capability and to confirm the assignee’s financial ability to perform all Franchise Services and its other responsibilities under this Agreement.

10.2.7. Any other infomiation required by City to ensure the proposed assignee can fulfill the terms ofthis Agreement in a timely, safe and effective manner.

II. MISCELLANEOUS
1 1.1.

11.2. 1 1.3.

I 1.4.
1 1.5.

11.6.

this Agreement and the City shall release the Company of all obligation and liability under this Agreement.

AMENDMENT. Except for rate and fee adjustments made pursuant to Section 6 ofthis Agreement, this Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written agreement duly authorized and executed by both City and Company.

INDEPENDENT COMPANY7. It is expressly understood and agreed that Company shall perform all work and services described herein as an independent contractor and not as an officer, agent, servant or employee of City; that Company shall have the exclusive control over the details ofthe services and work performed hereunder and all persons performing the same; that Company shall be solely responsible for the acts and omissions ofits officers, agents, employees, contractors and subcontractors, if any; and that nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint venture between City and Company. Neither Company nor its officers, employees, agents or subcontractors shall obtain any rights to retirement benefits, workers' compensation benefits or any other benefits which accrue to City employees.

LAW TO GOVERN. It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that the laws ofthe State ofCalifornia shall govern the rights, obligation, duties and liabilities of the parties to this Agreement and shall govern the interpretation ofthis Agreement.

FEES AND GRATUTIES. Company shall not, nor shall it pennit any agent, employee or subcontractor employed by it to, request, solicit, demand or accept, either directly or indirectly, any compensation or gratuity for the collection of Franchise Materials otherwise required to be collected under this Agreement, other than acceptance by drivers of holiday gifts offered by customers of a reasonable value.

RIGHT OF ENTRY. Company shall have the right, until receipt of written notice revoking permission to pass is delivered to Company, to enter or drive on any private street, court, place, easement or other private property for the purpose of collecting or transporting Franchise Materials ofthe Owner of or Customer located on the private street, easement, or property, or its lawful occupant.

NOTICES. All notices, demands, requests, consents or other communications which this Agreement contemplates or authorizes, or requires or permits either party to give to the other, shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or a nationally recognized overnight delivery service (receipt requested), addressed to the respective party as follows:

10.4. The Company shall not delegate or subcontract its obligations under this Agreement to any other person or entity without the prior written consent ofthe City, other than a delegation or subcontract to an affiliate ofthe Company.

To CITY:

With Copy to:

To COMPANY:

I 1.7.
1 1.8.

SEVERABILITY. If any non-material provision ofthis Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the invalidity or unenforceability ofsuch provision shall not affect the validity and enforceability of any ofthe remaining provisions ofthis Agreement, which shall be enforced as ifsuch invalid or unenforceable provision had not been contained herein.

GOOD FAITH AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS. Parties will exercise any approval, disapproval, consent, option, discretion, election, opinion or choice under this Agreement, make a requirement under this Agreement, or interpret this Agreement ("Discretionary Action") reasonably. Parties will exercise their rights and remedies in good faith in accordance with Applicable Law. Any referee, court or other decisionmaker must find the party’s exercise to be reasonable.

Anthony E. Galycan, Esq.

Gridley City Attorney
1129 D Street, PO Box “A”
Marysville, CA 95901
USA Waste of California, Inc.

Attn: President
333 E. Turner Road
Lodi. CA 95240
City of Gridley
City Hall
685 Kentucky Street
Gridley, CA 95948
Attn: City Administrator
or to such address as either party may from time to time designate by notice to the other given in accordance with this Section. Such notice shall be deemed effective on the date personally served or, if mailed, three (3) business days from the date such notice is deposited in the mail.
1 1 9 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; PRIOR AGREEMENTS; WAIVER This
Agreement, including all Exhibits and Attachments attached hereto, constitutes the full and entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters covered herein. All prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations, writings and other communications between the parties arc hereby superseded and are no longer of any force and effect, except to the extent that the terms ofsuch communications are expressly addressed in this Agreement. As ofthe Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede any and all prior agreements between the parties. No waiver of any provision ofthis Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Signatures on following page

11.11. INTERPRETATION. The language of each and all paragraphs, terms and/or provisions ofthis Agreement, shall, in all eases and for any and all purposes, and in any way and all circumstances whatsoever, be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not for or against any party hereto and with no regard whatsoever to the identity or status of any person or persons who drafted all or any portion ofthis Agreement.

11.12. THIRD PARTIES. Nothing in this Agreement expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person or entity other than the Parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason ofthis Agreement.

11.10. SECTION HEADINGS. The section and subsection headings in this Agreement arc for convenience ofreference only and are not intended to be used in the construction ofthis Agreement nor to alter or affect any ofits provisions.

11.13. AUTHORITY. All individuals executing this Agreement on behalf ofthe City or the Company represent and warrant that they are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement to the other Party.

CITY OF GRIDLEY, CALIFORNIA
By:

Title:

USA WASTE OF CALI RNIA, INC.

By:

Nam<
Title:

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as ofthe day and year first above written.

Name:
(Uh)
Aluminum cans
Glassjars and bottles
Paperjunk mail
Colored paper and bags
Steel, bi-metal, and tin cans
Mixed paper
Brown paper bags
Plastic bottles and jugs
Chip board
Catalogs
Plastic containers (#1-2)
Clean foil containers
Paper egg cartons
Corrugated cardboard
Small scrap and cast aluminum

Exhibit 1
Recyclable Materials
Residential Carts
Service Rate
Extra Pickup Charges
Service Rate
Ancillary Charges
Service Rate
$106.89
$56.58
$100.62
Late Payment charge

Exhibit 2
First Year Service Rates

2.5% of balance
($5 00 min. Chg.)

CITY OF GRIDLEY
Effective 1/1/2024
Residential Rates
35 gallon
64 gallon
95 gallon
Bag
$21.75
$25 86
$29.89
$34.97
$12.93
$14 95
$17.48
$10.62
$12.19
$12 19
$5.70
__________ Long walk service. Up to 100 feet
_________ Long walk service. 101 to 200 feet
_____________ Overfull Container (Snapshot)
____________________ Contamination charge
_____________Extra Pickup / Go Back Charge| _________________Replace lost or stolen cart Replace or Exchange damaged container
_______________________(not caused by WM)
Account reactivation charge (from bad pay) -
___________________________no cart delivery
Account reactivation charge (from bad pay) -
w/ cart delivery
$12 36
$24.78
$11.01
$13.22
$56.58
$106.89
35 gallon - Senior
_______ 35 gallon
_______ 64 gallon
_______ 95 gallon
Add'l 35 gallon
Add'l 64 gallon
Add’l 90 gallon
Commercial Carts
1 xWeek 2xWeek 3 x Week 4 x Week 5 x Week 6 x Week
Commercial Bin Rates - Quantity 1 Rate Rate Rate Rate Rate Rate 1 xWeek 2 x Week 3 xWeek 4 xWeek 5 xWeek 6 xWeek
Commercial Bin Rates - Quantity 2 Rate Rate Rate Rate Rate Rate Commercial Recycling Rate

CITY OF GRIDLEY
Effective 1/1/2024
Commercial Rates
64 Gallon - EOW
2 Yard - IxWeek
3 Yard -lxWeek
4 Yard - IxWeek
$295.07
$363.17
$479.22
$594.05
$710.14
$825.00
$941.02
$1,170.59
1 xWeek
Rate
$134.28
$164.25
$215.44
$265.36
$316.54
$366.49
$417.68
$518.77
$480.62
$594.22
$785.44
$975.27
$1,165.08
$1.356.30
$1,546.10
$1,927.13
2 xWeek
Rate
$717.16
$888.23
$1.173.13
$1.459.15
$1.743.86
$2.030.06
$2.314.79
$2.885.67
$244.03
$301.50
$396.48
$491.37
$586.30
$681.25
$777.44
$967.31
$336.85
1416.45
$549.55
$681.36
$814.52
$947.55
$1,079.39
$1.34432
$666.20
$825.34
$1.09029
$1,356.50
$1.621.56
$1.886.35
$2.151.28
$2,682.38
3 xWeek
Rate
$995.58
$1,234.30

11.632.32
$2,030.34
$2,428.58
$2.826.42

13.223.16
$4,019.21
$429.64
$532.61
$702.64
$872.64
$1.042.58
$1.212.60
$1,382.62
$1,722.61
$851.78
$1.056.47
$1.396.52
$1,736.53
$2,076.43
$2,417.69
$2.757.74
$3,437.68
4 xWeek
Rate
$1^75.21
$1,580.31
$2,091.66
$2,601.64
$3,111.53
$3,621.51
$4,132.87
$5,152.81
$1,038.67
$1.287.62
$1,702.62
$2,117.76
$2,532.65
$2,947.86
$3.362.88
$4.192.93
$522.43
$647.57
$854.43
$1.062.61
$1270.72
$1.477.65
$1,685.80
$2,100.84
5 xWeek
Rate
$1.553.62
$1,927.68
$2,549.54
$3,172.89
$3.794.65
$4,418.01
$5,041.20
$6,286.26
$665.69
$824.93
$1,089.85
$1.356.09
$1,620.99
$1.885.93
$2,150.87
$2,681.99
$1,323.88
$1.642.36
$2.173.50
$2,703.35
$3,234.48
$3.764.32
$4.295.52
$5,356.49
Mufti-Unit Residential Bin Rate*
_________________________ 1 Yard

1.5 Yard
2 Yard
3 Yard
_________________________ 4 Yard
_________________________ 5 Yard
6 Yard
8 Yard
_____35 gallon
64 gallon
95 gallon
Add'l 35 gallon
Add'l 64 gallon
Add'l 90 gallon
1 Yard

1.5 Yard
2 Yard
3 Yard
4 Yard
5 Yard
6 Yard
8 Yard
1 Yard

1.5 Yard
2 Yard
3 Yard
4 Yard
5 Yard
6 Yard
8 Yard
1 xWeek
Rate
$437.55
$542.29
$715.08
$887.97
$1.060.80
$1.233.70
$1,406.51
$1,752.16
$30 85
$91 44
$96.96
$104 67
$151^5
$185.36
$243.37
$301.41
$358.17
$416.23
$474.27
$589.05
2 xWeek
Rate
$216.06
$265.44
$349.11
$432.74
$516.39
$600.03
$683.66
$850.93
3 xWeek
Rate
$297.83
$366.68
$484.04
$600.14
$717.51
$833.55
$950.94
$1,183.08
6 xWeek
Rate
$1.982.07
$2,459.78
$3,255.86
$4,051.92
$4.846.71
$5,642.78
$6,438.86
$8.029.73
6 x Week
Rate
$583.53
$723.19
$955.53
$1,187.87
$1.418.89
$1.651.26
$1,883.58
$2,348.24
Commercial Bin Rates • Quantity 3
1 Yard

1.5 Yard
__________________________ 2 Yard
3 Yard
__________________________ 4 Yard
5 Yard
6 Yard
8 Yard
4 xWeek
Rate
$379.56
$469.15
$618.99
$767.54
$917.30
$1,067.13
$1,216.94
$1,516.50
5 xWeek
Rate
$461.33
$570.37
$752.64
$934.89
$1,118.40
$1,300.67
$1,482.93
$1,848.67
Rate
$34.69
$48.87
$84.53
$33.38
$48.87
$84.53
6 Yard - lxWeek| S119 00
Extra Pickup Charges Rate
Ancillary Charges Rate
Extra pickup non-service day Trip Charge 5125 74
SI 69.75
Replace lost or stolen container
556.58
524523
Late Payment charge

Replace container. Damage not caused
by WM

2.5% of balance
($5.00 min
Chg.)
___________________Contamination Bin
__________________ Contamination Cart
Lock bar and lock - one time installation
_____________________________ charge
_________________ Lock service charge
Container clearVexchange
_____________ Overfull Bin (Snapshot)
___________ Overafull Cart (Snapshot)
Account reactivation charge (from bad
___________________pay) - no delivery
Account reactivation charge (from bad
pay) - w/ delivery
51 25
5188.64
WM
Replacement
Cost + 25%
WM
Replace/Repair
Cost 25%
588 15
516.53
56-0.60
518 73
510.91
512.53
512.53

55.83 566 02
578.56
597 84
5126 70
5152.15
5177 23
5202.31
5227 42
5252 43
35 gallon
64 gallon
95 gallon
Bag
1 Yard

1.5 Yard
2 Yard
3 Yard
4 Yard
5 yard
6 Yard
7 Yard
8 Yard
Service Rate
Service Rate
Ancillary Fees
Service Rate
$55.82
$186.08
Late Payment charge

Replace Roll Off Box. Damage
not caused by WM
Debris Box - Clean Recyclable
Materials
Replace lost or stolen Roll Off
Box
Debris Box - Municipal Solid
Waste

2.5% of
balance ($5.00
min. Chg.)

CITY OF GRIDLEY
Effective 1/1/2024
Debris Box Rates
Account reactivation charge
(from bad pay) - no delivery
Account reactivation charge
(from bad pay) - w/ delivery
20 Yard - Wood or Metal
30 Yard - Wood or Metal
40 Yard - Wood or Metal
____ 20 Yard - Masonry
10 Yard - Concrete
Demurrage - Per Day
Waste Trip Charge
Compactor - Per Yard
___________Delivery
_________ Exchange
________Trip Charge
__________ Relocate
__________ Removal
Excessive Net Weight
$497.44
$563.17
$633.56
$994.92
$1,124.74
$1,451.69
$303.53
$342.59
$377.00
$303.53
$323.82
S17.50
565.16
531.26
$188.64
$188.64
$188.64
$188.64
$188.64
$880.27
WM
Replacement
Cost + 25%
WM
Replace/Repair
Cost + 25%
20 Yard - MSW
30 Yard - MSW
40 Yard - MSW
20 Yard - Tires
30 Yard - Tires
40 Yard - Tires
WM
ORD Ranch Road Transfer Station Rate Schedule
Service Rate

CITY OF GRIDLEY
Effective 1/1/2024
Ord Ranch Transfer Station
Minimum Charge___________
Up to 2 barrels_____________
Up to 3 cans_______________
Any size pickup____________
Bulky Items (each)__________
Appliances with Fieon_______
Appliances without Freon
CRT's / Televisions up to 31" *
Wire (per approx yard)_______
Car Tires__________________
Truck Tires_____________________________________ __________ *(for Televisions over 32” call City offices for appropriate disposal) S14.32
S14.32
S14,32
$30.06
S24.73
$54.03
$24.73
$0.00
$21.38
$7,31
$21.38
Rounded Rate
(to nearest
dollar)
$14.00
$14.00
$14.00
$30.00
$25.00
$54.00
$25.00

50.00 $21 CO
S7 00
$21.00
Company shall provide the following sen ices at no charge to the City.

CITY FACILITIES*
+

SPECIAL EVENTS
Solid waste containers and recycling containers for up to 4 conununity events, per year. • Recycling containers are to be provided as directed by the City.

City Hall Police Facility
Electric Warehouse
Fire Station
4-cubic yard container
2 cubic yard container
2 cubic yard container
• A total of 20 solid waste containers ranging from 2-cubic yards to 4-cubic yards shall be provided on an annual basis.

Exhibit 3
City Facilities / Special Events
C ontainers shall be emptied weekly or more often if necessary.

City Council Agenda Item #2
Staff Report
Date: February 2, 2026
To: Mayor and City Council
From: Martin Pineda, Finance Director
Subject: FY 2025-2026 Mid-Year Budget Review
Recommendation
Staff respectfully requests the City Council approve Resolution 2026-R-003, “a resolution of the city of Gridley authorizing the modification of the 2025-2026 budget by appropriating supplemental funds,” by reading of title only.

Background
The Finance staff is proposing a single round of mid-year budget revisions and has met with Department Directors and the City Administrator in a series of meetings to review current budgets and discuss anticipated activity for the remainder of FY 2025-2026. There were major changes to the general/enterprise funds Capital Improvement Projects which were rolled forward. Several recent actions have influenced the overall budget increases.

The following is a summary of budget revisions prepared by the Finance Department. Only the major changes are listed below. The full Mid-Year Review will be attached to this staff report.

The list that follows doesn’t represent all changes, these are some of the major changes in each department.
• Council:
 $10k increase to Salaries to cover employee costs.
 $10k increase to special dept to cover Salaries Account.  $8.1k overall decrease to this department.
• Council Abatement:
 Miscellaneous adjustments for budget accuracy.
 $3.5k overall decrease to this department.
• Administration:
 $35k increase to Salaries to cover employee costs.
 $18.5k increase to Professional. This covers attorney receiverships costs, Annual LAFCO Contribution, Compensation Study, and Employee Enrichment Program. (Enrichment Program is reimbursable through NCCSIF ~$14k) This will also cover part of the cost for Master Fee Study.

X Regular
Special
Closed
Emergency
 $30K increase to Special Dept Expense. This account is used to pay ~$13k to the City of Chico to comply with SB1383 as well as Butte County GSA (Groundwater Sustainability Act ~$15k)
 $86.7k increase overall to this department.
• Ord Ranch Transfer Station:
 This is a new department to account for expenses at the Ord Ranch Transfer Station. We budgeted $8k for the remainder of the Fiscal Year. • Attorney:
 $40k increase in Professional Services. This is to account for the various attorneys handling ongoing litigation.
• City Hall Maintenance:
 Miscellaneous decrease in various accounts for a more accurate budget.  $11.3k overall decrease for this department.
• Finance:
 $50k decrease to Professional Services. Accounting Services have not been and will not be used.
 $49.2k overall decrease for this department.
• Police:
 $80k to Salaries for 2 additional officers. This will be covered by the Biggs Contract for Police Services.
 $22K increase to Extra Help to cover Police Work.
 $23.5 increase to Professional. $15k will be moved over from BINTF department and $8.5k is for the Master Fee Study/Cost Allocation Study.  $35k to Special Dept Expense to cover the Annual Axon Payment. (Body Worn Cameras).
 $107k for a new Police Vehicle per Biggs Contract for Police Services  $292k overall increase to this department.
• BINTF:
 $21k overall decrease for this department.
• School Resource Officer:
 $13.9k overall decrease for this department.
• Fire:
 $14k decrease to Equipment Maintenance. New Fire truck should decrease the need for major maintenance.
 $150 decrease to Special Dept expense. This will be moved over to Equipment and Debt Svce – Int accounts for the Fire Truck Loan payment.  $95.2k increase to Debt Svce – Int for interest paid to the loan.  $60k increase to Equipment for principal paid to the loan.  $7.1k overall decrease to the department.
• Animal Control:
 $20k decrease in Salaries.
 $15k decrease to Retirement.
 $27.8k overall decrease to department
• Streets:
 $15k decrease to Salaries.
 $8.1k decrease to Extra Help. Enough funds in the Parks Department to cover PT workers.
 $7.5k increase to Overtime.
 $16k increase to Fuel expense.
 $15k decrease to Special Department Expense.
 $16k overall decrease to department.
• Engineering:
 $25k increase to Engineering Costs. This covers all engineering, not only the City Engineer, such as on call engineers. Some of these costs are covered by deposits made by developers.
 $28k overall increase to department.
• Corp Yard:
 $75k decrease to Equipment. Security for Corp Yard CIP project will be rolled forward to future budgets.
 $77k overall decrease to this department.
• Parks:
 $10k increase to professional. This will allow staff to apply for potential grants for parks.
 $35k decrease in Equipment. This was a new mower for parks that will be rolled forward to future budgets.
 $29k overall decrease to this department.
• Recreation:
 $37k increase to Salaries to cover wages of both FT and PT employees.  $18.9k increase to Soccer League to cover expenses. This was due to community feedback and to purchase the correct equipment.
 $62.3k over increase to this department.
• Boat Ramp:
 $1.7k increase to cover utilities.
• Planning:
 $17k decrease to Health Insurance Expense.
 $50k Increase to professional. This is for on-call planning services, some costs are covered by deposits paid by developers.
 $33.8k overall increase to the department.
• Successor Agency: Funds 208, 210, and 215.
 $119k increase to paid for Series A Bond (Fund 208). This is covered by RPTTF (Redevelopment Property Tax Trust Fund)
 $187k increase to pay for Series B Bond (Fund 210). This is covered by RPTTF (Redevelopment Property Tax Trust Fund)
• State Gas Tax:
 $52.2k decrease from UAL – CALPERS. This was allocation based on employees that are allocated to this fund.
 $8k increase to Equipment Maintenance for Street Sweeper.  $4k increase to Special Dept for Street Sweeper.
 $42.4k overall decrease for this department.
• SB325 TDA:
 Minor changes to this department. Overall decrease of $1.2k. • Traffic Safety:
 Minor changes to this department. Overall increase of $500. • Flood Maintenance #1, 2, and 3:
 $1.5k increase in Salaries and Benefits. (Fund 580)
 $12.6k increase for Salaries and Benefits. (Fund 581)  $12.3k increase for Salaries and Benefits. (Fund 582) • Electric:
 $150K increase in Salaries to cover new Lineman hire.  $50k increase to Overtime. (from health insurance account).  $50k decrease to Health Insurance.
 $225k decrease to Power Purchase.
 $25k decrease to Struct&Improve and moved over to Fund 610. CIP Project: Boat Lighting Project.
 $79.2k overall decrease to this department.
• Public Benefits:
 $25k increase to Struct&Improve for Boat Lighting Project.  $24.3k overall increase to this department.
• Water:
 $20.9 decrease to Extra help. Enough funds in the Parks department to cover Extra Help.
 $20k increase to Special Dept. Hydrant Relocation project was charged here, major expenses in this account are for chlorine.
 $20k increase to Equipment to purchase erts.
 $63.4k overall increase to this department.
• Sewer – Operating:
 $16k increase to cover fuel and diesel costs.
 $20k increase to Special Dept to cover CC fees paid by the city. We are still waiting on the CC company vendor to assign us a implementation specialist to move CC fees to the customer.
• Sewer – Plant:
 $15k decrease to Salaries.
 $80k increase to Utilities to cover Solar cost.
 $65k decrease to Struct&Improve. CIP Project WWTP Disposal Basin Repairs to be rolled forward to future budgets.
• Sewer – Town:
 $20.9k decrease to Extra Help. Enough funds in Parks to cover Extra Help.  $40k increase to cover cost of new Grinder (CIP Project). Originally it was going to be replaced in future budgets. Due to the current one has failed, this needs to be done this fiscal year.
 $99k overall increase to Sewer Operating/Plant/Town.
• Senior Taxi:
 $38.1k decrease to Salaries. FT Employee retired.
 $15k increase to Extra Help.
 $10k decrease to Health Insurance.
 $10k increase to professional to allow staff to search for and apply for grants.  $17.2k overall decrease to department.
• SWRCB Revolving Lean- Feather River Sewer Crossing
 $400k increase to Engineering Costs. This is 100% grant-funded. • Outdoor Equity Grant:
 $38.1k overall increase to department. This was supposed to end in December 2025, but we have enough funds to run the same programs through 2026. This is 100% grant-funded.
• Gridley Sports Complex:
 $100k decrease to Professional expense, to allocate these funds to engineering costs.
 $165k Increase to Engineering Costs.
 $3 million is reimbursable through a grant. ~$900k is currently unfunded.

Summary:

The overall budget will be increased by $1,163,634.06:
$503,298.16 of this amount is fully reimbursable by grant funding. $306,031.31 of this amount is paid via RPTTF Revenue.
$187,357.00 of this amount is covered by the City of Biggs Police Services Contract. $166,947.59 of the amount is the operating increase. This is mainly driven by recent Labor Union agreements and CIP projects.

Financial Impact
An increase to the budget by $1,163,634.06 for the remainder of the fiscal year.

Attachment:

Budget Report
Resolution 2026-R-003
Total General Fund 279,778.24
Total RDA 306,031.31
Total Gas Tax (42,482.12)
Total TDA (1,257.50)
Total Traffic Safety 500.00
Total Richin MT 1,515.00
Total Eagle Meadows MT 12,662.44
Total Heron Landing MT 12,354.24
Total Electric (79,249.60)
Total Public Benefit 24,361.03
Total Water 63,476.38
Total Sewer 99,926.12
Total Taxi (17,279.64)
Total Feather River Grant 400,000.00 Reimbursable
Total OEP 38,110.00 Reimbursable
Total Gridley Sports Complex 65,188.16 Reimbursable
Total 1,163,634.06
Grant Funded Reimbursements 503,298.16
RDA Passthru 306,031.31
Biggs Contract Reimbursement 187,357.00
Operating Increase 166,947.59
Summary
RESOLUTION NO.
2026-R-003
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF GRIDLEY AUTHORIZING THE MODIFICATION OF THE 2025-2026

BUDGET BY APPROPRIATING SUPPLEMENTAL FUNDS
WHEREAS, the City of Gridley has Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) with labor groups representing city employees; and
WHEREAS, the MOU’s have provisions for mid year adjustments in the salaries or benefit structure based on cost-of-living indexes or other criteria that are estimated at the time of the initial budget preparation; and
WHEREAS, additional changes have occurred since the implementation of the current budget that has adversely affected expenditures such as services that are unavoidable per consumer price index; and
WHEREAS, a list of the recommended adjustments has been provided to the Council for review; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE GRIDLEY CITY COUNCIL to approve the supplemental appropriation from the stated chart of account codes for the funding of mid-year adjustments per Exhibit “A’ attached hereto.

I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing resolution was duly introduced and passed at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Gridley held on the 2nd of February 2026, by the following vote:

AYES: COUNCILMEMBERS
NOES: COUNCILMEMBERS
ABSTAIN: COUNCILMEMBERS
ABSENT: COUNCILMEMBERS
ATTEST: APPROVE:

Elisa Arteaga, City Clerk Michael W. Farr, Mayor
Budget Report
Gridley, CA
Account Summary
For Fiscal: 2025-2026
Expense
Fund: 010 - General Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
General Fund: Miscellaneous
010-0000-52760 Transfers Out 100,000.00 100,000.00 - 0.00% 100,000.00 010-0000-54000 Special Dept. 13,000.00 474.12 12,525.88 96.35% (12,000.00) 1,000.00 525.88 52.59% 010-4999-40134 TOT BCT BID - 1,434.70 (1,434.70) 0.00% - (1,434.70) 0.00% Increase (Decrease) (12,000.00)
General Fund: Council
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4010-51000 Salaries 62,553.68 37,313.90 25,239.78 40.35% 10,000.00 72,553.68 35,239.78 48.57% 010-4010-51100 Workmans Comp. 2,800.91 122.38 2,678.53 95.63% (2,000.00) 800.91 678.53 84.72% 010-4010-51200 Retirement 4,147.08 2,369.70 1,777.38 42.86% 500.00 4,647.08 2,277.38 49.01% 010-4010-51250 UAL - CALPERS 18,072.81 10,967.32 7,105.49 39.32% (7,105.49) 10,967.32 - 0.00% 010-4010-51300 Health Insuranc 6,266.63 1,438.96 4,827.67 77.04% (2,750.00) 3,516.63 2,077.67 59.08% 010-4010-51310 Health Insuranc - 32.50 (32.50) 0.00% 75.00 75.00 42.50 56.67% 010-4010-51400 Dental Insur. 791.98 552.54 239.44 30.23% 350.00 1,141.98 589.44 51.62% 010-4010-51800 Disability Insr 579.50 398.96 180.54 31.15% 150.00 729.50 330.54 45.31% 010-4010-51900 Medicare Tax 578.47 541.00 37.47 6.48% 500.00 1,078.47 537.47 49.84% 010-4010-51902 Social Security 1,116.00 558.00 558.00 50.00% 1,116.00 010-4010-51903 EAP 67.61 16.53 51.08 75.55% 67.61
010-4010-51904 Physical Fitness 153.00 - 153.00 100.00% (153.00) - - 0.00% 010-4010-52100 Communications 1,300.00 538.30 761.70 58.59% 1,300.00 010-4010-52400 Insurance 1,980.32 - 1,980.32 100.00% 1,980.32 010-4010-53300 Memberships 1,000.00 300.00 700.00 70.00% (700.00) 300.00 - 0.00% 010-4010-53500 Office 500.00 - 500.00 100.00% 500.00
010-4010-53600 Professional 2,000.00 893.19 1,106.81 55.34% 2,000.00 010-4010-53650 Information Technology 4,715.00 5,809.70 (1,094.70) -23.22% 3,000.00 7,715.00 1,905.30 24.70% 010-4010-54000 Special Dept. 22,000.00 3,073.26 18,926.74 86.03% (10,000.00) 12,000.00 8,926.74 74.39% 010-4010-54300 Trans. & Travel 8,500.00 3,895.98 4,604.02 54.16% 010-4010-55000 Contributions 11,500.00 11,500.00 - 0.00% 11,500.00 010-4010-56300 Equipment - - - 0.00% -
Increase (Decrease) (8,133.49)
1 General Fund: Council Abatement
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4011-51000 Salaries 9,320.17 4,137.90 5,182.27 55.60% 9,320.17 010-4011-51002 Overtime 200.00 - 200.00 100.00% 200.00
010-4011-51100 Workmans Comp. 675.71 19.85 655.86 97.06% (500.00) 175.71 155.86 88.70% 010-4011-51200 Retirement 741.89 331.48 410.41 55.32% 741.89 010-4011-51250 UAL - CALPERS 9,450.64 2,577.50 6,873.14 72.73% (6,873.14) 2,577.50 - 0.00% 010-4011-51300 Health Insurance 1,677.63 192.00 1,485.63 88.56% (1,100.00) 577.63 385.63 66.76% 010-4011-51400 Dental Insur. 221.61 110.81 110.80 50.00% 221.61 010-4011-51800 Health Insurance 139.80 96.00 43.80 31.33% 139.80 010-4011-51900 Medicare Tax 135.14 60.01 75.13 55.59% 135.14 010-4011-51903 Employee Assistance Program 16.31 5.05 11.26 69.04% 16.31 010-4011-51904 Physical Fitness 48.00 - 48.00 100.00% (48.00) - - 0.00% 010-4011-52400 Insurance 3,560.83 - 3,560.83 100.00% 3,560.83 010-4011-53600 Professional - 3,145.25 (3,145.25) 0.00% 5,000.00 5,000.00 1,854.75 37.10% Increase (Decrease) (3,521.14)
General Fund: Administration
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4020-51000 Salaries 143,365.53 80,549.64 62,815.89 43.82% 35,000.00 178,365.53 97,815.89 54.84% 010-4020-51002 Overtime 4,000.00 - 4,000.00 100.00% (3,000.00) 1,000.00 1,000.00 100.00% 010-4020-51100 Workmans Comp. 10,021.95 352.08 9,669.87 96.49% 10,021.95 010-4020-51200 Retirement 13,671.46 6,912.33 6,759.13 49.44% 13,671.46 010-4020-51250 UAL - CALPERS 39,477.63 40,300.85 (823.22) -2.09% 823.22 40,300.85 - 0.00% 010-4020-51300 Health Insuranc 24,816.60 11,195.06 13,621.54 54.89% 24,816.60 010-4020-51310 Health Insuranc - 650.00 (650.00) 0.00% 1,000.00 1,000.00 350.00 35.00% 010-4020-51311 Retiree Health 40,426.86 42,690.83 (2,263.97) -5.60% 2,263.97 42,690.83 - 0.00% 010-4020-51400 Dental Insur. 3,178.21 1,831.20 1,347.01 42.38% 300.00 3,478.21 1,647.01 47.35% 010-4020-51800 Disability Insr 2,073.51 1,136.19 937.32 45.20% 2,073.51 010-4020-51900 Medicare Tax 2,004.39 1,168.54 835.85 41.70% 2,004.39 010-4020-51903 EAP 241.91 59.05 182.86 75.59% 241.91
010-4020-51904 Physical fitnes 603.00 300.00 303.00 50.25% 603.00 010-4020-52100 Communications 3,000.00 1,482.76 1,517.24 50.57% 3,000.00 010-4020-52400 Insurance 5,011.63 214.00 4,797.63 95.73% 5,011.63 010-4020-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 2,250.00 2,444.32 (194.32) -8.64% 2,500.00 4,750.00 2,305.68 48.54% 010-4020-53300 Memberships 5,815.00 7,299.84 (1,484.84) -25.53% 5,800.00 11,615.00 4,315.16 37.15% 010-4020-53500 Office 12,000.00 8,160.07 3,839.93 32.00% 2,500.00 14,500.00 6,339.93 43.72% 010-4020-53600 Professional 43,709.00 51,593.68 (7,884.68) -18.04% 18,500.00 62,209.00 10,615.32 17.06% 010-4020-53650 Information Technology 123,215.00 105,569.95 17,645.05 14.32% 010-4020-53700 Publications 2,000.00 - 2,000.00 100.00% 010-4020-53800 Rents-Equipment 350.00 106.32 243.68 69.62% 350.00 010-4020-53960 Fuel 4,000.00 1,685.17 2,314.83 57.87% 4,000.00 010-4020-54000 Special Dept. 5,185.00 29,858.94 (24,673.94) -475.87% 30,000.00 35,185.00 5,326.06 15.14% 010-4020-54300 Trans. & Travel 18,000.00 5,768.41 12,231.59 67.95% 010-4020-56300 Equipment 9,142.85 188.85 8,954.00 97.93% (8,954.00) 188.85 0.00 0.00% Increase (Decrease) 86,733.19
2 General Fund: Ord Ranch Transfer Station
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4025-53000 Equipment Mtnc. - 4,249.58 (4,249.58) 0.00% 8,000.00 8,000.00 3,750.42 46.88% Increase (Decrease) 8,000.00
General Fund: Attorney
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4030-52400 Insurance 627.96 - 627.96 100.00% 627.96 010-4030-53600 Professional 50,000.00 47,720.96 2,279.04 4.56% 40,000.00 90,000.00 42,279.04 46.98% Increase (Decrease) 40,000.00
General Fund: City Hall Maintenance Account Name Current Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
010-4100-52100 Communications 2,000.00 800.77 1,199.23 59.96% 2,000.00 010-4100-52400 Insurance 2,931.30 - 2,931.30 100.00% 2,931.30 010-4100-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 8,000.00 2,117.28 5,882.72 73.53% 8,000.00 010-4100-53200 Mtnce-Structure 4,000.00 485.72 3,514.28 87.86% 4,000.00 010-4100-53500 Office 500.00 - 500.00 100.00% (500.00) - - 0.00% 010-4100-53600 Professional 20,000.00 8,460.00 11,540.00 57.70% 20,000.00 010-4100-53650 Information Technology 23,715.00 7,640.42 16,074.58 67.78% (7,000.00) 16,715.00 9,074.58 54.29% 010-4100-54000 Special Dept. 3,000.00 1,272.24 1,727.76 57.59% 3,000.00 010-4100-54400 Utilities 10,000.00 3,341.19 6,658.81 66.59% (3,800.00) 6,200.00 2,858.81 46.11% Increase (Decrease) (11,300.00)
3 General Fund: Finance
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4180-51000 Salaries 83,712.27 41,972.92 41,739.35 49.86% 83,712.27 010-4180-51002 Overtime 500.00 11.25 488.75 97.75% 500.00 010-4180-51100 Workmans Comp. 5,205.19 195.98 5,009.21 96.23% 5,205.19 010-4180-51200 Retirement 6,341.35 2,970.07 3,371.28 53.16% 6,341.35 010-4180-51250 UAL - CALPERS 20,991.69 16,766.67 4,225.02 20.13% (4,225.02) 16,766.67 - 0.00% 010-4180-51300 Health Insurance 9,559.96 4,482.56 5,077.40 53.11% (500.00) 9,059.96 4,577.40 50.52% 010-4180-51310 Health Insuranc - 325.00 (325.00) 0.00% 800.00 800.00 475.00 59.38% 010-4180-51400 Dental Insur. 1,800.88 892.43 908.45 50.44% 1,800.88 010-4180-51800 Disability Insr 1,076.94 505.79 571.15 53.03% 1,076.94 010-4180-51900 Medicare Tax 1,041.04 608.84 432.20 41.52% 1,041.04 010-4180-51902 Social Security - 39.81 (39.81) 0.00% 300.00 300.00 260.19 86.73% 010-4180-51903 EAP 125.64 27.12 98.52 78.41% 125.64
010-4180-51904 Physical fitnes 381.00 725.00 (344.00) -90.29% 1,000.00 1,381.00 656.00 47.50% 010-4180-52100 Communications 2,000.00 560.64 1,439.36 71.97% 2,000.00 010-4180-52400 Insurance 5,248.87 - 5,248.87 100.00% 5,248.87 010-4180-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 30,000.00 9,880.52 20,119.48 67.06% (5,000.00) 25,000.00 15,119.48 60.48% 010-4180-53300 Memberships 1,500.00 250.00 1,250.00 83.33% (1,000.00) 500.00 250.00 50.00% 010-4180-53500 Office 12,000.00 5,816.89 6,183.11 51.53% 12,000.00 010-4180-53600 Professional 113,859.00 36,747.49 77,111.51 67.73% (50,000.00) 63,859.00 27,111.51 42.46% 010-4180-53650 Information Technology 6,215.00 6,616.11 (401.11) -6.45% 5,000.00 11,215.00 4,598.89 41.01% 010-4180-53700 Publications 500.00 330.00 170.00 34.00% 500.00 1,000.00 670.00 67.00% 010-4180-53800 Rents-Equipment 500.00 106.32 393.68 78.74% 500.00 010-4180-54000 Special Dept. 5,000.00 3,250.28 1,749.72 34.99% 5,000.00 010-4180-54300 Trans. & Travel 12,000.00 12,187.87 (187.87) -1.57% 8,000.00 20,000.00 7,812.13 39.06%
010-4180-55710 Over/Short - (18.95) 18.95 0.00% -
010-4180-56300 Equipment 1,142.85 - 1,142.85 100.00% (1,142.85) - - 0.00% Increase (Decrease) (46,267.87)
4 General Fund: Police
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4200-51000 Salaries 1,836,657.24 1,009,154.60 827,502.64 45.05% 80,000.00 1,916,657.24 907,502.64 47.35% 010-4200-51001 Extra Help 11,910.12 21,576.09 (9,665.97) -81.16% 22,000.00 33,910.12 12,334.03 36.37% 010-4200-51002 Overtime 130,000.00 72,606.00 57,394.00 44.15% 130,000.00 010-4200-51100 Workmans Comp. 130,502.52 42,462.99 88,039.53 67.46% 130,502.52 010-4200-51200 Retirement 321,088.97 155,910.04 165,178.93 51.44% 321,088.97 010-4200-51250 UAL - CALPERS 585,228.00 566,290.00 18,938.00 3.24% (18,938.00) 566,290.00 - 0.00% 010-4200-51300 Health Insuranc 292,480.30 130,314.60 162,165.70 55.44% (7,000.00) 285,480.30 155,165.70 54.35% 010-4200-51310 Health Insuranc - 3,250.00 (3,250.00) 0.00% 7,000.00 7,000.00 3,750.00 53.57% 010-4200-51311 Retiree Health 116,314.80 131,336.48 (15,021.68) -12.91% 15,021.68 131,336.48 - 0.00% 010-4200-51400 Dental Insur. 33,079.17 16,033.59 17,045.58 51.53% 33,079.17 010-4200-51800 Disability Insr 27,000.52 11,455.43 15,545.09 57.57% 27,000.52 010-4200-51900 Medicare Tax 26,254.91 15,998.47 10,256.44 39.06% 26,254.91 010-4200-51902 Social Security 431.46 2,184.54 (1,753.08) -406.31% 3,500.00 3,931.46 1,746.92 44.43% 010-4200-51903 EAP 3,315.78 691.29 2,624.49 79.15% (1,500.00) 1,815.78 1,124.49 61.93% 010-4200-51904 Physical fitnes 6,900.00 474.25 6,425.75 93.13% 6,900.00 010-4200-51906 Deferred Comp ER Match 9,000.00 - 9,000.00 100.00% 9,000.00 010-4200-52000 Safety Clothing 25,500.00 4,278.91 21,221.09 83.22% (8,000.00) 17,500.00 13,221.09 75.55% 010-4200-52100 Communications 900.00 6,917.15 (6,017.15) -668.57% 14,000.00 14,900.00 7,982.85 53.58% 010-4200-52400 Insurance 134,591.10 7,346.00 127,245.10 94.54% 134,591.10 010-4200-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 75,000.00 57,055.04 17,944.96 23.93% 15,000.00 90,000.00 32,944.96 36.61% 010-4200-53300 Memberships 300.00 402.00 (102.00) -34.00% 102.00 402.00 - 0.00% 010-4200-53500 Office 9,000.00 4,045.60 4,954.40 55.05% 9,000.00 010-4200-53600 Professional 83,709.00 69,723.57 13,985.43 16.71% 23,500.00 107,209.00 37,485.43 34.96% 010-4200-53650 Information Technology 25,215.00 15,256.07 9,958.93 39.50% 25,215.00 010-4200-53800 Rents-Equipment 600.00 106.32 493.68 82.28% 600.00 010-4200-53960 Fuel 45,000.00 23,092.42 21,907.58 48.68% 45,000.00 010-4200-54000 Special Dept. 55,000.00 78,000.99 (23,000.99) -41.82% 35,000.00 90,000.00 11,999.01 13.33% 010-4200-54300 Trans. & Travel 23,000.00 19,397.00 3,603.00 15.67% 5,000.00 28,000.00 8,603.00 30.73% 010-4200-54400 Utilities 5,000.00 1,599.26 3,400.74 68.01% 5,000.00 010-4200-56300 Equipment 2,643.00 - 2,643.00 100.00% 107,357.00 110,000.00 110,000.00 0.00% Increase (Decrease) 292,042.68
General Fund: BINTF
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4207-51000 Salaries 63,723.38 31,528.53 32,194.85 50.52% 63,723.38 010-4207-51002 Overtime - 8,749.59 (8,749.59) 0.00% -
010-4207-51100 Workmans Comp. 4,484.66 1,667.47 2,817.19 62.82% 4,484.66 010-4207-51200 Retirement 8,653.86 4,185.41 4,468.45 51.64% 8,653.86 010-4207-51300 Health Insurance 11,134.34 2,134.87 8,999.47 80.83% (6,000.00) 5,134.34 2,999.47 58.42% 010-4207-51400 Dental Insur. 510.75 255.36 255.39 50.00% 510.75 010-4207-51800 Disability Insr 927.86 450.00 477.86 51.50% 927.86 010-4207-51900 Medicare Tax 896.93 583.92 313.01 34.90% 896.93 010-4207-51902 Social Security - 10.61 (10.61) 0.00% -
010-4207-51903 EAP 108.25 23.45 84.80 78.34% 108.25
010-4207-53600 Professional 15,000.00 - 15,000.00 100.00% (15,000.00) - - 0.00% Increase (Decrease) (21,000.00)
5 General Fund: School Resource Officer
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4208-51000 Salaries 84,738.96 49,333.24 35,405.72 41.78% 84,738.96 010-4208-51002 Overtime - 4,516.44 (4,516.44) 0.00%
010-4208-51100 Workmans Comp. 6,002.06 2,033.14 3,968.92 66.13% 6,002.06 010-4208-51200 Retirement 11,581.91 5,933.17 5,648.74 48.77% 11,581.91 010-4208-51300 Health Insurance 14,901.67 - 14,901.67 100.00% (14,901.67) - - 0.00% 010-4208-51400 Dental Insur. 1,569.72 1,179.72 390.00 24.85% 750.00 2,319.72 1,140.00 49.14% 010-4208-51800 Disability Insurance 1,241.81 600.00 641.81 51.68% 1,241.81 010-4208-51900 Medicare Tax 1,200.41 780.83 419.58 34.95% 200.00 1,400.41 619.58 44.24% 010-4208-51902 Social Security - 10.40 (10.40) 0.00% -
010-4208-51903 Employee Assistance Program 105.00 31.33 73.67 70.16% 105.00 Increase (Decrease) (13,951.67)
General Fund: Fire
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4210-52100 Communications 3,000.00 769.73 2,230.27 74.34% 3,000.00 010-4210-52400 Insurance 43,829.79 5,122.00 38,707.79 88.31% 43,829.79 010-4210-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 34,000.00 4,452.92 29,547.08 86.90% (14,000.00) 20,000.00 15,547.08 77.74% 010-4210-53500 Office 1,000.00 496.22 503.78 50.38% 1,000.00 010-4210-53600 Professional 1,459,423.00 117,649.35 1,341,773.65 91.94% 1,459,423.00 010-4210-53650 Information Technology 4,715.00 5,851.77 (1,136.77) -24.11% 3,000.00 7,715.00 1,863.23 24.15% 010-4210-53800 Rents-Equipment 300.00 106.30 193.70 64.57% 300.00 010-4210-53950 Small Tools 500.00 - 500.00 100.00% 500.00 010-4210-53960 Fuel 12,000.00 1,574.87 10,425.13 86.88% 010-4210-54000 Special Dept. 168,985.87 1,855.25 167,130.62 98.90% (150,000.00) 18,985.87 17,130.62 90.23% 010-4210-54400 Utilities 4,000.00 829.27 3,170.73 79.27% (1,500.00) 2,500.00 1,670.73 66.83% 010-4210-55901 Debt Svce - Int - 95,282.85 (95,282.85) 0.00% 95,282.85 95,282.85 - 0.00% 010-4210-56300 Equipment 150,000.00 60,053.02 89,946.98 59.96% 60,053.02 210,053.02 150,000.00 71.41% Increase (Decrease) (7,164.13)
6 General Fund: Animal Control
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4230-51000 Salaries 75,603.84 24,776.93 50,826.91 67.23% (20,000.00) 55,603.84 30,826.91 55.44% 010-4230-51002 Overtime 200.00 - 200.00 100.00% 200.00
010-4230-51100 Workmans Comp. 5,383.26 630.39 4,752.87 88.29% 5,383.26 010-4230-51200 Retirement 19,238.67 1,866.17 17,372.50 90.30% (15,000.00) 4,238.67 2,372.50 55.97% 010-4230-51250 UAL - CALPERS - 8,700.48 (8,700.48) 0.00% 8,700.48 8,700.48 - 0.00% 010-4230-51300 Health Insurance 13,365.35 3,220.00 10,145.35 75.91% (5,000.00) 8,365.35 5,145.35 61.51% 010-4230-51310 Health Insuranc - 130.00 (130.00) 0.00% 400.00 400.00 270.00 67.50% 010-4230-51400 Dental Insur. 2,359.44 1,249.94 1,109.50 47.02% 100.00 2,459.44 1,209.50 49.18% 010-4230-51800 Disability Insr 1,113.78 635.71 478.07 42.92% 1,113.78 010-4230-51900 Medicare Tax 1,076.65 359.30 717.35 66.63% 1,076.65 010-4230-51903 EAP 129.94 32.19 97.75 75.23% 129.94
010-4230-51904 Physical Fitness 300.00 - 300.00 100.00% 300.00 010-4230-51906 Deferred Comp ER Match 600.00 - 600.00 100.00% (150.00) 450.00 450.00 100.00% 010-4230-52000 Safety Clothing 3,000.00 114.13 2,885.87 96.20% (2,885.87) 114.13 0.00 0.00% 010-4230-52100 Communications 1,200.00 498.76 701.24 58.44% 1,200.00 010-4230-52400 Insurance 2,147.95 - 2,147.95 100.00% 2,147.95 010-4230-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 500.00 2,441.88 (1,941.88) -388.38% 3,000.00 3,500.00 1,058.12 30.23% 010-4230-53200 Mtnce-Structure 2,500.00 - 2,500.00 100.00% 2,500.00 2,500.00 100.00% 010-4230-53300 Memberships 300.00 - 300.00 100.00% 300.00 010-4230-53600 Professional 13,000.00 5,396.40 7,603.60 58.49% 13,000.00 010-4230-54000 Special Dept. 3,000.00 3,279.00 (279.00) -9.30% 4,000.00 7,000.00 3,721.00 53.16% 010-4230-54400 Utilities 1,500.00 52.30 1,447.70 96.51% (1,000.00) 500.00 447.70 89.54% Increase (Decrease) (27,835.39)
General Fund: Streets
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4310-51000 Salaries 201,713.12 87,198.28 114,514.84 56.77% (15,000.00) 186,713.12 99,514.84 53.30% 010-4310-51001 Extra Help 20,937.84 12,765.08 8,172.76 39.03% (8,172.76) 12,765.08 - 0.00% 010-4310-51002 Overtime 15,000.00 13,373.51 1,626.49 10.84% 7,500.00 22,500.00 9,126.49 40.56% 010-4310-51100 Workmans Comp. 11,358.58 7,558.26 3,800.32 33.46% 11,358.58 010-4310-51200 Retirement 20,275.67 9,108.95 11,166.72 55.07% 20,275.67 010-4310-51250 UAL - CALPERS 50,108.10 47,952.52 2,155.58 4.30% (2,155.58) 47,952.52 - 0.00% 010-4310-51300 Health Insuranc 28,200.61 14,328.19 13,872.42 49.19% 28,200.61 010-4310-51310 Health Insuranc - 396.48 (396.48) 0.00% 800.00 800.00 403.52 50.44% 010-4310-51400 Dental Insur. 4,168.16 1,658.00 2,510.16 60.22% (450.00) 3,718.16 2,060.16 55.41% 010-4310-51800 Disability Insr 2,664.12 1,163.49 1,500.63 56.33% 2,664.12 010-4310-51900 Medicare Tax 2,575.31 1,642.72 932.59 36.21% 2,575.31 010-4310-51902 Social Security - 751.50 (751.50) 0.00% - 010-4310-51903 EAP 274.17 89.03 185.14 67.53% 274.17
010-4310-51904 Physical Fitness 939.00 - 939.00 100.00% 939.00 010-4310-52400 Insurance 4,136.85 2,049.50 2,087.35 50.46% 4,136.85 010-4310-53600 Professional 92,150.00 982.45 91,167.55 98.93% 92,150.00 010-4310-53620 Engineering Costs 50,000.00 15,344.25 34,655.75 69.31% 010-4310-53960 Fuel 2,000.00 9,190.99 (7,190.99) -359.55% 16,000.00 18,000.00 8,809.01 48.94% 010-4310-54000 Special Dept. 460,000.00 405,706.37 54,293.63 11.80% (15,000.00) 445,000.00 39,293.63 8.83% Increase (Decrease) (16,478.34)
7 General Fund: Engineering
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4320-53600 Professional - 1,327.66 (1,327.66) 0.00% 3,000.00 3,000.00 1,672.34 55.74% 010-4320-53620 Engineering Costs 30,000.00 31,011.50 (1,011.50) -3.37% 25,000.00 55,000.00 23,988.50 43.62% Increase (Decrease) 28,000.00
General Fund: Corp Yard
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4340-51000 Salaries 60,039.46 30,217.89 29,821.57 49.67% 60,039.46 010-4340-51002 Overtime - 379.78 (379.78) 0.00% 825.00 825.00 445.22 53.97% 010-4340-51100 Workmans Comp. 4,352.86 3,127.03 1,225.83 28.16% 1,000.00 5,352.86 2,225.83 41.58% 010-4340-51200 Retirement 7,552.96 3,786.76 3,766.20 49.86% 7,552.96 010-4340-51250 UAL - CALPERS 29,600.63 21,501.77 8,098.86 27.36% (8,098.86) 21,501.77 - 0.00% 010-4340-51300 Health Insurance 10,807.10 2,943.87 7,863.23 72.76% (3,000.00) 7,807.10 4,863.23 62.29% 010-4340-51310 Health Insuranc - 130.00 (130.00) 0.00% 400.00 400.00 270.00 67.50% 010-4340-51400 Dental Insur. 1,149.58 606.95 542.63 47.20% 1,149.58 010-4340-51800 Disability Insr 900.59 444.45 456.14 50.65% 900.59 010-4340-51900 Medicare Tax 870.57 443.74 426.83 49.03% 870.57 010-4340-51903 EAP 105.07 26.67 78.40 74.62% 105.07
010-4340-51904 Physical fitnes 249.00 - 249.00 100.00% 249.00 010-4340-52000 Safety Clothing 8,000.00 1,689.00 6,311.00 78.89% 8,000.00 010-4340-52100 Communications 2,500.00 853.95 1,646.05 65.84% 2,500.00 010-4340-52400 Insurance 76,220.22 2,049.50 74,170.72 97.31% 76,220.22 010-4340-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 18,000.00 10,338.65 7,661.35 42.56% 3,000.00 21,000.00 10,661.35 50.77% 010-4340-53200 Mtnce-Structure 6,000.00 328.21 5,671.79 94.53% 6,000.00 010-4340-53500 Office 1,500.00 177.60 1,322.40 88.16% (500.00) 1,000.00 822.40 82.24% 010-4340-53600 Professional - 228.75 (228.75) 0.00% 500.00 500.00 271.25 54.25% 010-4340-53650 Information Technology 5,715.00 7,077.51 (1,362.51) -23.84% 3,500.00 9,215.00 2,137.49 23.20% 010-4340-53950 Small Tools 1,000.00 273.50 726.50 72.65% 1,000.00 010-4340-54000 Special Dept. 18,000.00 7,213.95 10,786.05 59.92% 18,000.00 010-4340-54300 Transportation and Travel 4,000.00 2.66 3,997.34 99.93% 010-4340-56300 Equipment 75,000.00 - 75,000.00 100.00% (75,000.00) - - #DIV/0! Increase (Decrease) (77,373.86)
8 General Fund: Parks
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4350-51000 Salaries 83,648.15 36,527.29 47,120.86 56.33% 83,648.15 010-4350-51001 Extra Help 20,937.84 - 20,937.84 100.00% 20,937.84 20,937.84 100.00% 010-4350-51002 Overtime - 1,050.85 (1,050.85) 0.00% 2,000.00 2,000.00 949.15 47.46% 010-4350-51100 Workmans Comp. 6,034.91 2,440.77 3,594.14 59.56% 6,034.91 010-4350-51200 Retirement 10,471.61 2,879.61 7,592.00 72.50% (3,000.00) 7,471.61 4,592.00 61.46% 010-4350-51250 UAL - CALPERS 35,052.21 30,665.47 4,386.74 12.51% (4,386.74) 30,665.47 - 0.00% 010-4350-51300 Health Insurance 14,983.23 4,319.22 10,664.01 71.17% (4,000.00) 10,983.23 6,664.01 60.67% 010-4350-51310 Health Insuranc - 227.50 (227.50) 0.00% 500.00 500.00 272.50 54.50% 010-4350-51400 Dental Insur. 985.04 229.12 755.92 76.74% (300.00) 685.04 455.92 66.55% 010-4350-51800 Disability Insr 1,562.67 284.14 1,278.53 81.82% (700.00) 862.67 578.53 67.06% 010-4350-51900 Medicare Tax 1,510.58 543.77 966.81 64.00% 1,510.58 010-4350-51903 EAP 145.67 20.07 125.60 86.22% 145.67
010-4350-51904 Physical Fitness 360.00 - 360.00 100.00% 360.00 010-4350-52000 Safety Clothing 1,500.00 354.69 1,145.31 76.35% 1,500.00 010-4350-52400 Insurance 2,846.90 2,049.50 797.40 28.01% 1,000.00 3,846.90 1,797.40 46.72% 010-4350-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 4,500.00 3,328.09 1,171.91 26.04% 1,500.00 6,000.00 2,671.91 44.53% 010-4350-53200 Mtnce-Structure 500.00 - 500.00 100.00% 500.00 010-4350-53600 Professional 500.00 2,903.00 (2,403.00) -480.60% 10,000.00 10,500.00 7,597.00 72.35% 010-4350-53620 Engineering Costs 10,000.00 - 10,000.00 100.00% 10,000.00 010-4350-53950 Small Tools 500.00 - 500.00 100.00% 500.00 010-4350-54000 Special Dept. 10,000.00 7,328.22 2,671.78 26.72% 3,000.00 13,000.00 5,671.78 43.63% 010-4350-56100 Struct.&Improve 50,000.00 860.99 49,139.01

98.28% 50,000.00 49,139.01 98.28%
010-4350-56300 Equipment 35,000.00 - 35,000.00 100.00% (35,000.00) - - #DIV/0! Increase (Decrease) (29,386.74)
9 General Fund: Recreation
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4360-51000 Salaries 63,641.82 56,205.28 7,436.54 11.68% 37,000.00 100,641.82 44,436.54 44.15% 010-4360-51002 Overtime - 159.30 (159.30) 0.00% 500.00 500.00 340.70 68.14% 010-4360-51100 Workmans Comp. 4,466.93 1,381.55 3,085.38 69.07% (1,500.00) 2,966.93 1,585.38 53.44% 010-4360-51200 Retirement 5,998.37 3,397.56 2,600.81 43.36% 5,998.37 010-4360-51250 UAL - CALPERS 11,792.45 12,281.35 (488.90) -4.15% 488.90 12,281.35 - 0.00% 010-4360-51300 Health Insurance - 1,920.00 (1,920.00) 0.00% 3,800.00 3,800.00 1,880.00 49.47% 010-4360-51310 Health Insurance - 162.50 (162.50) 0.00% 350.00 350.00 187.50 53.57% 010-4360-51400 Dental Insur. 1,569.72 831.58 738.14 47.02% 1,569.72 010-4360-51800 Disability Insurance 924.19 635.71 288.48 31.21% 924.19 010-4360-51900 Medicare Tax 893.39 817.28 76.11 8.52% 450.00 1,343.39 526.11 39.16% 010-4360-51902 Social Security - 457.94 (457.94) 0.00% 1,200.00 1,200.00 742.06 61.84% 010-4360-51903 Employee Assistance Program 107.82 94.67 13.15 12.20% 50.00 157.82 63.15 40.01% 010-4360-51904 Physical fitness 300.00 - 300.00 100.00% 300.00 600.00 600.00 100.00% 010-4360-52100 Communications 2,400.00 1,187.89 1,212.11 50.50% 2,400.00 010-4360-52400 Insurance 3,556.18 - 3,556.18 100.00% 3,556.18 010-4360-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 1,500.00 655.44 844.56 56.30% 1,500.00 010-4360-53300 Memberships 200.00 29.90 170.10 85.05% 200.00 010-4360-53500 Office 2,000.00 1,897.87 102.13 5.11% 1,500.00 3,500.00 1,602.13 45.78% 010-4360-53600 Professional 15,000.00 10,336.47 4,663.53 31.09% 3,000.00 18,000.00 7,663.53 42.58% 010-4360-53650 Information Technology 4,715.00 6,078.02 (1,363.02) -28.91% 3,000.00 7,715.00 1,636.98 21.22% 010-4360-53700 Publications 3,500.00 2,420.00 1,080.00 30.86% 250.00 3,750.00 1,330.00 35.47% 010-4360-54000 Special Dept. 32,000.00 29,188.06 2,811.94 8.79% 32,000.00 010-4360-54010 Soccer League 20,000.00 38,989.49 (18,989.49) -94.95% 18,989.49 38,989.49 - 0.00% 010-4360-54020 Basketball League 12,000.00 403.67 11,596.33 96.64% 12,000.00 010-4360-54030 Senior Program 10,000.00 4,053.96 5,946.04 59.46% (1,500.00) 8,500.00 4,446.04 52.31% 010-4360-54040 Recreation Programs 5,000.00 3,980.63 1,019.37 20.39% 1,500.00 6,500.00 2,519.37 38.76% 010-4360-54300 Trans. & Travel 1,050.00 - 1,050.00 100.00% (1,050.00) - - 0.00% 010-4360-54400 Utilities 7,500.00 676.90 6,823.10 90.97% (6,000.00) 1,500.00 823.10 54.87% Increase (Decrease) 62,328.39
General Fund: Boat Ramp
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4480-54000 Special Dept. 3,000.00 1,200.00 1,800.00 60.00% 3,000.00 010-4480-54400 Utilities - 808.52 (808.52) 0.00% 1,750.00 1,750.00 941.48 53.80% Increase (Decrease) 1,750.00
10 General Fund: Planning
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
010-4500-51000 Salaries 140,502.57 72,662.36 67,840.21 48.28% 140,502.57 010-4500-51100 Workmans Comp. 9,309.80 292.70 9,017.10 96.86% (3,500.00) 5,809.80 5,517.10 94.96% 010-4500-51200 Retirement 10,893.20 5,658.36 5,234.84 48.06% 10,893.20 010-4500-51250 UAL - CALPERS 14,824.21 16,640.89 (1,816.68) -12.25% 1,816.68 16,640.89 - 0.00% 010-4500-51300 Health Insurance 22,066.59 2,385.06 19,681.53 89.19% (17,000.00) 5,066.59 2,681.53 52.93% 010-4500-51310 Health Insuranc - 97.50 (97.50) 0.00% 150.00 150.00 52.50 35.00% 010-4500-51400 Dental Insur. 1,786.87 490.67 1,296.20 72.54% (450.00) 1,336.87 846.20 63.30% 010-4500-51800 Disability Insr 1,926.17 771.42 1,154.75 59.95% (250.00) 1,676.17 904.75 53.98% 010-4500-51900 Medicare Tax 1,861.96 1,053.63 808.33 43.41% 1,861.96 010-4500-51903 EAP 224.72 38.49 186.23 82.87% 224.72
010-4500-51904 Physical Fitness 438.00 - 438.00 100.00% 162.00 600.00 600.00 100.00% 010-4500-52100 Communications 1,000.00 296.44 703.56 70.36% (350.00) 650.00 353.56 54.39% 010-4500-52400 Insurance 1,272.01 - 1,272.01 100.00% 1,272.01 010-4500-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 1,000.00 - 1,000.00 100.00% (1,000.00) - - 0.00% 010-4500-53300 Memberships 1,500.00 2,257.93 (757.93) -50.53% 757.93 2,257.93 - 0.00% 010-4500-53500 Office 3,800.00 1,633.49 2,166.51 57.01% 3,800.00 010-4500-53600 Professional 60,000.00 29,998.45 30,001.55 50.00% 8,500.00 68,500.00 38,501.55 56.21% 010-4500-53620 Engineering Costs 20,000.00 51,934.37 (31,934.37) -159.67% 50,000.00 70,000.00 18,065.63 25.81% 010-4500-53700 Publications 6,000.00 708.50 5,291.50 88.19% (3,500.00) 2,500.00 1,791.50 71.66% 010-4500-53800 Rents-Equipment 500.00 106.30 393.70 78.74% 500.00 010-4500-54300 Trans. & Travel 3,000.00 739.87 2,260.13 75.34% Increase (Decrease) 35,336.61
Fund: 010 - General Total: 9,657,647.54 4,584,148.95 5,073,498.59 52.53% Overall 010 Increase(Decrease) 279,778.24
Fund: 208 - 2022 Series A
Tax Allocation Ref Bond
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
208-4250-55901 Debt svce - int - 117,035.00 (117,035.00) 0.00% 119,904.00 119,904.00 2,869.00 2.39% Fund: 208 - 2022 Series A
Tax Allocation Ref Bond Total:
59,438.00 - (59,438.00) 0.00%
Overall 208 Increase(Decrease) 119,904.00
Fund: 210 - 2022 Series B
Tax Allocation Ref Bond
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
210-4250-55901 Debt svce - int - 59,904.00 (59,904.00) 0.00% 187,035.00 187,035.00 127,131.00 67.97% Fund: 210 - 2022 Series B
Tax Allocation Ref Bond Total:
30,528.00 - (30,528.00) 0.00%
Overall 210 Increase(Decrease) 187,035.00
11 Fund: 215 - Successor Ageny Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
215-4250-51000 Salaries 114.84 41.55 73.29 63.82% 114.84 215-4250-51100 Workmans Comp. 225.67 0.20 225.47 99.91% (200.00) 25.67 25.47 99.22% 215-4250-51200 Retirement 247.76 3.27 244.49 98.68% (200.00) 47.76 44.49 93.15% 215-4250-51250 UAL - CALPERS 585.24 627.82 (42.58) -7.28% 42.58 627.82 - 0.00% 215-4250-51300 Health Insurance - 4.00 (4.00) 0.00% 10.00 10.00 6.00 60.00% 215-4250-51310 Health Insuranc 560.27 - 560.27 100.00% (560.27) - - 0.00% 215-4250-51400 Dental Insur. 94.38 2.81 91.57 97.02% 94.38 215-4250-51800 Disability Insr 46.69 1.43 45.26 96.94% 46.69 215-4250-51900 Medicare Tax 45.13 0.60 44.53 98.67% 45.13 215-4250-51903 EAP 5.45 0.03 5.42 99.45% 5.45
215-4250-53600 Professional 30,000.00 26,757.50 3,242.50 10.81% 30,000.00 Fund: 215 - Successor Ageny Total: 31,925.43 10,439.21 21,486.22 67.30% Overall 215 Increase(Decrease) (907.69)
Fund: 380 - State Gas Tax Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
380-4420-51000 Salaries 56,052.98 28,873.93 27,179.05 48.49% 56,052.98 380-4420-51002 Overtime 5,000.00 2,856.64 2,143.36 42.87% 5,000.00 380-4420-51100 Workmans Comp. 4,063.84 2,513.98 1,549.86 38.14% 4,063.84 380-4420-51200 Retirement 6,816.80 3,433.91 3,382.89 49.63% 6,816.80 380-4420-51250 UAL - CALPERS 71,732.76 19,488.64 52,244.12 72.83% (52,244.12) 19,488.64 - 0.00% 380-4420-51300 Health Insurance 9,958.61 5,488.30 4,470.31 44.89% 9,958.61 380-4420-51400 Dental Insur. 1,122.95 586.99 535.96 47.73% 1,122.95 380-4420-51800 Disability Insr 840.79 406.23 434.56 51.68% 840.79 380-4420-51900 Medicare Tax 812.77 459.98 352.79 43.41% 812.77 380-4420-51903 EAP 98.09 (36.72) 134.81 137.44% 98.09
380-4420-51904 Physical Fitness 237.00 - 237.00 100.00% (238.00) (1.00) (1.00) 100.00% 380-4420-52100 Communications 2,000.00 - 2,000.00 100.00% (2,000.00) - - 0.00% 380-4420-52400 Insurance 3,777.83 - 3,777.83 100.00% 3,777.83 380-4420-53000 Equipment Maintenance - #DIV/0! 8,000.00 8,000.00 8,000.00 0.00% 380-4420-54000 Special Department - #DIV/0! 4,000.00 4,000.00 4,000.00 0.00% Fund: 380 - State Gas Tax Total: 162,514.42 62,404.27 100,110.15 61.60% Overall 380 Increase(Decrease) (42,482.12)
Fund: 430 - SB 325 TDA Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
430-4430-51000 Salaries 16,216.83 7,902.77 8,314.06 51.27% 16,216.83 430-4430-51002 Overtime - 794.10 (794.10) 0.00% 1,400.00 1,400.00 605.90 43.28% 430-4430-51100 Workmans Comp. 1,175.72 57.82 1,117.90 95.08% 1,175.72 430-4430-51200 Retirement 1,290.86 579.43 711.43 55.11% 1,290.86 430-4430-51250 UAL - CALPERS 10,819.86 12,955.38 (2,135.52) -19.74% 2,135.52 12,955.38 - 0.00% 430-4430-51300 Health Insurance 2,919.03 625.87 2,293.16 78.56% (1,700.00) 1,219.03 593.16 48.66% 430-4430-51400 Dental Insur. 190.68 82.87 107.81 56.54% 190.68 430-4430-51800 Disability Insr 243.25 155.77 87.48 35.96% 243.25 430-4430-51900 Medicare Tax 235.14 119.72 115.42 49.09% 235.14 430-4430-51903 EAP 28.38 8.90 19.48 68.64% 28.38
430-4432-51250 UAL - CALPERS 3,027.60 - 3,027.60 100.00% (3,027.60) - - 0.00% 430-4432-52400 Insurance 542.75 - 542.75 100.00% 542.75 430-4433-51250 UAL - CALPERS 65.42 - 65.42 100.00% (65.42) - - 0.00% Fund: 430 - SB 325 TDA Total: 36,755.52 21,828.59 14,926.93 40.61% Overall 430 Increase(Decrease) (1,257.50)
12 Fund: 440 - Traffic Safety Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
440-4441-54400 Utilities - 200.52 (200.52) 0.00% 500.00 500.00 299.48 59.90% Fund: 440 - Traffic Safety Total: - 200.52 (200.52) 0.00% Overall 440 Increase(Decrease) 500.00
Fund: 513 - CDBG PROGRAM IN Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
513-4801-51000 Salaries 4,273.55 2,100.70 2,172.85 50.84% 4,273.55 513-4801-51002 Overtime - 4.50 (4.50) 0.00% -
513-4801-51100 Workmans Comp. 309.83 9.54 300.29 96.92% 309.83 513-4801-51200 Retirement 296.98 140.75 156.23 52.61% 296.98 513-4801-51250 UAL - CALPERS 1,023.98 825.89 198.09 19.35% 1,023.98 513-4801-51400 Dental Insur. 78.58 41.58 37.00 47.09% 78.58 513-4801-51800 Disability Insr 64.10 38.16 25.94 40.47% 64.10 513-4801-51900 Medicare Tax 61.97 30.46 31.51 50.85% 61.97 513-4801-51903 EAP 7.48 1.81 5.67 75.80% 7.48
513-4801-51904 Physical Fitness 18.00 - 18.00 100.00% 18.00 Fund: 513 - CDBG PROGRAM IN Total: 6,134.47 3,014.43 3,120.04 50.86% Fund: 580 - Flood Maint #1 - Richins Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
580-4580-51000 Salaries - 664.20 (664.20) 0.00% 1,300.00 1,300.00 635.80 48.91% 580-4580-51100 Workmans Comp - 18.13 (18.13) 0.00% 40.00 40.00 21.87 54.68% 580-4580-51900 Medicare Tax - 9.63 (9.63) 0.00% 25.00 25.00 15.37 61.48% 580-4580-51902 Social Security - 41.18 (41.18) 0.00% 100.00 100.00 58.82 58.82% 580-4580-51903 EAP - 0.99 (0.99) 0.00% 50.00 50.00 49.01 98.02% Fund: 580 - Flood Maint #1 -
Richins Total:
734.13 - (734.13) 0.00%
Overall 580 Increase(Decrease) 1,515.00
13 Fund: 581 - Flood Maint #2 -
Eagle Meadows
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
581-4581-51000 Salaries - 9,640.61 (9,640.61) 0.00% 15,000.00 15,000.00 5,359.39 35.73% 581-4581-51100 Workmans Comp. - 91.21 (91.21) 0.00% 200.00 200.00 108.79 54.40% 581-4581-51200 Retirement - 497.79 (497.79) 0.00% 900.00 900.00 402.21 44.69% 581-4581-51250 UAL - CALPERS 3,170.98 3,292.34 (121.36) -3.83% 121.36 3,292.34 - 0.00% 581-4581-51300 Health Insurance - 645.42 (645.42) 0.00% 1,200.00 1,200.00 554.58 46.22% 581-4581-51400 Dental Insur. - 86.47 (86.47) 0.00% 150.00 150.00 63.53 42.35% 581-4581-51800 Disability Insr - 152.38 (152.38) 0.00% 330.00 330.00 177.62 53.82% 581-4581-51900 Medicare Tax - 139.80 (139.80) 0.00% 300.00 300.00 160.20 53.40% 581-4581-51902 Social Security - 215.88 (215.88) 0.00% 450.00 450.00 234.12 52.03% 581-4581-51903 EAP - 12.32 (12.32) 0.00% 40.00 40.00 27.68 69.20% 581-4581-52400 Insurance 1,028.92 - 1,028.92 100.00% (1,028.92) - - 0.00% 581-4581-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 1,500.00 - 1,500.00 100.00% (1,500.00) - - 0.00% 581-4581-53950 Small Tools 500.00 - 500.00 100.00% (500.00) - - 0.00% 581-4581-54000 Special Dept. 3,000.00 - 3,000.00 100.00% (3,000.00) - - 0.00% Fund: 581 - Flood Maint #2 -
Eagle Meadows Total:
14,407.18 9,199.90 (5,207.28) -56.60%
Overall 581 Increase(Decrease) 12,662.44
Fund: 582 - Flood Maint #3 -
Heron Landing
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
582-4582-51000 Salaries - 7,770.91 (7,770.91) 0.00% 15,000.00 15,000.00 7,229.09 48.19% 582-4582-51100 Workmans Comp. - 101.92 (101.92) 0.00% 200.00 200.00 98.08 49.04% 582-4582-51200 Retirement - 318.60 (318.60) 0.00% 600.00 600.00 281.40 46.90% 582-4582-51250 UAL - CALPERS 3,471.27 3,275.29 195.98 5.65% (195.98) 3,275.29 - 0.00% 582-4582-51300 Health Insurance - 415.28 (415.28) 0.00% 750.00 750.00 334.72 44.63% 582-4582-51400 Dental Insur. - 48.60 (48.60) 0.00% 100.00 100.00 51.40 51.40% 582-4582-51800 Disability Insr - 85.61 (85.61) 0.00% 150.00 150.00 64.39 42.93% 582-4582-51900 Medicare Tax - 112.70 (112.70) 0.00% 220.00 220.00 107.30 48.77% 582-4582-51902 Social Security - 245.84 (245.84) 0.00% 500.00 500.00 254.16 50.83% 582-4582-51903 EAP - 10.74 (10.74) 0.00% 30.00 30.00 19.26 64.20% 582-4582-52400 Insurance 599.78 - 599.78 100.00% (599.78) - - 0.00% 582-4582-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 1,500.00 - 1,500.00 100.00% (1,500.00) - - 0.00% 582-4582-53950 Small Tools 500.00 - 500.00 100.00% (500.00) - - 0.00% 582-4582-54000 Special Dept. 2,500.00 52.75 2,447.25 97.89% (2,400.00) 100.00 47.25 47.25% Fund: 582 - Flood Maint #3 -
Heron Landing Total:
12,107.92 8,571.05 (3,536.87) -41.27%
Overall 582 Increase(Decrease) 12,354.24
14 Fund: 600 - Electric Utilit Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
600-0000-52760 Transfers Out 2,700,000.00 2,700,000.00 - 0.00% 2,700,000.00 600-4600-51000 Salaries 1,029,653.48 553,715.12 475,938.36 46.22% 150,000.00 1,179,653.48 625,938.36 53.06% 600-4600-51002 Overtime 100,000.00 70,505.18 29,494.82 29.49% 50,000.00 150,000.00 79,494.82 53.00% 600-4600-51100 Workmans Comp. 72,230.06 12,791.52 59,438.54 82.29% 72,230.06 600-4600-51200 Retirement 94,081.87 41,026.66 53,055.21 56.39% 94,081.87 600-4600-51250 UAL - CALPERS 294,855.97 279,937.59 14,918.38 5.06% (14,918.38) 279,937.59 - 0.00% 600-4600-51300 Health Insuranc 149,340.35 44,061.54 105,278.81 70.50% (50,000.00) 99,340.35 55,278.81 55.65% 600-4600-51310 Health Insuranc - 877.50 (877.50) 0.00% 2,000.00 2,000.00 1,122.50 56.13% 600-4600-51311 Retiree Health 26,308.76 41,202.75 (14,893.99) -56.61% 14,893.99 41,202.75 - 0.00% 600-4600-51400 Dental Insur. 16,369.68 8,499.74 7,869.94 48.08% 16,369.68 600-4600-51800 Disability Insr 16,705.12 5,072.70 11,632.42 69.63% (5,000.00) 11,705.12 6,632.42 56.66% 600-4600-51900 Medicare Tax 12,685.05 9,050.98 3,634.07 28.65% 3,000.00 15,685.05 6,634.07 42.30% 600-4600-51902 Social Security - 88.83 (88.83) 0.00% 500.00 500.00 411.17 82.23% 600-4600-51903 EAP 1,743.48 239.78 1,503.70 86.25% (1,000.00) 743.48 503.70 67.75% 600-4600-51904 Physical fitnes 2,151.00 - 2,151.00 100.00% 2,151.00 600-4600-52000 Safety Clothing 15,000.00 7,965.71 7,034.29 46.90% 3,000.00 18,000.00 10,034.29 55.75% 600-4600-52100 Communications 2,000.00 1,003.98 996.02 49.80% 2,000.00 600-4600-52300 Household Exp. 1,000.00 - 1,000.00 100.00% (1,000.00) - - #DIV/0! 600-4600-52400 Insurance 103,561.76 9,234.00 94,327.76 91.08% 103,561.76 600-4600-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 40,000.00 26,906.22 13,093.78 32.73% 5,000.00 45,000.00 18,093.78 40.21% 600-4600-53300 Memberships 7,500.00 648.30 6,851.70 91.36% (2,500.00) 5,000.00 4,351.70 87.03% 600-4600-53500 Office 9,000.00 3,592.76 5,407.24 60.08% 1,000.00 10,000.00 6,407.24 64.07% 600-4600-53600 Professional 175,759.00 43,363.20 132,395.80 75.33% 1,700.00 177,459.00 134,095.80 75.56% 600-4600-53620 Engineering Costs 500.00 2,116.25 (1,616.25) -323.25% 8,000.00 8,500.00 6,383.75 75.10% 600-4600-53650 Information Technology 7,215.00 7,701.89 (486.89) -6.75% 3,500.00 10,715.00 3,013.11 28.12% 600-4600-53700 Publications 1,500.00 - 1,500.00 100.00% 1,500.00 1,500.00 100.00% 600-4600-53800 Rents-Equipment 1,000.00 1,215.38 (215.38) -21.54% 1,500.00 2,500.00 1,284.62 51.38% 600-4600-53950 Small Tools 12,360.00 4,164.84 8,195.16 66.30% 12,360.00 600-4600-53960 Fuel 19,570.00 7,286.38 12,283.62 62.77% 19,570.00 600-4600-54000 Special Dept. 82,400.00 32,712.40 49,687.60 60.30% 82,400.00 600-4600-54101 Power Purchase 4,100,000.00 1,932,805.00 2,167,195.00 52.86% (225,000.00) 3,875,000.00 1,942,195.00 50.12% 600-4600-54300 Trans. & Travel 9,270.00 3,340.33 5,929.67 63.97% 2,000.00 11,270.00 7,929.67 70.36% 600-4600-54400 Utilities 3,000.00 676.80 2,323.20 77.44% 3,000.00 600-4600-55350 Taxes/Fees 9,500.00 9,717.54 (217.54) -2.29% 217.54 9,717.54 - 0.00% 600-4600-56100
Struct.&Improve 325,000.00 11,646.34 313,353.66

96.42% 325,000.00 313,353.66 96.42%
600-4600-56300 Equipment 1,142.75 - 1,142.75 100.00% (1,142.75) - - #DIV/0! 600-4608-56100 Struct.&Improve 25,000.00 - 25,000.00 100.00% (25,000.00) - - #DIV/0! Fund: 600 - Electric Utilit Total: 9,467,403.33 3,097,216.86 6,370,186.47 67.29% Overall 600 Increase(Decrease) (79,249.60)
15 Fund: 610 - Public Benefits Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
610-4610-51000 Salaries 12,820.66 6,302.17 6,518.49 50.84% 12,820.66 610-4610-51002 Overtime - 13.50 (13.50) 0.00% 50.00 50.00 36.50 73.00% 610-4610-51100 Workmans Comp. 929.50 28.72 900.78 96.91% 929.50 610-4610-51200 Retirement 890.94 422.23 468.71 52.61% 890.94 610-4610-51250 UAL - CALPERS 3,073.02 2,480.05 592.97 19.30% (592.97) 2,480.05 - 0.00% 610-4610-51400 Dental Insur. 235.75 124.84 110.91 47.05% 235.75 610-4610-51800 Disability Insr 192.31 114.45 77.86 40.49% 192.31 610-4610-51900 Medicare Tax 185.90 91.57 94.33 50.74% 185.90 610-4610-51903 EAP 22.44 5.63 16.81 74.91% 22.44
610-4610-51904 Physical Fitness 96.00 - 96.00 100.00% (96.00) - - 0.00% 610-4610-56100 Struct.&Improve - - - 0.00% 25,000.00 25,000.00 25,000.00 100.00% 610-4610-54000 Special Dept. 40,000.00 17,921.59 22,078.41 55.20% 40,000.00 Fund: 610 - Public Benefits Total: 58,446.52 26,967.78 31,478.74 53.86% Overall 610 Increase(Decrease) 24,361.03
16 Fund: 630 - Water Utility Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
630-0000-52760 Transfers Out 200,000.00 200,000.00 - 0.00% 200,000.00 630-4630-51000 Salaries 382,707.76 189,678.72 193,029.04 50.44% 382,707.76 630-4630-51001 Extra Help 20,937.84 - 20,937.84 100.00% (20,937.84) - - #DIV/0! 630-4630-51002 Overtime 21,000.00 10,985.07 10,014.93 47.69% 21,000.00 630-4630-51100 Workmans Comp. 25,269.80 7,725.27 17,544.53 69.43% 25,269.80 630-4630-51200 Retirement 38,948.18 17,349.49 21,598.69 55.45% 38,948.18 630-4630-51250 UAL - CALPERS 102,919.17 113,524.64 (10,605.47) -10.30% 10,605.47 113,524.64 - 0.00% 630-4630-51300 Health Insuranc 46,597.91 17,470.18 29,127.73 62.51% (10,605.47) 35,992.44 18,522.26 51.46% 630-4630-51310 Health Insuranc - 481.00 (481.00) 0.00% 1,000.00 1,000.00 519.00 51.90% 630-4630-51311 Retiree Health 26,308.76 29,196.59 (2,887.83) -10.98% 2,887.83 29,196.59 - 0.00% 630-4630-51400 Dental Insur. 7,877.61 3,482.87 4,394.74 55.79% 7,877.61 630-4630-51800 Disability Insr 5,542.30 2,383.17 3,159.13 57.00% 5,542.30 630-4630-51900 Medicare Tax 5,357.56 2,910.09 2,447.47 45.68% 5,357.56 630-4630-51902 Social Security - 88.83 (88.83) 0.00% -
630-4630-51903 EAP 609.96 122.44 487.52 79.93% 609.96
630-4630-51904 Physical Fitness 1,420.50 - 1,420.50 100.00% 1,420.50 630-4630-52000 Safety Clothing 2,000.00 430.91 1,569.09 78.45% 2,000.00 630-4630-52100 Communications 1,000.00 385.06 614.94 61.49% 1,000.00 630-4630-52400 Insurance 24,936.50 2,049.50 22,887.00 91.78% 24,936.50 630-4630-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 20,000.00 6,914.28 13,085.72 65.43% 20,000.00 13,085.72 65.43% 630-4630-53300 Memberships 2,000.00 1,272.43 727.57 36.38% 1,500.00 3,500.00 2,227.57 63.64% 630-4630-53500 Office 3,000.00 3,806.41 (806.41) -26.88% 4,500.00 7,500.00 3,693.59 49.25% 630-4630-53600 Professional 18,709.00 5,460.21 13,248.79 70.82% (6,500.00) 12,209.00 6,748.79 55.28% 630-4630-53620 Engineering Costs 10,000.00 16,987.75 (6,987.75) -69.88% 15,000.00 25,000.00 8,012.25 32.05% 630-4630-53650 Information Technology 6,215.00 7,025.33 (810.33) -13.04% 1,500.00 7,715.00 689.67 8.94% 630-4630-53950 Small Tools 2,500.00 - 2,500.00 100.00% 2,500.00 2,500.00 100.00% 630-4630-53960 Fuel 6,500.00 8,958.03 (2,458.03) -37.82% 8,500.00 15,000.00 6,041.97 40.28% 630-4630-53975 Testing and Lab 20,000.00 3,748.00 16,252.00 81.26% 20,000.00 16,252.00 81.26% 630-4630-54000 Special Dept. 107,232.00 100,062.54 7,169.46 6.69% 20,000.00 127,232.00 27,169.46 21.35% 630-4630-54300 Trans. & Travel 2,000.00 2.67 1,997.33 99.87% 2,000.00 630-4630-54400 Utilities 500.00 544.13 (44.13) -8.83% 750.00 1,250.00 705.87 56.47% 630-4630-54650 Taxes/Permits - 8,543.32 (8,543.32) 0.00% 8,543.32 8,543.32 - 0.00% 630-4630-56100 Struct.&Improve - 6,733.07 (6,733.07) 0.00% 6,733.07 6,733.07 - 0.00% 630-4630-56300 Equipment 1,142.85 - 1,142.85 100.00% 20,000.00 21,142.85 21,142.85 100.00% Fund: 630 - Water Utility Total: 1,113,232.70 514,864.71 598,367.99 53.75% Overall 630 Increase(Decrease) 63,476.38
17 Fund: 650 - Sewer Utility Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
Sewer Operating
650-4650-51000 Salaries 246,647.75 120,490.73 126,157.02 51.15% 246,647.75 650-4650-51002 Overtime - 329.83 (329.83) 0.00% 700.00 700.00 370.17 52.88% 650-4650-51100 Workmans Comp. 15,734.25 1,276.04 14,458.21 91.89% 15,734.25 650-4650-51200 Retirement 24,222.59 9,628.17 14,594.42 60.25% (3,500.00) 20,722.59 11,094.42 53.54% 650-4650-51250 UAL - CALPERS 51,412.71 56,893.68 (5,480.97) -10.66% 5,480.97 56,893.68 - 0.00% 650-4650-51300 Health Insuranc 24,473.55 5,944.43 18,529.12 75.71% (10,500.00) 13,973.55 8,029.12 57.46% 650-4650-51400 Dental Insur. 5,226.44 2,182.25 3,044.19 58.25% 5,226.44 650-4650-51800 Disability Insr 3,255.36 1,430.39 1,824.97 56.06% 3,255.36 650-4650-51900 Medicare Tax 3,450.45 1,751.26 1,699.19 49.25% 3,450.45 650-4650-51902 Social Security - 88.81 (88.81) 0.00% 200.00 200.00 111.19 55.60% 650-4650-51903 EAP 458.16 76.20 381.96 83.37% 458.16
650-4650-53650 Information Technology 6,215.00 7,129.00 (914.00) -14.71% 2,000.00 8,215.00 1,086.00 13.22% 650-4650-53960 Fuel 1,500.00 8,958.05 (7,458.05) -497.20% 16,000.00 17,500.00 8,541.95 48.81% 650-4650-54000 Special Dept. - 10,928.94 (10,928.94) 0.00% 20,000.00 20,000.00 9,071.06 45.36% 650-4650-55900 Debt svce-prin 98,000.00 - 98,000.00 100.00% 98,000.00 650-4650-55901 Debt svce - int 78,695.00 38,622.50 40,072.50 50.92% 78,695.00 650-4650-56100 Struct. & Improve 1,142.85 - 1,142.85 100.00% (1,142.85) - - 0.00% Overall 650 Increase(Decrease) 29,238.12
18 Sewer Plant
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
650-4651-51000 Salaries 117,962.20 49,772.99 68,189.21 57.81% (15,000.00) 102,962.20 53,189.21 51.66% 650-4651-51002 Overtime 20,000.00 10,188.47 9,811.53 49.06% 20,000.00 650-4651-51100 Workmans Comp. 8,031.66 6,128.13 1,903.53 23.70% 8,031.66 650-4651-51200 Retirement 16,066.99 6,127.42 9,939.57 61.86% (3,000.00) 13,066.99 6,939.57 53.11% 650-4651-51250 UAL - CALPERS 34,933.03 41,773.58 (6,840.55) -19.58% 6,840.55 41,773.58 - 0.00% 650-4651-51300 Health Insuranc 19,940.66 9,224.27 10,716.39 53.74% 19,940.66 650-4651-51310 Health Insuranc - 143.00 (143.00) 0.00% 350.00 350.00 207.00 59.14% 650-4651-51311 Retiree Health 15,227.86 13,175.36 2,052.50 13.48% (2,052.50) 13,175.36 - 0.00% 650-4651-51400 Dental Insur. 2,666.17 1,048.34 1,617.83 60.68% 2,666.17 650-4651-51800 Disability Insr 1,661.72 647.70 1,014.02 61.02% (300.00) 1,361.72 714.02 52.44% 650-4651-51900 Medicare Tax 1,606.33 869.55 736.78 45.87% 1,606.33 650-4651-51903 EAP 193.87 28.28 165.59 85.41% 193.87
650-4651-51904 Physical Fitness 405.00 - 405.00 100.00% 405.00 650-4651-52000 Safety Clothing 2,500.00 133.73 2,366.27 94.65% 2,500.00 650-4651-52100 Communications 4,000.00 2,017.09 1,982.91 49.57% 4,000.00 650-4651-52400 Insurance 33,992.02 2,049.50 31,942.52 93.97% 33,992.02 650-4651-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 20,000.00 18,575.26 1,424.74 7.12% 8,500.00 28,500.00 9,924.74 34.82% 650-4651-53200 Mtnce-Structure 5,000.00 - 5,000.00 100.00% (2,500.00) 2,500.00 2,500.00 100.00% 650-4651-53500 Office 2,000.00 2,388.09 (388.09) -19.40% 3,000.00 5,000.00 2,611.91 52.24% 650-4651-53600 Professional 18,709.00 1,651.19 17,057.81 91.17% 18,709.00 650-4651-53620 Engineering Costs 3,500.00 726.00 2,774.00 79.26% 3,500.00 650-4651-53950 Small Tools 500.00 32.16 467.84 93.57% 500.00 650-4651-53975 Testing and Lab 10,000.00 4,241.00 5,759.00 57.59% 10,000.00 650-4651-54000 Special Dept. 12,000.00 5,468.99 6,531.01 54.43% 12,000.00 650-4651-54300 Trans. & Travel 2,000.00 2.67 1,997.33 99.87% 2,000.00 650-4651-54400 Utilities - 40,611.80 (40,611.80) 0.00% 80,000.00 80,000.00 39,388.20 49.24% 650-4651-54650 Taxes/Permits - 33,594.00 (33,594.00) 0.00% 33,594.00 33,594.00 - 0.00% 650-4651-56100 Struct.&Improve 65,000.00 - 65,000.00 100.00% (65,000.00) - - 0.00% 650-4651-56300 Equipment 20,000.00 - 20,000.00 100.00%
Overall 650 Increase(Decrease) 44,432.05
19 Sewer Town
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
650-4652-51000 Salaries 188,232.58 93,383.74 94,848.84 50.39% 188,232.58 650-4652-51001 Extra Help 20,937.84 - 20,937.84 100.00% (20,937.84) - - 0.00% 650-4652-51002 Overtime 28,000.00 14,209.33 13,790.67 49.25% 28,000.00 650-4652-51100 Workmans Comp. 13,483.60 5,129.72 8,353.88 61.96% 13,483.60 650-4652-51200 Retirement 17,468.11 8,314.17 9,153.94 52.40% 17,468.11 650-4652-51250 UAL - CALPERS 54,497.78 60,291.57 (5,793.79) -10.63% 5,793.79 60,291.57 - 0.00% 650-4652-51300 Health Insuranc 25,415.88 12,049.28 13,366.60 52.59% 25,415.88 650-4652-51310 Health Insuranc - 279.52 (279.52) 0.00% 500.00 500.00 220.48 44.10% 650-4652-51400 Dental Insur. 2,974.19 1,420.27 1,553.92 52.25% 2,974.19 650-4652-51800 Disability Insr 3,103.78 1,277.92 1,825.86 58.83% 3,103.78 650-4652-51900 Medicare Tax 2,696.72 1,559.83 1,136.89 42.16% 2,696.72 650-4652-51903 EAP 247.10 72.26 174.84 70.76% 247.10
650-4652-51904 Physical Fitness 601.50 - 601.50 100.00% 601.50 650-4652-52000 Safety Clothing 1,500.00 - 1,500.00 100.00% 1,500.00 650-4652-52100 Communications 500.00 156.13 343.87 68.77% 500.00 650-4652-52400 Insurance 31,367.26 2,049.50 29,317.76 93.47% 31,367.26 650-4652-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 20,000.00 10,121.49 9,878.51 49.39% 20,000.00 650-4652-53500 Office 2,000.00 2,492.77 (492.77) -24.64% 3,000.00 5,000.00 2,507.23 50.14% 650-4652-53600 Professional 18,000.00 5,406.58 12,593.42 69.96% (4,300.00) 13,700.00 8,293.42 60.54% 650-4652-53620 Engineering Costs 5,000.00 3,397.50 1,602.50 32.05% 5,000.00 650-4652-53950 Small Tools 500.00 - 500.00 100.00% 500.00 650-4652-54000 Special Dept. 15,000.00 8,223.84 6,776.16 45.17% 15,000.00 650-4652-56100 Structures and Improvement - - - 0.00% 40,000.00 40,000.00 40,000.00 100.00% 650-4652-54400 Utilities - 967.94 (967.94) 0.00% 2,000.00 2,000.00 1,032.06 51.60% 650-4658-54400 Utilities - 98.05 (98.05) 0.00% 200.00 200.00 101.95 50.98% Fund: 650 - Sewer Utility Total: 1,449,856.96 713,019.05 736,837.91 Overall 650 Increase(Decrease) 50.82% 26,255.95 Overall Sewer Increase(Decrease) 99,926.12
Fund: 672 - COPS GRANTS Account Name Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
672-0000-52760 Transfers Out 130,000.00 130,000.00 - 0.00% 130,000.00 Fund: 672 - COPS GRANTS Total: 130,000.00 - 130,000.00 100.00% 20 Fund: 700 - SB325-Senr Taxi Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
700-4700-51000 Salaries 75,973.91 37,782.27 38,191.64 50.27% (38,191.64) 37,782.27 - 0.00% 700-4700-51001 Extra Help 30,410.83 19,251.21 11,159.62 36.70% 15,000.00 45,410.83 26,159.62 57.61% 700-4700-51002 Overtime 100.00 - 100.00 100.00% (100.00) - - 0.00% 700-4700-51100 Workmans Comp. 7,712.89 854.66 6,858.23 88.92% 7,712.89 700-4700-51200 Retirement 9,557.52 1,651.60 7,905.92 82.72% (7,000.92) 2,556.60 905.00 35.40% 700-4700-51250 UAL - CALPERS 28,219.18 28,848.71 (629.53) -2.23% 629.53 28,848.71 - 0.00% 700-4700-51300 Health Insurance 13,675.30 3,597.67 10,077.63 73.69% (10,077.63) 3,597.67 - 0.00% 700-4700-51310 Health Insuranc - 65.00 (65.00) 0.00% 65.00 65.00 - 0.00% 700-4700-51400 Dental Insur. 681.00 77.02 603.98 88.69% (603.98) 77.02 - 0.00% 700-4700-51800 Disability Insr 1,139.61 118.38 1,021.23 89.61% 1,139.61 700-4700-51900 Medicare Tax 1,542.58 826.97 715.61 46.39% 1,542.58 700-4700-51902 Social Security - 1,224.67 (1,224.67) 0.00% 3,500.00 3,500.00 2,275.33 65.01% 700-4700-51903 EAP 186.17 77.47 108.70 58.39% 186.17
700-4700-51904 Physical Fitness 300.00 - 300.00 100.00% (300.00) - - 0.00% 700-4700-52100 Communications 600.00 291.80 308.20 51.37% 600.00 700-4700-52400 Insurance 4,521.32 367.00 4,154.32 91.88% 2,000.00 6,521.32 6,154.32 94.37% 700-4700-53000 Equipment Mtnc. 5,000.00 7,361.30 (2,361.30) -47.23% 7,500.00 12,500.00 5,138.70 41.11% 700-4700-53500 Office - 89.30 (89.30) 0.00% 300.00 300.00 210.70 70.23% 700-4700-53600 Professional 1,000.00 8,158.00 (7,158.00) -715.80% 10,000.00 11,000.00 2,842.00 25.84% 700-4700-53960 Fuel 6,000.00 2,114.39 3,885.61 64.76% 6,000.00 700-4700-54000 Special Dept. 1,000.00 515.03 484.97 48.50% 1,000.00 Fund: 700 - SB325-Senr Taxi Total: 187,620.31 103,128.17 84,492.14 45.03% Overall 700 Increase(Decrease) (17,279.64)
Fund: 923 - CDBG-DR Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
923-4801-54000 Special Dept - General Admin - 42,270.00 (42,270.00) 0.00% - Fund: 923 - CDBG-DR Total: - 42,270.00 (42,270.00) 0.00% Overall 923 Increase(Decrease) 0.00
Fund: 926 - SWRCB
Revolving Loan-FeathRvrSwrCrssng
Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
926-0000-56100 Struct. & Improve 300,000.00 - 300,000.00 100.00% 300,000.00 300,000.00 100.00% 926-4650-53620 Engineering Costs - 211,273.29 (211,273.29) 0.00% 400,000.00 400,000.00 188,726.71 47.18% Fund: 926 - SWRCB
Revolving Loan-FeathRvrSwrCrssng Total:
211,273.29 300,000.00 88,726.71 29.58%
Overall 926 Increase(Decrease) 400,000.00
Fund: 932 - Outdoor Equity Grant Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
932-4360-51001 Extra Help - 5,312.59 (5,312.59) 0.00% 15,000.00 15,000.00 9,687.41 64.58% 932-4360-51100 Workmans Comp - 133.84 (133.84) 0.00% 350.00 350.00 216.16 61.76% 932-4360-51900 Medicare Tax - 77.03 (77.03) 0.00% 150.00 150.00 72.97 48.65% 932-4360-51902 Social Security - 289.63 (289.63) 0.00% 550.00 550.00 260.37 47.34% 932-4360-51903 EAP - 32.19 (32.19) 0.00% 60.00 60.00 27.81 46.35% 932-4360-54000 Special Dept - 9,520.09 (9,520.09) 0.00% 22,000.00 22,000.00 12,479.91 56.73% Fund: 932 - Outdoor Equity Grant Total: - 15,720.71 (15,720.71) 0.00% Overall 932 Increase(Decrease) 38,110.00
21 Fund: 933 - Gridley Sports Complex Account Name
Current
Total Budget
Fiscal
Activity
Amount
Remaining
Percent
Remaining
Increase
(Decrease)
Amended
Budget
Amended
Amount
Remaining
Amended
Percentage
933-0000-56100 Struct. & Improve 2,700,000.00 1,299,638.66 1,400,361.34 51.87% 2,700,000.00 933-4320-53600 Professional Expense 100,000.00 - 100,000.00 100.00% (100,000.00) - - #DIV/0! 933-4320-53620 Engineering Costs 70,000.00 76,509.44 (6,509.44) -9.30% 165,188.16 235,188.16 158,678.72 67.47% Fund: 933 - Gridley Sports Complex Total: 2,870,000.00 1,376,148.10 1,493,851.90 52.05% Overall 933 Increase(Decrease) 65,188.16
Report Total: 25,489,336.47 10,898,497.37 14,590,839.10 57.24% 22 Total General Fund 279,778.24
Total RDA 306,031.31
Total Gas Tax (42,482.12)
Total TDA (1,257.50)
Total Traffic Safety 500.00
Total Richin MT 1,515.00
Total Eagle Meadows MT 12,662.44
Total Heron Landing MT 12,354.24
Total Electric (79,249.60)
Total Public Benefit 24,361.03
Total Water 63,476.38
Total Sewer 99,926.12
Total Taxi (17,279.64)
Total Feather River Grant 400,000.00 Reimbursable
Total OEP 38,110.00 Reimbursable
Total Gridley Sports Complex 65,188.16 Reimbursable
Total 1,163,634.06
Grant Funded Reimbursements 503,298.16
RDA Passthru 306,031.31
Biggs Contract Reimbursement 187,357.00
Operating Increase 166,947.59
Summary
23 City Council Agenda Item #3
Staff Report
Date:

To:

From:

Subject:

February 2, 2026
Mayor and City Council
Christopher Smith, Principal Planner
Selection of Atlas Planning Solutions for Safety Element Update Recommendation
Staff respectfully recommends that the City Council:

1. Adopt Resolution 2026-R-004: authorizing the City Administrator to negotiate, execute, and administer a Professional Services Agreement with Atlas Planning Solutions, in an amount not-toexceed $50,000, for preparation of an update to the City of Gridley Safety Element, including authority to approve amendments up to ten percent (10%).

Background
The Safety Element is one of nine mandatory elements of the City’s General Plan, as required by State law. Recent statutory amendments, including SB 1035 (2018), reinforce the need for local governments to ensure their Safety Elements remain compliant with evolving Local Hazard Mitigation Plans (LHMP) and Housing Element planning standards. This action will authorize the City Administrator to retain Atlas Planning Solutions to complete a baseline Safety Element update focused on compliance within the current planning cycle.

The Safety Element must address the protection of the community from unreasonable risks associated with natural and human-caused hazards, including wildfire, flooding, seismic events, and climate adaptation. SB 1035 (2018) expanded the statutory framework for hazard planning and emphasized the importance of ongoing updates.

Due to the late submission of the Housing Element, and in turn, this cycle of the Safety Element, there will be a shortened period until the 2030 cycle. Therefore, staff recommends a compliance-focused update at this time, with a more robust policy overhaul anticipated in the next General Plan cycle around 2030.

Staff evaluated planning firms with demonstrated expertise in California General Plan updates and Safety Element compliance. Atlas Planning Solutions was determined to be the best option due to its specialized experience, ability to complete the work efficiently, familiarity with State requirements, and cost effectiveness.

Atlas Planning Solutions will prepare an updated Safety Element document that satisfies baseline statutory requirements. Key tasks include:
• Review of the existing Safety Element
• Updates to comply with SB 1035 and related statutory requirements • Integration of hazard mitigation standards and State guidance • Preparation of draft Safety Element language suitable for adoption X Regular
Special
Closed
Emergency
• Assistance through Planning Commission and City Council hearings This scope is intended to achieve compliance now, with deeper modernization planned in the next cycle.

Environmental Review
This action is not a project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15378, as it involves administrative authorization to execute a professional services agreement and does not result in a direct or reasonably foreseeable physical change in the environment.

Fiscal Impact
The agreement will be in an amount not-to-exceed $50,000, funded through the General Fund. This expenditure is not included in the adopted FY 2025–2026 budget and will require a budget amendment.

The work is expected to extend into FY 2026–2027, requiring carry-forward appropriations as needed.

Compliance with City Council Strategic Plan or Budget Goals This Safety Element update is consistent with our ongoing effort to be in compliance with state and federal regulations. The document informs the broader agencies of our current needs and future goals and will result in continued access to financial support and discretional autonomy.

ATTACHMENTS:

Attachment A – Resolution 2026-R-004: authorizing the City Administrator to negotiate, execute, and administer a Professional Services Agreements with Atlas Planning Solutions for the Safety Element Update
RESOLUTION NO. 2026-R-004

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GRIDLEY AUTHORIZING THE CITY

ADMINISTRATOR TO NEGOTIATE, EXECUTE, AND ADMINISTER A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

AGREEMENT WITH ATLAS PLANNING SOLUTIONS FOR PREPARATION OF A GENERAL PLAN

SAFETY ELEMENT UPDATE, IN AN AMOUNT NOT-TO-EXCEED FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS ($50,000), INCLUDING AUTHORITY TO APPROVE AMENDMENTS UP TO TEN PERCENT (10%),

AND DIRECTING A BUDGET AMENDMENT
WHEREAS, the City of Gridley ("City") is required to maintain a comprehensive General Plan, including a Safety Element, pursuant to California Government Code Section 65300 et seq.; and WHEREAS, the Safety Element must address the protection of the community from unreasonable risks associated with natural and human-caused hazards and must be maintained in a manner consistent with applicable State law; and
WHEREAS, statutory amendments, including Senate Bill 1035 (2018), reinforce and expand Safety Element requirements and the need for local governments to ensure their Safety Elements remain compliant with evolving hazard planning standards and State guidance; and WHEREAS, the City desires to retain a qualified consultant to prepare a baseline update to the Safety Element to achieve compliance within the current planning cycle, while planning for a more comprehensive policy overhaul during the next Housing Element cycle; and WHEREAS, City staff evaluated available options and determined Atlas Planning Solutions is the best-qualified and most cost-effective consultant to provide the required professional services within the City's schedule constraints; and
WHEREAS, the proposed agreement will be in an amount not-to-exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) funded from the General Fund, and the expenditure is not currently included in the adopted FY 2025–2026 budget and therefore requires a budget amendment, with work anticipated to extend into FY 2026–2027; and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that authorization to negotiate and execute a professional services agreement is an administrative action and is not a project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15378 because it will not result in a direct or reasonably foreseeable physical change in the environment; and WHEREAS, the City Council desires to authorize the City Administrator to negotiate, execute, and administer the professional services agreement and to approve amendments up to ten percent (10%) to ensure efficient administration of the work.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Gridley as follows:

RESOLUTION NO. 2026-R-004
SECTION 1. Authorization.

The City Council hereby authorizes the City Administrator to negotiate, execute, and administer a Professional Services Agreement with Atlas Planning Solutions for preparation of a General Plan Safety Element Update, in an amount not-to-exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), in substantially the form presented to the City Council, subject to approval as to form by the City Attorney.

SECTION 2. Scope and Administration.

The professional services shall be for a baseline Safety Element update intended to achieve compliance with applicable State requirements during the current planning cycle. The City Administrator is authorized to take all actions reasonably necessary to implement this Resolution and administer the agreement in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 3. Amendments.

The City Council further authorizes the City Administrator to approve and execute amendments, change orders, and minor modifications to the agreement that do not individually or cumulatively exceed ten percent (10%) of the not-to-exceed contract amount, provided that such amendments are consistent with the general scope and purpose of the services authorized herein and subject to approval as to form by the City Attorney.

SECTION 4. Budget Amendment and Appropriation.

City staff is directed to prepare the necessary budget amendment(s) to appropriate General Fund monies sufficient to support the agreement, including carry-forward or subsequent appropriations as needed for work extending into FY 2026–2027.

SECTION 5. CEQA Determination.

The City Council finds that this action is not a project under CEQA Guidelines Section 15378, because it is an administrative activity that does not have the potential to result in a direct or reasonably foreseeable physical change in the environment.

SECTION 6. Effective Date.

This Resolution shall take effect immediately upon its adoption.

RESOLUTION NO. 2026-R-004
PASSED AND ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Gridley at a regular meeting held on February 2, 2026, by the following vote:

AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

ABSTAIN: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

ATTEST: APPROVE:

Elisa Arteaga, City Clerk Michael W. Farr, Mayor

City Council Agenda Item #4
Staff Report
Date: February 2, 2026
To: Mayor and City Council
From: Elisa Arteaga, City Administrator
Subject: Laurel Steet Extension – Update and Options
Recommendation
City staff respectfully request that the Mayor and City Council provide direction on the Laurel St.

Extension for the flowing options.

1. Authorize the City Administrator to execute Task Order 16-607-300 with Bennett Engineering Services (BENEN) to manage, design, and prepare construction documents for the Laurel Street Extension Project in the amount of $149,415, so it is a shovel ready project.

2. Pursue CDBG Grant for construction, due April 2, 2025

3. Wait on submittal of construction grant but still move forward with design.

4. Wait on design and pursue a planning grant in 2027.

Background
The recent subdivision developments west of Randolph Ave. have brought to light the need to extend Laurel St to the west to provide connection and access to the infill housing within the City limits. This road extension will provide safe travel to schools and businesses, as well as reduce wear and tear on other local roads.

The project will include extending Laurel St approximately 1200 ft west of Randolph Ave. within a 60- foot wide Right of Way, including roadway, curb, gutters and sidewalk on both sides of the street, adding storm drainpipe in the existing drainage ditch, extending the and waterline to loop the system with the new development. The existing sewer line in the current location will be evaluated condition for potential replacement and upsizing as part of the project.

The Laurel Street Extension would improve safety, connectivity, circulation, and access for existing and planned infill housing areas within the City limits.

City Staff has identified a potential grant funding opportunity to cover up to $3,000,000 through the Community Development Block Grant Program (CDBG). This is a competitive grant program focused on infrastructure that supports infill and low-income housing. The Pacific Flyway development currently being built is in alignment with this criteria. One of the other criteria for the grant is that the project must be shovel-ready, meaning bid documents are complete including design plans, specifications, engineer’s cost estimate, and the notice to bidders. The application deadline for this round of this funding opportunity is scheduled for April 2, 2026, creating a very tight schedule for the City to develop this bid documents and secure right-of-way.

The estimated Cost of the project with 2026 cost is $3,180,000, including a 15% contingency, see attached.

X Regular
Special
Closed
Emergency
Through our collaboration with Housing Tools, it was discovered that we did not meet a January 19, 2026 deadline for getting preapproval to expense planning efforts to the construction grant. The City is looking for ways to potentially recover these funds through other means with CDBG, however it is most likely that the City will need to pay for the planning efforts if done at this time.

BENEN, as our City Engineer and design engineers, has the in-house expertise, resources, and knowledge of the City to complete the design in the short timeframe and the available resources to meet the funding deadline. BENEN will provide project management, data collection, project design, utility coordination, permitting, and bid documents for the road extension project.

Financial Impact
The financial impact of the design phase of the project will include up to $149,415 for engineering services. If approved, a supplemental appropriation resolution will follow.

Compliance with City Council Strategic Plan or Budget Goals The City Council and City staff are committed to providing effective leadership while providing quality cost-effective local government services.

Attachments
Bennett Engineering Services – Task Order 16-607-300 for the Laurel St extension.

Exhibit of the Laurel St Extension
Opinion of Probable Construction Cost
Project Name:

Laurel Extension - From Randolph Rd West of Butte View Dr Location
Laurel & Rudolph, City of Gridley

ROADWAY SUBTOTAL

UTILITY SUBTOTAL
PROJECT SUBTOTAL =
Construction Management 15% =
Engineering and Enviromental 10% =
PROJECT 2025 TOTAL =
Contingency 25% =
2025 PROJECTED PROJECT BUDGET=

BENNETT ENGINEERING SERVICES ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THESE QUANTITIES AND FINAL PAY QUANTITIES. 16 Install 10" C900 Water Pipe w/ Appurtances 750 Lf 220.00$ 165,000.00$ 15 Install Storm Drain Outfall/Headwall Structure 20,000.00$ 20,000.00$ 8 Curb & Gutter 2,470 LF 40.00$
15,000.00$
740
11 Striping & Signage 1 LS 15,000.00$
3 EA
18,000.00$
5 Import Borrow 1,170 CY 100.00$ 117,000.00$
7 LS

30.00$
2,876,400.00$
10 Minor Concrete (Curb Ramp) 8 EA 8,000.00$ 64,000.00$ 345,165.00$
230,110.00$
Install 30" Storm Drain Pipe12 LF
14 Install Storm Drain Inlet 2 EA 6,000.00$
2,301,100.00$
11 Minor Concrete (Driveway)
13 Install Storm Drain Manhole
1,630 CY 120.00$
1 EA 18,000.00$
Excavation & Grading 2,450 CY 110.00$
6 Hot Mix Asphalt - Type A 1,420 TON 250.00$ 355,000.00$ 10%
Project No:
16607
Client Project No. Client Name
City of Gridley
J. Varnedoe 12/29/2025 D. Harden 1/22/2026 L. Howard 12/29/2025 QTY. ORIGINATOR
DRAFT
DATE
719,100.00$
$ 3,600,000.00
1,800,100.00$
501,000.00$
15,000.00$
QTY. CHECKER DATE PRICED BY DATE
200,000.00$
Clearing & Grubbing and Tree Removal 1 LS 50,000.00$ 50,000.00$ Mobilization and Demobilization

ITEM DESCRIPTION
Estimated
Quantity
Unit Unit Price
($/Unit)
Amount
($)
1 269,500.00$
Aggregate Base
4 200,000.00$
2 1
Item
No.
195,600.00$
98,800.00$
1 EA
45,000.00$
12,000.00$
350.00$ 259,000.00$
3 SWPPP and Monitoring 1 LS 35,000.00$ 35,000.00$
740 SQFT 382,200.00$ 9 Minor Concrete (Sidewalk) 12,
https://us-partner-integrations.egnyte.com/msoffice/wopi/files/0e41f5b4-5331-4614-9689-603523e924f4/WOPIServiceId_TP_EGNYTE_PLUS/WOPIUserId_-/Randolph Laurel-Cost Estimate and Quantities-20260122Estimate-Base Bid

1/22/2026

City Council Agenda Item #5
Staff Report
Date: February 2, 2026
To: Mayor and City Council
From: Dave Harden, City Engineer
Subject: Public Introduction to the Draft Gridley Design and Construction Standard Specifications and Details
No action is needed at this time.

Background
City Staff are proud to present the updated draft of the City of Gridley Design and Construction Standard Specifications and Details. This effort represents a major overhaul and revamping of the City of Gridley Public Works Construction Standards.

The details and specifications have been thoroughly reviewed multiple rounds of comments and revisions which incorporated design and construction elements specific to Gridley, as well as updated standards in alignment current state and federal standards. The updated standards focus on providing information needed for incoming development to design and build city infrastructure to acceptable standards.

This presentation of this draft of the new and updated City of Gridley Design and Construction Standard Specifications and Details serve as an introduction and notice to the public of the opportunity to provide comments prior to the adoptions by the council. After the close of a 45-day public comment period, City Staff will revise and finalize all the details and specifications and return to council with a resolution for adoption of the Standards.

Fiscal Impact
There is no additional fiscal impact related to public comment and revisions. This item was part of previously approved task order.

Compliance with City Council Strategic Plan or Budget Goals This report is consistent with our efforts to comply with the City of Gridley Municipal Code and advance the best standard and practices.

Attachments –
Updated City Standard Details and Specifications including • Water
• Sanitary Sewer
• Drainage
• Streets
• Drainage
• Miscellaneous
X Regular
Special
Closed
Emergency
DS
W 1 of 13
Domestic Water

6.1 General
These improvement standards shall govern the engineering design and construction of all domestic water systems intended for operation and maintenance by the City of Gridley.

All work shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the American Water Works Association (AWWA), these Standards, the California Building Code, the California Plumbing Code and as recommended by the manufacturer. These Standards and manufacturer’s guidelines shall always be present at the construction site.

6.2 Connection to Existing Facilities
Connections to existing City water facilities shall be made after approval by the City Engineer and all permits have been issued.

All work related to the connection shall be done by the Contractor with full-time inspection by the City or a contracted City inspector. A gate valve shall be provided at the point of connection to isolate new water mains from the existing system. New water facilities shall remain isolated from the existing system source water using a backflow preventer tested in place until the connection is approved.

Hot tap connections may be allowed if approved by the City Engineer. Hot tap connections will not be allowed on existing steel pipelines, nor when the diameter of the service line is equal to or greater than the diameter of the main. If hot tapping is approved by the City Engineer, the Contractor shall have the tapping sleeve and valve fully installed, thrust blocked or fully restrained, supported and approved by the City prior to making the hot tap, and the tap shall be the full nominal diameter of the tapping sleeve and valve.

The Contractor shall tie into the new system or to an existing stub under the following conditions:

1. With specific approval of the City.

2. Care shall be taken to provide a clean, sanitary tie in site.

3. Dewatering of both the new and existing water mains shall take place in a way as to prevent contamination by trench water.

4. All materials used in the tie in shall be clean, new, and swabbed with chlorine to the satisfaction of the City Inspector.

5. All tie ins shall take place in the presence of the City Inspector. City inspector shall be notified no later than 48 hours prior to the start of work.

6. Notify customers of pending service outages 24 hours in advance using door hangers approved by the City Engineer.

7. Tie ins may take place only after the newly constructed water system has successfully passed all required testing procedures as established in these Standards or Standard Details as determined by the City Engineer.

8. Under no circumstances shall anyone other than a representative of the City open or close valves in a City operated system, unless approved by the City Engineer.

DS
W 2 of 13
Construction Staking
The water main shall be staked prior to excavation. Staking shall provide the station and the offset to the water main, as well as the cut to the nearest 0.1 foot. Stakes shall be provided at a minimum of every 100 feet in tangent sections, every 25 feet in curved sections, and every 10 feet in approved vertical curve sections, and at all valves and appurtenances.

Cross Connection Control on Fire Sprinkler Systems
According to the California Health and Safety Code Section 13114.7, no backflow prevention devices other than those specified in the Standards of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) may be required for Class I and II fire sprinkler systems. Class I automatic fire sprinkler systems are those systems supplied by public water mains only (i.e., no pumps, tanks or reservoirs, physical connection from other water supplies, and no anti-freeze or other additives of any kind).

Class II systems are the same except that booster pumps, whose sole source of supply is the public water system, may be installed in the connection from the street main.

Automatic fire sprinkler systems which have cross-connections to unapproved sources of water, in addition to being connected to the public water mains, shall have backflow protection as required by American Water Works Association M-14 for Class III, IV, V, and VI fire systems.

All automatic fire sprinkler systems shall be installed in accordance with provisions of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems". All systems shall have a fire department connection as required by NFPA #13, unless waived by the Fire Chief. All Class I and II automatic fire sprinkler systems, as with all fire extinguishing systems, shall be serviced and maintained on a regular basis in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 1.8 (starting with Section 13195) of Part 2 of Division 12 of the California Health and Safety Code.

In accordance with NFPA 13, each automatic fire sprinkler system shall have an alarm check valve, or equivalent, which is listed and approved for fire system use. Each fire department connection shall have a listed double detector check valve as required by NFPA 13. Further, the fire department connection shall be attached to the sprinkler system above the alarm check valve assembly and not on the supply side. Class I and II systems connected to public mains only do not require double backflow protection devices. Since Class I and II systems are located on public water mains and fire hydrants, the public mains shall be used for supplementary water except in cases of extreme emergency situations where a fire progresses beyond the design criteria of the system and additional water, either in volume or pressure, is required to control the fire situation.

When such added water is needed, it shall be taken from fire hydrants on the public mains through the appropriate fire department pumper and hose lines. The connection shall not be used to pump water from any source other than the public water system.

6.3 Design Criteria
DS
W 3 of 13
These criteria shall apply to the engineering design of all water systems intended for operation and maintenance by the City. The intent of these criteria is to provide a water system that will dependably and safely convey high quality water throughout the distribution system.

All work shall comply with the pertinent and current requirements of the following agencies.

1. United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Regulations.

2. Laws and Standards of the State of California, Department of Public Health Services relating to Domestic Water Supply.

3. Title 17, Chapter V, Sections 7583-7622, California Administrative Code regarding crossconnections and backflow prevention

4. Latest Edition of the American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standards.

5. Gridley Fire Code
In the case of conflicting design criteria, the requirements of these standards shall take precedence.

6.4 Water Supply Quality and Pressure
The quality of water supplied to the system shall conform to the Environmental Protection Agency Drinking Water Act, and the State Department of Health Services Drinking Water Standards.

Normal operating pressures of not less than 50 PSI nor more than 75 PSI shall be maintained at service connections to the system, except that during periods of peak domestic and fire demand, the pressure shall not be less than 20 PSI.

6.5 Flow Determination
Determination of flow volumes required for a specific land use category shall consider maximum day domestic demands occurring in conjunction with an emergency fire flow demand. For design of the distribution system, the following unit demand factors shall be assumed.

Factors assume a 30% FAR. 50% FAR for senior living.

Table 6-1 Flow Determination
Land Use Category
Average Day unit
Demand Factors
Very Low Density Residential (0.5-3 DU/AC) 728 gpd/DU
Low Density Residential (2-4 DU/AC) 600 gpd/DU
Medium Density Residential (5-8 DU/AC) 478 gpd/DU
High Density Residential 1 (9-15 DU/AC) 306 gpd/DU
High Density Residential 2 (15-30 DU/AC) 177 gpd/DU
Agricultural 2,000 gpd/AC
DS
W 4 of 13
Agricultural Industrial 2,598 gpd/aC
Industrial 2,562 gpd/AC
Commercial 2,598 gpd/AC
Neighborhood Center Mixed Use 2,598 gpd/AC
Open Space -
Park 2,988 gpd/AC
Public 1,780 gpd/AC
Elementary School 3,454 gpd/AC
High Schools 4,068 gpd/AC
Railroad Yard 109 gpd/AC
Peaking Factors
The average day demand to maximum day demand peaking factor shall be 2.0. The maximum day demand to peak hour demand peaking factor shall be 1.7 (3.4 average day to peak hour).

Required Fire Flows
For areas of the general type noted below, the indicated water supply for fire flows shall be provided with the initial development. Expansion or changing in zoning of the development shall be subject to the requirements of the California Fire Code (CFC) as adopted by the City.

Residential Areas
Single family homes equipped with automatic fire sprinklers systems shall require a 1” minimum water service and meter. The minimum 1” water line shall start from the public main to the required water meter.

Multi-Family Areas
For attached multi-family units, the fire flow shall be determined by the Gridley Fire Department. The maximum fire flow however shall not exceed 4,000 gpm provided the building is fully sprinklered in accordance with the CFC as adopted by the City. For buildings that are not sprinklered, contact the GFD.

6.6 Water System Design
Standard distribution main sizes are 6, 8, and 12 inches in diameter. Sizes of mains shall be such that the stated normal pressures, and the minimum requirements for main spacing, specified below, are maintained. The distribution system shall be designed in grid form to provide equalized pressures throughout the system equalized under varying rates and location of demand. The minimum pressures and flows specified in these standards shall govern the design.

The following shall be considered during system design:

Hydraulic Analysis
A network hydraulic analysis shall be provided to the Public Works Department upon request. The hydraulic analysis submittal shall include two copies of the following items:

1. The data input files, as well as the analysis results in electronic format.

DS
W 5 of 13

2. Information on the proposed development (e.g. type of development, number of acres, number of units, fire flow requirements, etc.).

3. Data sheets outlining all assumptions (e.g. method used to assign demands to corresponding junction nodes and source HGL’s used).

4. Map identifying pipe and node numbers and their locations.

5. Fire hydrant locations.

6. The name and version of software used for the analysis.

7. Elevations of junction and source nodes. The elevations used in the network hydraulic analysis shall be based on a project grading plan or the anticipated final elevations. If the final grading plan deviates significantly from the elevations used in the analysis, a revised analysis will be required.

8. Staging or phasing of the development.

9. Appropriate off-site demands.

The Hazen -Williams formula shall be used in the analysis of the system. Pipe Size and Materials
For transmission lines between wells the minimum pipe size is 10 inches. Standard distribution main sizes are 6, 8, and 12 inches in diameter as stated above. For looped mains and interconnections, the minimum pipe size is 6 inches.

Pipe materials for mains shall be ductile iron pipe or C-900 PVC pipe with cast iron dimensions.

Cover
A minimum cover of 36 inches and a maximum cover of 60 inches shall be maintained as measured from the outside bell of the pipe to the pavement or final grade, unless approved by the City Engineer.

Stubs
Stubs for future developments shall be a minimum of 18 feet fully restrained ductile iron pipe, originating from the water main.

Water Main Location
If it is necessary to install a water main outside of the public right-of-way, an easement dedication to the City shall be required. Water mains shall be centered (suggest 20’ and off set from centerline) within their easement. Easements shall be located completely on one side of a property line or fence. Dedicated easements shall be clear of all permanent structures, building eaves, roof lines and the future trunks of large tree species. Temporary construction easements of adequate size shall also be provided. The easement width shall be a minimum of 20 feet. Dead End mains shall be eliminated wherever possible by looping the system. Blow-offs conforming to these standards shall be installed at all permanent or temporary dead-end mains.

DS
W 6 of 13
Minimum Separation Requirements
Water mains shall maintain separation from all sanitary sewers and recycled water mains per the most current state water code on vertical and horizontal separation. (Title 22, Chapter 16, Section 64572)
Key Requirements for Water Main Separation (CCR §64572):

1. Horizontal Separation: New water mains must be at least 10 feet away from parallel sewage or hazardous fluid pipelines.

2. Vertical Separation: Water mains must be installed at least 1 foot above sewer pipelines when parallel.

3. Crossing: When crossing, water mains must be at least 1 foot above the sewage pipe.

4. Recycled Water: For disinfected tertiary recycled water or storm drains, the requirement is a minimum of 4 feet horizontally and 1 foot vertically above the pipe.

5. Exceptions: If 10-foot horizontal/1-foot vertical separation is not possible, the water main must be encased or the alternative design must be approved by the State Water Resources Control Board.

All other utilities shall maintain a minimum 5-foot separation sidewall of pipe to sidewall of pipe.

Vertical Elevation Changes
Mains designed with a vertical elevation change using angle fittings use a segment of ductile iron pipe with an approved restraint system between the two fittings. All water mains shall be fully restrained for the length required by the pipe diameter, type of pipe used, trench and bedding classification. Thrust blocks shall only be used if approved by the City Engineer.

High and low points (exceeding 2 pipe diameters) shall be addressed with blow offs or ARV’s as appropriate.

Warranty Inspection of Water Main Stubs
As a requirement, water stubs are provided to subdivisions as a courtesy by developers during the construction of backbone infrastructures in streets to prevent cutting up the newly paved streets when the subdivisions are ready to develop. These stubs become an integral part of the water system and subsequently the responsibility of the developers of the subdivision and are therefore imperiled to both construction and warranty inspections.

This practice saves future developers’ construction time and cost that would have otherwise been spent on tie-ins and street repairs and in some instances prevents delays in the event a street has a moratorium. Since these stubs are provided at no cost to future developers, it is our policy, that it is the responsibility of the contractors to test and repair these stubs, if found damaged, prior to tie-ins. A note of this effect shall be placed on the improvement plans.

6.7 Valves
Sufficient valves shall be provided on water mains to minimize customer service interruptions and sanitary hazards during repairs and future development or at a maximum of 500’ from the nearest valve.

DS
W 7 of 13
Location
Valves will generally be located as follows. No single shut down will result in shutting down a transmission main. Valves will be installed at minimum intervals of 500 feet in school, commercial, industrial, or multi-family residential developments.

In residential areas, valves shall be spaced such that no single shutdown will result in shutting off water to more than 20 services or 800 feet of water main whichever comes first.

Valves shall be located such that any section of main can be shut down without going to more than three valves to shut down the main section. All tees shall have a minimum of two valves. All crosses shall have a minimum of three valves.

Commercial services 6 inches and greater shall have a valve on each branch of the tee for a total of two valves.

Valves should not be located in; gutters, valley gutters, or driveways. A valve shall be installed on each side of a creek, canal, bridge, major highway or as required by the City Engineer.

A gate valve shall be installed at the point of connection when connecting a new water main to the existing water system.

Removal and Abandonment
Any valve outlet installed prior to lot development and subsequently not required shall be removed in its entirety. If removal is not practical, the valve shall be abandoned in the closed position and the lateral shall be cut, capped, and finished with an adequate thrust block. The lid shall be welded shut and painted red. The following note shall appear on the construction drawing:

The Contractor shall cut the existing pipe where shown on the drawing and install a restrained cap complete with thrust block. Where a joint or couplingin the existing pipe is uncovered at the cut and cap locations, the installation of a plug may be permitted with approval from the City Engineer.

Valve Extension Stems
Valve extension stems are required where the distance from the top of the valve box to the top of the operation nut exceeds 40 inches. The valve extension stem shall be a minimum of 24 inches long and shall be within 24 inches of the surface.

Air Relief/ Vacuum Valves
In the absence of services to relieve air trapped in high points of the water main, air relief or air vacuum relief valves are required on pipeline high points and changes in grade (exceeding 2 pipe diameters).

6.8 Hydrant and Blow Offs
Location
Hydrants and blow-offs shall adhere to the following criteria.

1. Fire hydrants shall be placed at street intersections wherever possible. Hydrantslocated at intersectionsshall be installed at the curb return on the same side of the water main connection.

DS
W 8 of 13

2. Fire hydrants and blow-offs not located at intersectionsshall be installed on property lines between lots.

3. Not more than three hydrants shall be installed on an 8-inch main between intersecting 12-inch mains. The pipeline connecting the hydrant and the main shall be a minimum of 6 inches, with a flanged gate valve connected to the main.

4. A blow-off assembly shall be installed on all permanent and temporary dead-end runs. A 2-inch blow-off shall be used on mains 12 inches and smaller. A 6-inch blow-off shall be used on mains 16 inches and larger. In no case shall the location be such that there is a possibility of back- siphonage into the distribution system.

5. Blow-off assemblies shall be located at low points along mains.

6. Hydrants, valves and buries shall be installed per the standard details.

Spacing
Fire hydrants and blow-offs shall have a maximum spacing of 500 feet measured along the street frontage in residential areas and a maximum spacing of 350 feet in all other areas.

Where new water mains are extended along streets where hydrants are not needed for protection of buildings or similar fire problems, fire hydrants shall be provided at spacing not to exceed 1,000 feet to provide for transportation hazards.

Hydrant valves shall be placed at the tee on the main.

Cul-de-sacs and Dead End Streets
Hydrants shall be required within a cul-de-sac or dead-end street measuring more than 250 feet as measured from the curb return of the intersecting street and the end of the bulb or street. A minimum 8-inch water main shall extend up to the hydrant tee.

6.9 Water Services
Waterservicesshall be installed at the time the water main is constructed. Service stubs 2 inches and smaller shall be polyethylene (CTS). Service stubs 3 inches and larger shall be fully restrained ductile iron pipes. Services from mains installed in private roads shall be extended 1- foot beyond the edge of pavement. Water services shall also conform to the following requirements.

Location
The building service shall be located to provide the most direct connection to the main.

Every effort shall be made to pair services. Single and double residential water services shall be installed on lot/property lines.

The curb shall be stamped with a “W” at all service locations.

Sizing
The standard size of a single-family residential service line shall be a minimum 1- inch service or as determined by the City Engineer. Schools, commercial, industrial, or a multifamily residential developments shall be provided with a larger service subject to approval by the City Engineer.

For service laterals 2 inches in diameter or smaller, service saddles shall be a minimum of 12 inches from the end of the main and 24 inches to any other service saddle or pipe joint.

DS
W 9 of 13
Service Taps
The City reserves the right to make all water service taps onto existing mains upon application for a service tap and authorization for payment. Work by the City shall be performed on a time and materials basis. A note to this effect shall be placed on the plan sheet which shows a detail of the area that requires such tapping. The service tap application shall be made to the City a minimum of two weeksin advance of the time the tap is desired. All connectionfees must be paid prior to the time of application. All excavation, backfill and the installation of the remainder of the water service shall be performed by the Contractor.

Water Meters
Water meters shall be installed on all water services. Meters shall be purchased through the City and installed by City forces upon plan approval and payment of the connection fees.

6.10 Water improvement Plan Requirements
Plans for the construction of water infrastructure, whether in conjunction with other improvements or for a water project only, shall conform to these standards, meet the following requirements.

Water Study
A water study or water master plan as determined by the City may be required prior to review of the water design if there is a possibility that adjacent areas might require service through the subject property.

General Requirements
Plans for the water improvement project shall include a layout sheet, plan and profile of each public water line, and necessary detail drawings.

Layout Sheet
Improvement plansshall include an overall map which showsthe project boundaries, water mains, valves, services, and other important items of the work.

A parcel which benefits from and financially participates in a water construction project, but is not included within the project boundaries, shall have a note to this effect placed on the layout map and on the plan and profile sheet if the parcel appears thereon. Parcels which make use of those facilities may be subject to additional fees at the time of connection, if the participation has not been so noted.

6.11 Restraint
Joint restraint shall be achieved by means of a mechanical joint restraint device. Full pipe restraint shall be required within bridges, casings, dead end runs, temporary dead end runs, at all angle points, and as determined by the City. Restrained pipe within casings or bridges shall be fully extended or “stretched out” to remove the slack between the joints the entire length of the structure. A note shall be placed on the plans. Thrust blocks shall not be used unless specifically called out on the plan set and approved by the City. Restraint calculations shall be submitted with the plan review. Restraint calculation parameters are as follows: soil type ml, granular fill,

1.5 to 1 safety factor, trench type 4, and minimum test pressure of 150 psi.

DS
W 10 of 13

6.12 Work Near Existing Mains
Existing transmission water mains shall be clearly shown on the plans. The plans shall have a caution note on the cover sheet, plan/profile sheets, and grading sheets where the main is shown as existing. The notes shall read as follows: CAUTION EXISTING (name size) WATER MAIN.

No construction shall be permitted within the water main easement without the presence of the City’s inspector. Prior to start of construction, 48-hour notice shall be given to the Public Works Department. Heavy equipment and vibratory equipment may cross designated segments of the water main with a minimum of 10 feet of cover or approved equivalent. The City shall inspect the condition of the existing main prior to paving. Request for inspection shall be made two weeks in advance.

6.13 Pipe Bedding
Pipe bedding shall conform to the standard details and the following.

Bedding shall provide uniform and continuous support along the barrel of the pipe. The minimum (6” for mains, 4” for service lines) depth of bedding material shall be provided under the bell. Blocking of the pipe is not permitted.

Loose material shall be removed from the trench bottom and replaced with imported material.

Where rocky, unyielding, or unsuitable foundation material is encountered, the subgrade shall be excavated a minimum of 12 inches below the pipe and the trench width shall be increased a minimum of 12 inches. The over-excavation shall be replaced with imported material.

Where the trench bottom is soft, yielding or unstable, the trench bottom shall be overexcavated. ¾” crushed rock shall be placed in the trench to provide a stable foundation. The rock is in addition to the required pipe bedding used in the pipe zone.

Bell holesshall be excavated per manufacturer’srecommendations. The minimum depth of bedding material shall be 6” for mains, 4” for service lines provided under the bell. Care shall be taken to ensure that the bell hole is no larger than necessary to accomplish proper joint assembly.

6.14 Installation
Water pipe shall be installed in accordance with the following provisions.

The contractor shall keep the pipe interior free from foreign materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until acceptance by the City. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open pipe end shall be sealed with a water tight cap or plug to prevent foreign matter from entering the pipe. Provisions shall apply overnight.

Trenches shall be in a reasonably dry condition when pipe is laid. Care shall be taken when lowering pipe into the trench to protect the pipe from damage. Chains are not permitted. The pipe shall be laid carefully to the lines and grades shown without grade breaks, unless designed with such, or to minimum depths shown on the approved plans. If field conditions exist such that the pipe may not be laid to the specified grade, the approved plans will require revisions prior to proceeding with construction.

Pipe sectionsshall be closely jointed to form a smooth flowline. Care shall be taken in placing the pipe and making field joints.

DS
W 11 of 13
No facility is to be backfilled without inspection by the City. Improvements installed without proper inspection shall be exposed and inspected as required by the City. All installations shall follow manufacturer’s recommendations unless otherwise noted on the approved plans. The manufacturer’s installation guide shall be on the job site at all times.

Pipes shall be fully restrained to the length specified in the approved plans, using materials specified herein.

Thrust blocks shall only be used where specifically shown on the plan /profile sheets and/or standard detail sheets. All fittings and appurtenances shall maintain a minimum of 18 feet of restrained pipe into the fitting from all directions. Plans should reflect the restraint lengths required for each segment and transition.

A continuous number 12 insulated tracing wire shall be attached to mains, service lines and appurtenances per these Standards, Details and the following:

1. Tracing wire shall be continuous between mainline valve boxes and fire hydrants. It shall be attached to the top of the pipe with 10-mil vinyl tape every5 feet.

2. Tracing wires through valve boxes shall be placed outside of riser, but inside the box. (24 inches coiled)

3. Tracing wire in manholes and vaults shall be attached inside the facility within 1 foot of the rim.

4. Wire splicesshall be located above ground and inside of valve boxes, perDetails and as follows: Install a copper split bolt connector on the splice, twist the wire together with a minimum of 5 twists, solder all connections, and cover and splice with mastic tape and wrap with vinyl tape. A 12 inch wide, blue plastic nondetectable water pipe marking tape, marked “Buried Water Main Below,” shall be placed in all main line trenches. The detectable tape shall be installed between the aggregate base backfill and the bedding sand layers. The warning tape shall extend to the nearest valves located on each side of said intersection.

Mainsin unpaved areasshall be marked every 150 linealfeet with a blue composite utility marker having a decal stating: “Caution Water Pipeline.” Appurtenances (valves, ARV’s, test stations, etc.) and angle points shall also be marked. Mains in landscaped areas shall be delineated with a brass marker set in an 8 inch concrete cylinder 4 inches above finished grade every 300 lineal feet. The brass marker shall state “City of Gridley Water Main.” All underground metal (ductile iron, valves, fittings, copper, brass, etc.) shall be wrapped in 10 mil minimum thickness polyethylene encasement with ends taped off with vinyl pipe wrap tape.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe
PVC shall be installed in accordance with the AWWA Manual M23 and the manufacturer’s recommendations, except as otherwise provided herein:

1. PVC Pipe shall have been manufactured within the 18 month period prior to installation.

2. Pipe and gaskets shall be kept clean and protected against sunlight and heatdamage.

3. Pipe showing signs of physical damage or excessive ultraviolet exposure will be rejected and shall be immediately removed from the job site.

DS
W 12 of 13

4. The pipe shall be installed with the manufacturing label showing on the top. Pipe segments shall be continuous of one manufacturer.

5. The reference mark or stab line on the spigot end must be flush with the bell end and visible for inspection

6. The beveled end of the pipe shall be cut off before placement into a mechanical joint.

7. Minimum length of pipe for installation shall be 5 feet.

Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP)
DIP shall be installed in accordance with the standards for “Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances”(ANSI/AWWA C-600) and themanufacturer’s recommendations, and as provided herein:

1. DIP shall be polyethylene encased in accordance with these Standards and the standard for “Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Piping for Water andOther Liquids” (ANSI/AWWA C-105/A21.5).

2. At the direction of the City, the Contractor shall repair damages to the polyethylene encasement as described within ANSI/AWWA C-105/A21.5 or shall replace all damaged polyethylene film sections.

3. Metallic lines shall be exothermically welded and electrically continuous on DIP runs exceeding 100 feet or as approved by the City. Each joint shall have 2 individually welded wires. Exothermic welds shall be installed as follows:
• Weld only against bare metal adjacent to both bell and spigot ends of pipe. • Care must be taken not to remove excess metal when removing the pipe coating. • Correct horizontal molds must be used for pipe diameters from 4 to 24 inches in diameter. Pipes 30 inches and larger may use flat mold. • After a solid weld is made, coat the bare metal with an acceptable bituminous coating material and cover with exothermic weld cap.
• Corrosion test stations shall be installed on metallic lines at intervals not to exceed 1,000 lineal feet or as specified on the approved plans. • Minimum length of pipe for installation shall be 5 feet Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings
In addition to requirements set by these standards,fittings shall be constructed per the following requirements. Flanged and mechanical joint fitting boltthreads and nutsshall be coated with an approved bituminous material.

Transitions between DIP and PVC may be made by the use of a DIP repair sleeve or a PVC pipe spigot may be inserted into a DIP bell by cutting off the PVC bevel on the spigot and leaving no more than a ½ inch taper. The City’s inspector shall be present to witness this process.

6.15 Service Installation
Water services shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, the Details and with the following provisions.

DS
W 13 of 13
Services shall be continuousfrom the main line to the service box. Bendsin polyethylene tubing shall be made in a manner that does not crimp or flatten the tubing.

Taps, service saddles and fittings attached to mains shall be separated from each other by a minimum of 24 inches.

Service saddles shall be wrapped and sealed in 8-mil minimum thickness polyethylene and backfilled with sand. Use pipe wrap tape to secure and seal the polyethylene wrap.

Service lines shall be encased in 8-mil minimum thickness poly tubing. Use pipe wrap tape to secure and seal the polyethylene wrap.

Service manifolds shall be constructed per the following criteria:

1. Where a service line is extended a distance greater than 40 feet, a construction jumper shall be installed per the standard details. The new service line and manifold shall be tested in accordance with these standards.

2. Where a service line is extended a distance less than 40 feet, the extension shall be cleaned, swabbed with chlorine and flushed in the presence of the City. The new service line and manifold shall be pressure tested in accordance with these Standards. In both cases, the installation shall be fully restrained by an approved restraintsystem, starting at the main and as required by the approved Improvement plans.

3. Service lines and manifolds 3 inches and larger shall be ductile iron.

4. No water shall be drawn through a service prior to installation of the water meter and testing of the backflow assembly.

5. A backflow assembly shall be required for construction and sales trailers having a landscape irrigation system or a septic holding tank.

6. Backflow assemblies shall be covered with a freeze protection insulated bag.

7. The curb in front of residential water services shall be stamped with a “W.”

8. Service saddles shall be installed with zinc caps on all bolts per these Standards.

6.16 Abandonment of Services and Mains
All water services requiring abandonment shall be disconnected from the main line at the corporation stop unless otherwise approved by the City. Mainline stubsshall have the valve removed and replaced with a blind flange or as approved by the City. The abandoned piping shall be removed or left in place as approved by the City.

6.17 Appurtenance Installation
All appurtenances, including fire protection, blow-offs, sample stations, air release valves and fire hydrants shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, these standards, and the following provisions.

1. All valves, fittings, DIP, copper and underground brass shall be wrapped and sealed in an 8 mil minimum thickness clear polyethylene encasement. Use 8 mil pipe wrap tape to secure and seal to the polyethylene encasement. Damage or scratched surfaces on epoxy coated valves and appurtenances may be repaired with an epoxy kit per manufacturer’s DS
W 14 of 13
recommendations and to the satisfaction of the City prior to wrapping, otherwise the damaged valve shall be replaced with a new valve.

2. Gate valves shall be centered in one piece 8” riser stock. Riser stock shall be blue PVC C900. An operator nut extension shall be installed on valves where the operation nut exceeds 40 inches in depth from final grade. Valve extensions shall be continuous and within 24” of finished grade.

3. Buried nuts and bolts shall be coated with a bituminous material. This includes exposed bolts found on manufactured appurtenance (i.e. valve bonnets, etc.) “T” bolt heads do not require coating.

4. Break-away bolts shall be used in connecting the fire hydrant to the hydrant break-off spool. Bolts shall be installed nut side up with the bolts filled and covered with silicone caulking. Clearance shall be made for removal of all bolts.

5. Fire hydrants shall be marked with a blue reflector placed 6 inches off the street centerline on the fire hydrant side of the street. Fire hydrants located at intersections shall be marked on both streets.

6. Fire hydrants use a yellow factory applied coating.

7. Dead end lines, permanent and temporary, shall have a blow-off.

8. Insulating kits shall be installed at transitions between dissimilar metal pipes and as required by the City.

6.18 Testing Procedures
Testing of the water system may proceed only after joint utility crossings are completed, the sewer mains and services have passed pressure test and TV inspections and subgrade elevations have been met. Road bases to be lime-treated shall be pressure tested before and after the lime treatment process. Testing prior to subgrade placement may be subject to additional pressure tests at the discretion of the City. The new system shall be filled with potable water through an approved backflow device. During the filling of the line with water, precautions shall be taken to prevent air pockets at high points.

Pressure Test
The contractor shall verify with the City that all system valves are open prior to testing, and the City inspector will be present during the duration of the test.

Water may be allowed to stand in the line for several hours prior to the test. During the test, which shall be conducted for the time period determined by the City Engineer, but not less than two (2) hours, the leakage shall not exceed 5 gallons per 24 hours per thousand feet of pipe per inch of nominal diameter. Test sections shall be as short as valve configurations permit. If any valved section of pipe shows greater leakage than specified, the Contractor shall locate and repair the leaks and shall retest that section of line at no additional cost to the Owner.

All parts of the pipeline installation shall be tested at 100 psi minimum pressure or a pressure of 50 psi above the maximum working pressure. Tests shall be made in the presence of the City Engineer or the City Inspector.

DS
W 15 of 13
Topside Improvements
When all water and sewer infrastructures have passed air, vacuum, pressure, and CCTV inspection the City shall notify the Contractor that the project is ready for road bases and top side improvements. This does not constitute approval for use of the infrastructure.

Chlorine Disinfection
Chlorine disinfection shall comply with the the most current American Water Works Association Standard for Disinfection of Water Mains and as specified below.

Disinfection inspections shall begin only after passing the pressure test. Prior to chlorination, pre-flush water mains and services. Pre-flushing is not permitted if using the Tablet Method for chlorination. If the tablet method is permitted by the City Engineer the tablets shall be secured to the top of the pipe with an approved adhesive.

Chlorine shall be drawn through all mains, hydrant runs and services. The City shall verify that a minimum chlorine residual of 50 parts per million has been achieved. Portions of existing mains which have been connected to the new line or otherwise contaminated by the construction shall be included in the system sterilization. During the chlorination process, all valves shall be operated.

After a 24-hour holding period, the City will verify that a minimum chlorine content of 25 ppm remains in the system. Upon approval by the City, the water system shall be flushed to remove concentrated chlorine. Flushing shall be continued until the remaining water has a chlorine residual below 1 ppm and a turbidity equal to or less than 1 NTU. Chlorinated water shall be neutralized to 1 ppm chlorine residual or less prior to discharge. Discharge location and neutralization methods shall be documented in the SWPPP and coordination with and approved by the City.

Chlorinated water resulting from flushing newly installed water lines may only be discharged into the City’s sewer system with the specific permission of the City. Prior to discharging into the sewer system, the Contractor shall sign a form authorizing the City to bill for the amount of water discharged into the system. The City shall prepare a bill for water usage based on the meter reading. This bill must be paid before the project is signed of on by the City.

The discharged chlorinated water shall be classified as “low-strength metered commercial users”. The sewer unit for low-strength metered commercial users shall be one sewer unit per 1,000 cubic feet. The City shall determine the allowable volume of discharge. Chlorinated water shall not be disposed of into environmentally sensitive areas (i.e., under oak trees, vernal pools, man- made or natural streams, drainage systems, etc.) during any time of the year.

All discharges into the sewer system shall be governed by the following conditions:

1. Water used for the purpose of flushing shall be metered.

2. Discharge into the sewer system shall be done in such a manner as to avoid surcharging the sewer system.

3. No discharge into the sewer system shall be permitted on rainy days.

4. No discharge shall be permitted upstream of a small lift station.

5. An approved air gap shall be maintained at all times. Air gap distances shallbe calculated as 2.5 times the pipe diameter. In no case shall the air gap be less than 12 inches.

DS
W 16 of 13
Water Quality Testing
Water quality samples shall be taken per the following procedure.

Once flushing has lowered the chlorine residual below 1 ppm and the turbidity is equal to or less than 1 NTU, the water system shall observe a minimum 24 hour detention time. Water may not be drawn during this time period.

After the 24 hour holding period has elapsed, water quality samples shall be collected and processed by a third party laboratory at the cost of the developer.

The laboratory shall conduct a final chlorine and turbidity test. If the sample lot does not meet the minimum chlorine residual and turbidity criteria, additional flushing shall be required. The procedure shall be repeated until the criteria are met.

Bacteriological samples shall be collected from locations approved by the City, which may include, but are not limited to:
• The ends of new mains
• High points in the system
• Representative intermediate locations as directed by the City Sampling shall be performed by a State-certified laboratory or by City personnel, as directed by the City. The Contractor or Developer shall be responsible for all costs associated with sampling and testing.

A minimum of two consecutive sets of bacteriological samples, collected at least 24 hours apart, shall show satisfactory results in accordance with State drinking water requirements prior to acceptance.

If any bacteriological sample fails, the affected facilities shall be re-disinfected, flushed, and resampled until acceptable results are obtained.

Water mains shall not be connected to the active City distribution system or placed into service until all bacteriological testing requirements have been successfully completed and accepted by the City.

If Coliform is present:
• Results from 0-1,000: Connect to the City
• Results from 1,000-1,250: Flush and rechlorinate water system and retest • Results 1,250+: Flush and rechlorinate water system and retest Tying into the City System
A tie-in procedure shall be submitted and approved by the City prior to the proposed work.

The Contractor shall allow for up to 7 days review of the procedures by the City. The water system shall be tied into the City system within 10 working days upon completing and passing all the testing procedures. Tie-ins shall be conducted as specified in these Standards.

After the tie-in has been made, the Contractor shall flush the segment tied-in to the approval of the City.

If the new water system cannot be tied into the City system within 10 working days, the new system shall maintain a chlorine residual of 0.5 to 1.0 ppm or be subject to water quality testing and re-chlorination. This shall be discussed with the City.

DS
W 17 of 13
On site private systems may connect into the City System upon passing all testing procedures, backflow tests and meters have been paid for and installed. A tie-in procedure shall be required per this Section.

6.19 Repairing Installed Improvements
All PVC and DIP water mains shall be repaired per the following procedures.

Damaged or failed pipe sections shall be removed and replaced with new pipe in the presence of the City. Replacement can be accomplished by the use of City approved ductile iron mechanical joint repair sleeves. Pipe restraints will be required.

After the repair has been completed, the excavation shall be backfilled and compacted to grade as specified. The repairs shall then be retested per these Standards.

At the direction of the City, the Contractor shall repair damage to the polyethylene encasement as described within ANSI/AWWA C-105/A21.5 or shall replace all damaged polyethylene film sections.

6.20 Materials
Water Main
Unless noted on the approved plans, all water mains shall be either Polyvinyl Chloride Pressure Pipe (PVC) or Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP).

PVC Pressure Pipe- PVC Pressure Pipe shall be manufactured to a minimum Class 150 rating and shall conform to the “Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 6 inches through 12 inches, for Water” (AWWA C-900), and shall also include the following.

PVC Pressure Pipe shall be blue or white in color and shall have been manufactured within 18 months of installation. The pipe shall be manufacturer date coded and the City provided the manufacturer’s coding for translation. Sun damaged pipe may be rejected at the Inspectors discretion.

Rubber rings shall conform to the “Standard Specifications for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe” (ASTM F-477).

Approved PVC Pressure Pipe manufacturers include: NAPCO, Certa-Lok, Diamond Plastics Corporation, J-M Manufacturing, Pacific Western pipe, Vinyl Tech-White Knight, Pressure Flex Pipe, PW Eagles, North American Pipe corporation or approved equal.

Ductile Iron Pipe- DIP shall be manufactured to conform to the standards ANSI/AWWA C150/21.50 thickness design of ductile iron pipe and to “DuctileIron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Moldsfor Water and Other Liquids” (ANSI/AWWA C-151/A21.51) and shall also include the following:

DIP shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with the standard for“Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water” (ANSI/AWWA C-104/A21.4).

DS
W 18 of 13
Approved DIP manufacturers include: McWane, Tyler, US Pipes, Griffin,American, Electrosteel USA, or approved equal.

Services
Brass Material
In compliance with California State Assembly Bill 1953 and any amendments thereto, all brass components and pipe in contact with potable water intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption through drinking or cooking shall be “lead free.”.Compliant brass product shall be marked indicating the product is ”lead free.” Non-compliant product shall be immediately removed from the construction site.

Brass pipe - Brass pipe shall conform to ASTM B-43 standards. A listing ofapproved pipe include: Hallstead¾” through 2” Red Brass, Cambridge-Lee,Federal WW—351, Wolverine, or approved equal.

Brassfittings- Brassfittingsshall conform to ANSI Standard B16.15, B16.24,B2.1, T-94-1 and be a minimum of Class 125. A listing of approved manufacturers include: Lee Brass, Merritt Brass, New England Union Co. or approved equal.

Brass fittings for Copper Tubing - An approved listing for brass fittings for copper tube includes: Jones, Mueller, Ford or approved equal. Parts reference numbers are shown below:

Jones (¾through 2): Jones Super Grip CTS x CTS E-2609SG, Jones Super Grip CTS x MIP E2605SG, Jones Super Grip CTS x GIP E-2607SG, (2 Compression x Compression) Mueller (¾through 2): Mueller-110-CTS H-15403N, Mueller-110-CTS H-15428N, Mueller110-CTS H-15451N Ford (¾ inch through 2 inch):
¾ inch”- - Ford Quick Joint CTS x CTS C44-33-Q-NL1– Ford Quick Joint CTS x MIP C84-44-Q-NL 2 – Ford Quick Joint CTS x FIP C14-77-Q-NL(2 Compression x Compression) Copper Tubing
Copper tubing shall be seamless, annealed copper tube andshall conform to ASTM B88 “Standard Specification for Seamless CopperWater Tube” and shall be Type K. Copper shall be grade UNS-C12200. For diameters ranging from ¾to 1 ”, inch, use Type K Roll Soft Copper. Fordiameters ranging from 1 ¼ to 2”, inch, use Type K Soft 20Sticks. Approved tubing includes: Cambridge Lee, Mueller Streamline, Aqua Shield or approvedequal.

Corporation Stops
Corporation Stops shall be male, iron pipe thread by compression and full throat ball valve design. A corporation stop shall be installed at the water main for all service laterals 2 inches and smaller. Approved manufacturers of corporation stops include: James Jones, Mueller, Ford, or approved equal. Curb Stops
Approved curb stop manufacturers include: Jones, Mueller, Ford, or approved equal. Service Saddles
PVC Pressure Pipe Service Saddles manufacturers include: Smith-Blair, Jones, Mueller, Ford, or approved equal.

DS
W 19 of 13
1 inch S912
DIP Service Saddles manufacturers include: Smith-Blair, Jones, Mueller, or approved equal. Appurtenances
In compliance with California State Assembly Bill 1953 and any amendments thereto, all brass components and pipe in contact with potable water intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption through drinking or cooking shall be “lead free”. Compliant brass product shall be marked indicating the product is ”lead free”. Non-compliant product shall be immediately removed from the construction site.

Air Release Valves
Air release valves shall be epoxy coated vacuum breaktype. A listing of approved manufacturers includes: Crispin, Valvematic, or approved equal.

Backflow Assembly
Backflow Assemblies shall be listed on the “List of an Approved Backflow Prevention Assemblies” published by the University of Southern California.

Backflow Assembly Support Stands
Placer Waterworks series PW/PS or approved equal.

Backflow Assembly Support Stand Saddles
Placer Waterworks series PW/SDL or approved equal.

Backflow Assembly Color:

All brass/copper backflow preventer assemblies shall be painted a:” Forest Green“ color to provide a deterrent to theft with the proper outreach to recyclers.

Blocking for Boxes
A listing of approved materialsincludes: Slump Block-4 inch x 4 inch x 15 ½ inch, or approved equal.

Blow-Off
Approved manufacturers and products include: 2” Waterous Resilient Seat valve or approved equal.

Fittings
PVC- Unless otherwise specified or shown on the approved plans, all fittings to be used with PVC Pressure Pipe shall conform to the standard for“Ductile Iron Compact Fittingsfor Water andOther Liquids” (ANSI/AWWAC-153/A21.53 for MJ compact fittings; C110 for flange fittings). Approved fitting manufacturers include Sigma, Star, Tyler, Union and US Pipe.

All ductile iron fittings shall be mortar lined in accordance with the standard for “Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe andFittings for Water” (ANSI/AWWA C-104/A21.4).

All fittings shall be wrapped and sealed in accordance with these Standards.

The Contractor may use a ductile iron mechanical joint flange adapter designed for AWWA C-900 pipe with connecting PVC Pressure Pipe to flanged fittings orflanged valves. Pipe ends mustbe cut smooth and square with no bevel. The joint shall be restrained to the PVC pipe using an approved restraint method.

DS
W 20 of 13
Ductile Iron Pipe- Unless otherwise specified or shown on the approved plans, all fittings to be used with DIP shall employ either mechanical jointsor restrained joints conforming to the standard for “Ductile Iron Compact Fittings for Water and Other liquids” (ANSI/AWWA C-153/A21.53).Approved fitting manufacturers include Tyler, Union, and US Pipe.

All ductile iron fittings shall be mortar lined in accordance with the standard for “Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water” (ANSI/AWWA C-104/A21.4 – Double thickness mortar).

All fittings shall be wrapped and sealed in clear polyethylene encasement in accordance with these Standards.

Freeze Protection for Backflow Assemblies
The backflow assembly freeze protection materials shall be comprised of the following:

Laminated forest green fabric conforming to Herculite #10 by HerculiteProducts (fabric shall be a minimum of 10.6 oz/sq. yd.), or approved equal. Brass Rolled Rim Grommet and spur washer by Astrup, or approved equal. Polyesterthreadwith aminimum strength of 14.2 pounds, Coats American’sStar Ultra product line, or approved equal. Fiberglass insulation R19 rated, 6 inch minimum thickness. 2 inch minimum width Velcro, or approved equal. Nylon zip ties.

Gaskets
Gaskets shall conform to the following specifications:

Flange Gaskets – Flange gaskets shall be neoprene rubber, red rubber, USPipe, Flange Tite, or approved equal.

Push On Gaskets – Pipe manufacturers recommendations.

MJ Gaskets – Pipe manufacturers recommendation.

Hydrants
Hydrants shall be wet barrel type – lead free. Exterior shall be have a factory applied yellow (or Red) coating. Caps shall be cast iron. Approved hydrants include: Clow 960 or approved equal. The Part Number shall contain the letter “NL” to indicate the hydrant is lead free.

Hydrant Bury
Hydrant buries shall be ductile iron mechanical jointed crossflange, cement-mortal lined per manufacturers recommendation and per AWWA C104. A list of approved hydrant buries include: South Bay Foundry MJ x Size, Clow MJ x Size or approved equal.

Hydrant Bury Extensions
Hydrant bury extensions shall only be used with prior City approval.

Location Stakes
A list of approved off-site location stakes include: Carsonite-, 4 inch x 5 feet with anchor barb kit, Caution stickers attached and organization decal, City of Gridley-Call Before Digging-, or approved equal.

Main Line Valve Lock-Out
DS
W 21 of 13
A list of approved manufacturers and part reference numbers include: SW Services PC800, DC600, or approved equal.

Manhole Frame and Cover
A listing of approved manufacturer and part reference number includes: South Bay Foundry (SBF1957-W), GMI CompositeFrame and Cover 2600 and 3800 series, or approved equal.

Manholes constructed outside of paved area shall use a GMI composite lid and frame.

Meters
All meters shall be purchased through the City.

Meter Idlers
Meter Idlers shall be coordinated with the City to be the same brand as City provided meter.

A listing of approved meter idler manufacturers include: Ford,Jones, Spears, or approved equal. Part reference numbers are shown below:

Meter Setters
Meter Idlers shall be coordinated with the City to be the same brand as City provided meter.

Meter Spud Couplers
Meter spud couplers shall be coordinated with the City to be the same brand as City provided meter.

Nuts and Bolts
Flange Bolts and Nuts-Flange bolts and nuts shall conform to a minimum ASTM #A307. Bolts less than ¾ inches in diameter shall be a minimum Grade B (heavy hex). Bolts ¾ inches and larger in diameter shall be a minimum Grade A (standard hex).

Hydrant Bolts
Hydrant bolts shall be Hollow Break Away and per manufacturer’s recommendation.

Meter Bolts are to be stainless steel, Grade 316 with brass nuts.

Tee Bolt- Steel bolts are to be ¾ inch high strength, low alloy steel with a heavy nut, conforming to AWWA Standard C-111-90.

Nylon Bushings
Nylon bushings shall be 76-76R, 2 ½ inch MIPT x 2inch FIPT.

Patching Material
A listing of approved manufacturers and part reference numbers for patching Dip include:

Cop-Coat Carboline Company (Bitumastic No. 50, Coal Tar), Coppers Coat 50, or approved equal.

Pipe Wrap Tape
10 mil vinyl tape manufactured by Calpico Inc. (Calpico VI-10) or approved equal.

Polyethylene Encasement
Black non-colored polyethylene film shall beused. The polyethylene film shall have a minimum thickness of 8 mils. The thickness shall not be less than 10 percent of the nominal DS
W 22 of 13
thickness. The polyethylene shall be in either tubular or in sheet form. Polyethylene film shallbe manufactured from a Type 1, Class A raw polyethylene material conformingto “Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids” (ANSI/AWWA C-105/A21.5). Approved manufacturers include: Fee Spec’s-LP378D Northtown, Fulton Enterprise Inc., Global Polymer Tech, Unisource, or approved equal.

Pressure Regulators
A listing of approved all brass pressure regulator systems include: Watts (¾ inch through 2 inch, UB5-series), Wilkens (¾ inchthrough 2 inch 600 series, 2 ½ inch through 3 inch 500YSBR), or approved equal.

Reinforcement Bar
Rebar shall be grade 40 steel, deformed type. Smooth bar shall not be allowed. All rebar shall be number four unless otherwise specified on plans.

Restraints
PVC - Approved restraint systems for PVC Pressure Pipe include: NAPCO Certa Lock (for straight runs only), Romac Grip Rings, EBAA Iron Series 2000 PV, Sigma One Lok Series “SLC”, DR18JM Eagle Loc, eagle lock, PVC Star Grip 4000 series, (See section 81- 16,Hfor additional conditionally approved options) or approved equal.

DIP - Approved restraint systems for DIP include: Field Lock Gaskets(3 inch through 12 inch diameter only), Mega Lug 1100 Series, TR Flex,sigma One Lok Series “SLD”, Star Grip 3000 series, American Fastite Joint Assembly or approved equal. If Field Lock gaskets are used it requires pulling back the slack in the pipe.

Riser Aligners
Riser aligners shall be per the City Standard Details.

Riser Stock for Curb Stops
Riser stock shall be schedule 40 PVC, SDR 35 or C-900. The riser shall be 4 inch diameter inside meter boxes.

Riser Stock for Main Line Valves
Riser stock shall be 8 inch diameter PVC C-900 for all main line valves.

Service Boxes
All box lids are to be permanently marked with the appropriate label (i.e., Water, ARV, BlowOff, CPT, etc.). Lids shall have a 1 7/8 inch hole offset at upper 1/3 portion of lid measured along the longaxis. In commercial project, meter lids shall be stenciled with the number address it serves. The numbers shall be painted using white enamel paint and 2 inch stenciling. A list of approved box manufacturers include: Carsonite, Christy, BES, Armorcast, CDR, Placer Water Works, or approved equal.

Traffic Boxes
A list of approved traffic box manufacturers include: Bes, Christy, Placer Waterworks or approved equal.

Tracing Wire
DS
W 23 of 13
Tracing wire shall be light blue in color and minimum 12 gauge solid copper with UF rated plastic insulation.

Tracing Wire Mastic Tape Seal
Tracing wire mastic tape shall be 3M Mastic Tape #2229 or approved equal.

Valves
Butterfly Valves- Butterfly valves to be used on pipe diameters ranging from 12 inch to 72 inch. A list of approved valves include: Standard Pratt Ground Hog, with MDT Traveling Nut Actuator, Mueller Lineseal III, Dezurik butterfly valve with square nut actuator,(LA series) , or approved equal. NOTE: All valves shall be Holiday freeepoxy, interior lining and standard black asphalt varnish exterior. Certification shall be provided by the valve manufacturer stating the epoxy lining is holiday free. The epoxy coating shall be spark tested and approved for installation by the City inspector.

Gate Valves- Gate valves used on diameters ranging from 3 inch to 12 inch shall be grey cast iron or approved equal. A list of approved valves includes: M & H 4067 RW Gate Valve, Mueller-A-2360 RS GateValve, Clow, AFC or approved equal. 2 part epoxy repair kit shall be provided by valve manufacturer.

Valve Boxes
All valve boxes in street and other traffic areas shall bedesigned to H-20 loading conditions.

A list of approved manufacturers and part reference numbers include: Christy (Type G5, Type B 17 by 30 H-20), BES, Brooks, D&L (#K-6004), or approved equal.

Section 7 Sanitary Sewer

1.1 General
These standards shall apply to the engineering design and construction of all sanitary sewer system to be maintained by the City, or with those exceptions as noted, within private multiple ownership residential or multi-parcel commercial and industrial developments.

All work shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of these standards, as recommended by the manufacturer, the California Building Code, the California Plumbing Code.

These standards and manufacturer’s guidelines shall be present at the construction site at all times.

1.2 Connect to Existing Facilities
Connection to existing City sewer facilities shall be made after approval of construction and bypassing plans from the City Engineer, and all permits have been issued.

The City has the option of making any system tap as required on the plans. Should the City elect to perform the tap, the Contractor shall pay for such work on a time and materials reimbursement basis. The Contractor shall be responsible for the following tasks associated with the tap, and as determined by the City.

1. Coordinating the work requested with the City. This shall include discussions on provisions for materials and equipment required to complete the work.

2. Traffic Control per the City’s requirements.

3. Excavating the work area, as agreed upon by the City.

4. Sheeting, shoring and bracing as required.

5. Lighting as required if the tap is to be performed at night.

6. Backfilling, compacting and pavement restoration of the excavations upon tap completion.

7. A bypass pumping plan, with a secondary back up pump as required. A bypass pumping plan must be submitted to and approved by the City Engineer. Anticipated Flows rates and pump capacity shall be shown on the plan. Sections of existing surcharge pipe may be encountered in the system.

8. Bypass pumping operations shall be monitored full time at the cost of the Contractor.

Existing Sewer Stubs and Sewer System Outfalls
The contractor shall excavate and connect to an existing sewer stub in the presence of the City. Existing stubs shall be air tested by contractor and CCTV’d by the Contractor before connecting. If an existing stub is found damaged or otherwise exceeding tolerances, the contractor shall remove and replace the stub prior to connecting. Contractor shall incur all expenses. A note to this effect shall be placed on the improvement plans.

Sewer system outfalls shall be mechanically plugged and grouted. The plug shall remain in place until final acceptance by the City.

Construction Staking
The sewer main shall be staked prior to installation. Such staking shall provide the station and offset to the sewer main, aswell as the cut to the nearest 0.10 foot. Stakes shall be provided at a minimum of every 100 feet in tangent sections and every 25 feet in curved sections, and every 10 feet in approved vertical curve sections, and at all appurtenances or structures.

1.3 Average Flow Determination
The determination of average dry weather flows for design purposes shall be based upon the best available information concerning land use and density as determined by the City. This information may include approved land use and density inaccordance with current zoning in the absence of more specific information pertaining to expected development. Average dry weather flow factors are listed in Table Error! No text of specified style in document.-1.

Table Error! No text of specified style in document.-1 Flow Designation Land Use Designation Units Flow Factor
(gpd/unit)
Commercial gpd per acre 850
Industrial gpd per acre 850
Agricultural Gpd per acre 600
Neighborhood Center Mixed Use gpd per acre 2,300
Public/Quasi-Public gpd per acre 660
Schools gpd per acre 170
Residential (All) gpd per DU 250
Open Space gpd per acre 0
Parks> 10 Acres gpd per acre 10
Vacant gpd per acre 0
*Includes allowances for I&I
**Future development shall use the factor that results in the highest flow ***Factor flow assumes a 30% FAR. 50% for senior living

1.4 Design Flow
Design flow sizing of infrastructure 15 inches in diameter andsmaller shall be calculated by using the average dry weather unit flow factor(s) listed in Table Error! No text of specified style in document.-1 for the upstream service area. Maximum flows shall be based on the ratio of peak to average flows as determined by using a Peak Factor of:

𝑃𝐹 = 2.8𝑥𝑄
(−0.155)
(Q in MGD)
𝑃𝐹 = 7.72𝑥𝑄
(−0.155)
(Q in GPM)
For sizing trunk sewers 18 inches in diameter and larger, utilize the hydraulic model of the collection and conveyance system and consult with the City.

1.5 Pipe Capacity, Slope, Velocity, Size, Depth and Material Design criteria for the pipe system are as follows:

Main Sizes
The minimum size sewer main within a residential developmentshall be 6 inches in diameter.

The minimum size sewer main for commercial and industrial developments shall be 8 inches in diameter.

Slope and Velocity
Manning’s formula shall be used to determine the relation of slope, design flow, velocity, diameter, and “n” value. The “n” value shall not be less than 0.013 for all pipe materials.

Table Error! No text of specified style in document.-2 provides minimum slopes and design flow capacities for various pipe diameters. Pipe slopes less than those listed in this table shall not be used without the approval of the City. The slopes indicated are based on a velocity of two feet per second with the pipeflowing full.

Table Error! No text of specified style in document.-2 Minimum Slopes Pipe Diameter
(in)
Slope
(Ft/ft)
Capacity at 0.7
Depth (MGD)
Capacity Flowing
Full (MGD)
6 0.0050 0.22
8 0.0035 0.38
10 0.0025 0.58
12 0.0020 0.85 1.00
15 0.0015 1.32 1.60
18 0.0012 1.95 2.35
The maximum depth of flow at design conditionsin any lateral 10 inches in diameter or less shall be 70 percent of pipe diameter. Lines 12 inches in diameter or larger may be designed to flow full unless direct sewer connections are planned, in which case the 70 percent pipe diameter maximum depth of flow shall govern.

All sanitary sewer pipe shall be designed for a minimum scour velocity of 2 feet per second at peak flows. The volume of wastewater within the pipe system as determined above shall be used when designing pipe slopes. Maximum design velocity shall not exceed 10 feet per second.

Capacity
Pipe capacity, in all cases, shall be adequate to carry the Peak Wet Weather Flow (PWWF) from the entire tributary shed area even though said area may not be within the project boundaries.

Hydraulic Grade Line
The hydraulic grade line shall be determined from the design flows, based upon 100 percent development of the tributary area. Hydraulic grade line calculations must be submitted for the design of all lines 12 inches in diameter or larger.

Commented [A(H1]: Include sphere of influence?
Depth
Sewer mains with service lateral shall not exceed a depth of 15 feet. The system shall be designed to provide a minimum slope for sewer services of ¼ inch per foot with a minimum cover of 12 inches at any buildable location within the properties to be served. Proposed building pad elevations shall be aminimum six inches above the lowest upstream manhole rim. Where thebuilding pad does not meet the elevation requirement, a backwater valve for the building shall be required. The backwater valve shall be noted on the improvement plans and building plans. Installation shall be made duringconstruction of the underground improvements. Deed restrictions shall be putin place which hold the City harmlessfor failure of the backwater valves on suchlots.

1.6 Manhole Criteria
The design criteria for manholes are as follows. Manholes shall be placed at the intersection of all sanitary sewer lines, at the upstream end of a pipe run, and at the end of any temporary line more than 200 feet in length. No more than three lines may enter a manhole with one line exiting. Pipes shall be aligned so that there is sufficient spacing between each pipe entry on the barrel section.

Spacing
Maximum spacing of manholes shall be 500 feet for all straight lines of 10 inchesin diameter or less. Manhole spacing for mains 12 inches and larger shall be considered on a case-by-case basis. A line with a radius greater than 400 feet shall be considered as straight for purposes of this section. Manhole spacing on curved lines of 200-feet radius(minimum allowable)shall be 200 feet. Manhole spacing on curved lines of radii between 200 and 400 feet, or where only a portion of the line is curved, shall be adjusted proportionately. Reverse curves require a manhole at the point of tangency of the curves or as determined by the City. A manhole shall be required at any change in vertical alignment, pipe size or change of direction unless approved by the City.

Invert Elevations
The invert elevation for pipe of the same diameter entering a manhole shall have a 0.10- foot drop between the entering and exiting pipe. Under special circumstances, the 0.10-foot drop may be waived with the approval of the City. Mains with 10 or fewer services shall enter manholes at an invert to crown match with the exit pipe. Lateral mains entering trunk mains, as defined by the City, shall enter manholes at an invert to crown match with the exit pipe.

Manhole Sizing
A standard 48 inch manhole with a 24 inch access opening shall be used for sewer mains 12 inches and smaller, and not exceeding 20 feet depth. A 60 inch manhole with a 36 inch opening shall be used for sewer trunkmains 15 inches to 36 inches in diameter. The design of larger trunk mains shall be approved on a case-by-case basis.

Manhole Coatings
Manhole coatings shall be required in areas determined to have a potential of generating excessive sulfide gases. Such manholes shall include, but are not limited to, all manholes on trunk mains 15” in diameter or larger, the first manhole originating from a sewer trunk main 15 inches in diameter or larger, force main transition manholes, manholes designed with inside drops, or as determined by the City.

Manhole Access
Provisions must be made to prevent vegetation from overgrowing the manholes. An allweather 10-ton vehicular access shall be provided to each manhole as required by the City. Turning radii of 30 feet inside and 45 feet outside, and a vertical clearance of 14 feet are required.

Connection to City Mains
Improvement plans which require a tap to an existing City sewer main shall specify that such connection be performed by City forces on a time and materials basis.

1.7 Drop Connection Criteria
Drop connectionsshall be permitted under special conditions and with the approval of the City.

There shall be no more than one inside drop connection into a 4-foot diameter manhole. If an elevation difference of at least 3 feet is not available, the slope of the incoming line shall be increased to eliminate the need for the drop.

1.8 Mainline Transitions
Mainline transitions shall be made at a sewer manhole.

1.9 Sewer Service Design
The design criteria for sewer services are as follows.

General
Services shall be designed and constructed per the City standard details. The service shall extend from the main to the edge of the public right-of-way or easement. The service shall be stubbed up at the public right of way and the cleanout shall be constructed per the City standard details. The customer is responsible for and owns the lateral from the sewer main to the building which is being serviced. Services shall extend two feet beyond edge of pavement of private roads. Easements of adequate width to accommodate the service shall be obtained. A plan and profile of services shall be supplied to the City on request.

Cleanouts shall be designed and constructed to grade with subdivision improvements or at the time connection is made to the building sewer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, construction of the cleanout to grade is the responsibility of the contractor for the subdivision improvements. If installation of the cleanout is deferred, the plansshall call for the placementof a 2-inch by 4-inch post at the end of the service sewer extending from the flow line to not less than 12 inches above ground surface. The service shall be plugged at right of way ad an 18” diameter coil of #12 tracer wile shall be buried at the end of the service.

Sizing
The minimum size service for single-family developments shall be 4 inches in diameter.

Services greater than 100 feet in length shall be 6 inches in diameter. Schools, commercial, industrial, and multiple residential properties shall be served by a minimum 6-inch diameter service.

Connection to Sewer Mains
Residential services shall connect to the sewer main by means of a factory fitting. Properties with services located at the end of cul-de-sacs shall enter a manhole. A 6-inch service shall enter a 6-inch main by means of a manhole. A 6-inch service entering an 8-inch or larger main must either be connected with a manhole or by means of a factory fitting with a manhole placed at the property line. Services 8 inches in diameter and larger shall be connected to the main by use of a manhole. In no case shall a service connection be made with the use of a tee.

Connection to Existing Sewer Mains
The City reserves the right to make all sewer service taps onto existing mains after approval and payment of the required connection fees. If the City elects to utilize city forces for sewer service taps payment made to the City for such work will be on a time and materials basis. A note to this effect shall be placed on the plan sheet which shows a detail forthe area that requiressuch tapping. The application shall be made to Public Works. Connection fees shall be paid prior to submittal of the application. All excavation, backfill, and the installation of the remainder of the sewer service or stub shall be performed by the Contractor.

Connection Limitations
Sewer services shall connect to 12-inch diameter and larger pipe orto lines more than 15-feet in depth at a manhole.Direct connection to trunk mains shall only be with the approval of the City.

Location
A sewer service shall be constructed to each lot. In new subdivisions or developed areas, unless specifically requested otherwise in writing, sewer services shall be placed on the low side of a typical subdivision lot or similar parcel with 2 percent or greater slope across the front, or shall be placed in the center of lots of lesser slope. Trees, improvements, etc., are to maintain a minimum of 5’ from the sewer service, including the cleanout and where the sewer service is extended to service the house.

If the property is located such that service is available both to a line located in an easement and in a right-of-way, service shall be at the latter location unless otherwise approved by the City. No sewer service shall be located such that future on-site construction will result in the line being in such proximity to a water well or water main or service that applicable health standards will be violated.

Depth
Adequate depth of sewer service at the edge of easement or right-of- way to service the intended parcel shall be verified. A depth of 3 feet to crown of pipe, measured from gutter flow line or edge of adjacent roadway, whichever islower,shall be considered the standard forservice sewerdepth, except where the water main isto be installed at back ofsidewalk as partof the subdivision improvements. In such cases, service shall have a minimumdepth of cover of 4-feet 6-inches at the property line and the service shall be extended to a minimum of 7 feet back of sidewalk with the cleanout to grade remaining within 2 feet of back of sidewalk. When greater depth is required, the invert elevation of the service sewer at the edge of the right-of-way or easement shall be noted on the improvement plans. If a joint trench is being utilized for other utilities, the plans shall indicate that a joint trench will exist and service elevations shall be adjusted accordingly.

Sewer service connection to the main 14 feet or deeper, shall place concrete around the haunch of the “wye”. Sewerservice connection to the main shall notexceed 15 feet.

Special Requirements in Developed Areas
In developed areas, a sewer service shall be provided to each parcel participating in the project which contains a source ofsewage lessthan 200 feet froma lateral. A property owner’s request for service location shall be honored whenever practical. Parcels which have two or more sources of sewage must have an independent sewer service provided for each sewage source which can be separated from the rest of the parcel and sold. A service shall be provided to each lot. During the design period, each property owner affected by the proposed work shall be contacted in writing to determine the preferred sewer service location. In the absence of a response, a sewerservice shall be provided in accordance with these standards.In addition, upon staking the location of the proposed sewer services prior to construction, each property ownershall be given a final opportunity to approve the proposed sewer service location. A compilation of this information shall be furnished to the City.

Warranty Inspection of Sewer Main Stubs
As a requirement, sewer stubs are provided to subdivisions as a courtesy by developers during the construction of backbone infrastructures in streets to prevent cutting up the newly paved streets when the subdivisions are ready to develop. These stubs become an integral part of the sewer system of the subdivisions and subsequently the responsibility of the developers of the subdivisions and are therefore imperiled to both construction and warranty inspections. This practice saves future developers construction time and cost that would have otherwise been spent on tie-ins and street repairs and in some instances prevents delays in the event a street has a moratorium. Since these stubs are provided at no cost to future developers, it is our position, hence our policy, that it is the responsibility of contractorsto test and repair these stubs, if found damage, prior to tie-ins. A note to this effect shall be placed on the improvement plans.

Grease Interceptor
A grease interceptor shall be required for any business having the potential of producing grease as specified in the Gridley Municipal Code. Minimum size of the interceptor shall be 1000 gallons. Sizing of the interceptor shall be based on the current edition of the California Plumbing Code adopted by the City.

General Commercial/Retail buildings shall require dedicated grease lines for future use. A location for the future grease interceptorshall be identifiedon the improvement plans.

Oil/Sand Interceptor
An oil/sand interceptor shall be installed for any business having the potential of producing oil and sand waste resulting from routine maintenance as specified in the Gridley Municipal code. Minimum size shall be 450 gallons. Sizing of the interceptor shall be based on the current edition of the California Plumbing Code adopted by the City.

1.10 Canal Crossing Design
Commented [AH2]: Not in muni code? Add?
Commented [A(H3]: Would need to be added
Commented [A(H4]: Include? Or leave these
requirements to the RD's?
Advance approval of the City Engineer, and other appropriate agencies is necessary to initiate design. The criteria for creek crossings are as follows.

General
In all cases, the proposed future creek/irrigation ditch bed elevation shall be used for design purposes. Crossing details of pipe, piers, anchorage, transition couplings, etc., shall be shown on a detail sheet of the plans. The top of pipe shall have a minimum of 3 feet of cover at the shallowest point of the crossing.

Gravity Mains
For line sizes 10 inches and smaller, ductile iron pipe shall be used underthe full creek width plus 10 feet each side. Forline sizes 12 inches and larger, pipe used shall be as determined by the City. The ductile iron pipe shall be supported by steel I-beam piles. The steel I-beam pile shall be installed to a yielding depth as recommended by the soils engineer. Each stick of pipe shall be supported by a least one pile or as approved by the City Engineer. A steel plate shall be welded on top of the I-beam. A ½-inch thick polyethylene pad shall be installed on top of the steel plate for the pipe to rest on. The pipe shall be held by two 2-inch wide galvanized steel straps, with galvanized bolts attached through the steel plate and polyethylene plate. An insulating material shall be used between the pipe and the section of strap coming into contact with the pipe. All exposed surfaces shall be coated with coal tar epoxy. A layer of 4-inch to 8-inch cobbles shall be placed and compacted on the top surface of the trench area for the full width of the creek. A trench plug shall be required at the top of the pipe at the downstream side of the crossing. The plug shall be a minimum of 4 feet in length, and shall extend 24 inches beyond the width and depth of the trench.

Design
Calculations shall be submitted which clearly indicate the design of the pipe and supports regarding impact, horizontal and vertical forces, overturning, pier and anchorage reactions, etc.

1.11 Pump Station and Force Main Requirements
Every phase of pump station design, including force main design, shall be closely coordinated under the direction of the City Engineer. The pump station and force main shall be designed and submitted concurrently. The plan sheets will show the general layout and control system required for a typical acceptable sewage pump station. The plans shall call out the testing required for acceptance of the pump station.

Location
The pump station and facilities shall maintain a minimum 100- foot separation from existing and proposed residential and commercial structures. Adequate maintenance access shall be provided to the pump station. The access design shall consider requirementsfor the removal of pumpstation equipment.

Capacity
The pump station shall be designed to accommodate ultimate buildout flows as well as initial flows. Allowances for larger or additional pumping equipment must be made for future requirements. If the design capacity is more than anticipated initial flow, the effects of the minimum flow condition must be estimated to prevent excessive retention ofsewage in the wetwell, to prevent septic conditions, and to determine whether the pumping equipment will operate within the manufacturer’s guidelines. Table Error! No text of specified style in document.-3 provides planning level criteria for sizing and configuration of pump station and forcemain facilities.

Table Error! No text of specified style in document.-3 Pump Station and Force Main Criteria
Pump Stations
Capacity PWWF (hydraulic modeling required for pipes 18 inches and larger)
Storage 4 hours
Operation Lead/lag for duty pump(s), plus 1 standby pump Maximum Pump Cycles 6 cycles/hour (3 cycles per pump)
Force Mains
Headloss Hazen-Williams roughness coefficient (C-factor) of 120
Maximum Velocity 7-10 feet per second
Minimum Velocity 3.0 feet per second
Wet Well
The wet well design and detention time shall be such that the deposition of solids is minimized and the sewage does not become septic. Provisions for 4 hour storage capacity shall be provided. An interior protective coating shall be required for the prevention of hydrogen sulfide corrosion of the structure. Maximum depth of wet well shall not exceed 35’.

Pumps
Pumping equipment shall consist of centrifugal pumps. Pump suction and discharge size shall be a minimum of 4 inches in diameter. Pump drive units shall be electric. A sufficient number of pumping units shall be installed such that station capacity can be maintained with any one unit out of service. Provisions for telemetry shall be included in the station control systemas directed by the City.

StationPiping
Suction, discharge, and header piping within the station shall be sized to adequately handle flows. Piping less than 4 inches in diameter shall not be used for conveying sewage. Valves shall be located to allow proper equipment maintenance and operation. The design shall provide a bypass configuration back to the wet well.

Odor Control
If required, the station shall have equipment and/or space provided for the purpose of introducing odor control chemicals into the wet well, upstream gravity line, and/or force main. Adequate provisions shall be made for the safe handling and storage of chemical containers. The force mainshall be designed to maintain a continuous uphill grade, or, as a minimum be level. All force mainsshall have provisionsfor introduction of either air or odor control chemicals.

Force Mains
Force mains shall be designed such that the velocities normally fall within a range from 3 to 5 feet per second. If initial capacity of the station is considerably less than ultimate, consideration should be given to the prevention ofseptic conditions due to extensive detention time within the forcemain. The feasibility of installing dual force mains to accommodate initial andultimate flowsshall be investigated in such situations. Provisions shall be madeintroducing a “cleaning pig” into all force mains. The design shall also include facilities to eliminate or sufficiently dampen transient forces and/or surging in the event of an immediate station shutdown. Details shall be included in the improvement plans. The maximum angle allowed on force mains is 22.5 degrees.

A corrosion protection study shall be included with the improvement plan submittals.

Corrosion protection facilities for the force main shall be identifiedfrom the roadway with a curb stamp labeled “CP – FM”.

S.C.A.D.A.

SCADA requirementsfor pump stationsshall be provided by the City. The submittal shall be included along with the improvement plans for such facilities.

Valves
Valves on pressurized sewer systems shall be check valves.

1.12 Multi Parcel Commercial and Industrial Developments “On-site” sewer mains for new commercial and industrial developments containing more than one parcel, shall be designed in accordance with the requirements contained in these standards or as approved by the City. The sewer main shall be installed within a dedicated public sewer easement in accordance with these standards. Each separate parcel within a multi-parcel commercial or industrial development shall have a separate connection to the public sewer line(s).

1.13 Sewer Improvement Plan Requirements
Plans for the construction of sanitary sewers, whether in conjunction with other improvements or for a sewer project only, shall conform to these standards, and meet the following requirements.

Sewer Study
A sewer study or sewer master plan as determined by the City may be required prior to review of the sewer design if there is a possibility that upstream or adjacent areas might require service through the subject property. The map shall show the entire areaincluding upstream tributary and adjacent areas, and all other data necessary to determine anticipated sewage flows. The method of providing service to theentire service area, including pipe sizes and slopes,shall be shown to the extentnecessary to determine the requirements within the subject property.

General Requirements
Plans for sewer improvement projects shall include a layout sheet, plan and profile of each public sewer line, and necessary detail drawings.

Layout Sheet
Improvement plans shall include an overall map which shows the project boundaries, sewer lines, manholes, backwater valves, and other important items of the work.

Commented [A(H5]: Do we want to keep the sewer study
requirement?
A parcel which benefits from and financially participates in a sewer construction project, but is not included within the project boundaries, shall have a note to this effect placed on the layout map and on the plan and profile sheet if the parcel appears thereon. Parcels which make use of those facilities may be subject to additional fees at the time of connection, if the participation has not been so noted.

1.14 Pipe Bedding
Conform to City Standard Detail SS-05 for Sewer Pipe Bedding. 1) Bedding shall provide uniform and continuous support along the barrel of the pipe. The minimum depth of bedding materialshall be provided under the bell.Blocking of the pipe is not permitted.
2) Loose material shall be removed from the trench bottom and replaced with imported material.
3) Where rocky, unyielding or unsuitable foundation material is encountered, thesubgrade shall be over-excavated a minimum of 4 inches and replaced with imported bedding material.
4) Where the trench bottom is soft, yielding or unstable, the trench bottom shall be overexcavated by 4 inches and ¾-inch crushed rock shall be placed in the trench to provide a stable foundation, to the satisfaction of the City Inspector. The rock is in addition to the required pipe bedding used in the pipe zone.
5) Where a saturated trench condition is encountered, the trench wall and pipe shall be lined with a geotextile fabric asshown on Standard Detail SS-05, and to the satisfaction of the City Inspector.
6) Bell holes shall be excavated per the manufacturer’s recommendations. The minimum depth of bedding materialshall be provided underthe bell. Care shall be taken to ensure that the bell hole is no larger than necessary to accomplish proper joint assembly.

1.15 Pipe Installation
The sewer system outfall(s) shall be mechanically plugged and grouted, and shall remain plugged until final acceptance. The system shall be constructed to minimize infiltration and inflow. Evidence of groundwater infiltration, excessive wet weather flow contribution, or operational deficiencies may require corrective action at the City’s discretion. Sewer pipe (gravity and pressure) shall be installed in accordance with the following provisions:

The Contractor shall keep the pipe interior free from foreign materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until acceptance by the City. At times when pipe- laying is not in progress, the open pipe end shall be sealed with a tight cap or plug to prevent foreign matter from entering the pipe. Provisionsshall apply to the break times as well as overnight. Trenches shall be in a reasonably dry condition when pipe is laid.

Care shall be taken, when lowering pipe into the trench,to protectthe pipe from damage. Chains are not permitted. The pipe shall be laid carefully to the lines and grades shown without grade breaks, unless designed with such, or to minimum depths shown on the approved plans. If field conditions exist such that the pipe may not be laid to the specified grade, the approved plans will require revisions prior to proceeding with construction.

Commented [MH6]: Sewer pipe bedding should be
crushed rock. There are ASTM blends for bedding material.

Smaller rock for small diameter pipe. At minimum of 6" or 8" pipe diameter bedding can be 3/4" crushed rock.

Commented [AH7R6]: Talk to Ross he wanted sand
Pipe sections shall be closely jointed to form a smooth flowline. Care shall be taken in placing the pipe and making field joints.

Improvements installed without proper inspection shall be exposed and inspected as required by the City.

All installations shall follow the manufacturer’s recommendations unless otherwise noted on the approved plans. The manufacturer’s installation guide shall be on the job site at all times.

A 12 inch wide metallic backfill tape with the warning “SEWER MAIN BURIED BELOW” shall be placed in the trench lines of all mains and services, between the piped bedding and backfill layer.

Mains in unpaved areas shall be marked every 125 lineal feet with a green composite utility marker having a decal stating “CAUTION BURIED SEWER PIPELINE”. Appurtenances (such as manholes, valves, ARV’s, test stations, etc.) and angle points shall also be marked. Mains in landscaped areas shall be delineated with a brass marker set in an 8 inch diameter concrete cylinder.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe
Pipe-laying shall proceed upgradewith the bell end of the pipe placed upstream, and shall follow manufacturer’s guidelines for installation.

Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) Installation
DIP for gravity sewer applications shall have an interior coating with “Permashield 431” (or approved equal) unless otherwise specified on the approved plans. DIP sewer systems shall be constructed per the manufacturer’s recommendations.

The force main shall be constructed and tested in accordance with the water pressure pipe standards established in Section 6 - Water of these Standards, with the following deviations:

The force main will not require disinfecting or water quality testing. The main shall be preflushed again with a properly sized “pig” after the pressure test. Flushing shall occur in the presence of a City Inspector.

Backfill tape shall be 12 inch wide green metallic tape stating “SEWER FORCE MAIN BURIED BELOW”.

Exothermic welds shall be made on the bell of the pipe as near to the edge as possible and on the weld pads provided on the spigot end of the pipe.

When it is necessary to cut a “Permashield 431” treated pipe, the City shall make all repairs prior to installation. Coordinate with the City.

All DIP fittings for wastewater use shall have an interior coating with “Permashield-431” Or approved equal.

Tracing wire shall be installed per Section 6-Water of these Standards. Above ground access to the tracing wire shall not exceed 500 linear feet along the main. Access shall be provided by raising and securing the tracing wire through a conduit into a valve box. This location shall be 2 feet minimum from back of walk and marked per standards

1.16 Manhole Installation
Manholes shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Details and as specified herein:

Manholes shall be set flush with finish grade in improved areas, unless otherwise noted on the approved plans. Manholes placed in off-site, unimproved areas shall be constructed with the top of the casting cover a minimum of 6 inches above the final surrounding grade. A minimum 12 inch wide concrete collar shall be constructed around the casting and centered in collar.

Manholes may not be placed in the center of intersections in all new development.

Manholes placed in landscape areas adjacent to City improvements shall be constructed with the top of the casting cover a minimum of 6 inches above the final surrounding grade. A minimum 12 inch wide concrete collar be constructed around the casting and 6 inches below finish grade.

PVC pipe entering a sewer manhole shall have a flex joint at the manhole base. A flex joint consists of a bell and spigot joint at the manhole with only bell ends cast into the manhole base, and a second bell and spigot joint located 12 to 24 inches outside of the manhole. Service “Y’s” shall not be installed directly onto a manhole.

Manhole lids and castings for 48 inch diameter barrels shall be 24 inch diameter. Manhole lids and castings for 60 inch barrels shall be 36 inch diameter. Lid shall be bolt-down type with 2 cast-in-place bars and a gas detector probe hole, and have no poke holes. Lids shall be bolted when a manhole is constructed outside a paved area, as specified on the approved plans, or as directed by the City. Manholes constructed outside of paved area shall use a GMI composite lid and frame. All manhole openings 36 inches or larger shall use a GMI composite lid and frame.

Sewer mains or services entering an existing manhole shall be core drilled, without exception.

The space between the pipe and the manhole shall be filled with non-shrink grout or a core-nseal boot or approved equal may be used..

Any work on an existing sewer manhole shall require the manhole to pass a vacuum test as described in the Testing procedures of this Section. The work completed shall remain exposed until the vacuum test has been accepted by the City.

Concrete manhole bases may be either pre-cast or cast-in-place. Pre-cast bases shall conform to these Standards. Cast-in-place manholes shall be constructed in accordance with the details provided in these Standards:

Concrete shall be per the most recent edition of the Caltrans standard specifications.

Vitrified Clay Belled pups set in the manhole base wall shall be set flush with the exterior of the wall. The “speed-seal” on the spigot end shall be cut off prior to setting. Unless specified on the approved plans, there shall be a 0.10-foot drop constructed across the manhole base.

The top of the base shall be formed to accept the first barrel section, wet setting is not permitted. Ram neck shall be installed on thisfirstjoint after the City inspector has approved the manhole base for stacking.

The concrete on cast-in-place bases plus a 1 foot barrel section shall cure a minimum of 24 hours before stacking the remaining barrel sections.

Adjusting Manholes
The manhole neck and frame shall be adjusted to grade and be a maximum of 18 inches.

Use of metal grade rings is not permitted.

Commented [MH8]: Is a sheer coupling with metal band
also acceptable? Otherwise you waste pipe.

Commented [AH9R8]: Dave?
Frame and Lid
The manhole frame and lid shall be sealed with an approved rubber gasket, as required.

Manholes constructed in streets shall have the lid bolt holes filled with silicone. Manholes constructed outside of the street or paved area shall be bolted down or closed by other locking mechanism.

Manhole Coatings
Approvedmaterialsinclude epoxy or calciumaluminate.

Epoxy Coating - Sewer manholes requiring an epoxy coating shall first pass a vacuum test, per these Standards, and shall then be constructed as follows:

The exterior of the manhole shall be coated with an asphaltic material and wrapped in 8 mil polyethylene sheeting prior to backfilling. Use 10 mil vinyl tape to secure and seal the polyethylene per Section 5 of these Standards.

All voids and imperfections in the interior of the manhole shall be mortared or “sacked” smooth with a cement paste composed of 50 percent Portland cement and 50 percent sand.

The mortar mixture shall be manually worked into the dampened surface with sufficient pressure to completely fill voids and imperfections. The surface shallthen be finished smooth.

This process shall be continued until the entire manhole surface(base, barrel, cone, neck and joints) is smooth and free of imperfections. Note that it is not required to cover the entire interior surface area of the manhole, only where voids or imperfections exist.

Upon receiving the City’s approval of the sacking, the outlet channel(s) of the manhole to be epoxied and the first upstream manhole shall be mechanically plugged to prevent water flow. The newly sacked manhole shall cure for a period of 28 days.

The epoxy coating and applicator’s certification must be submitted to the City for approval.

The approved coating may be applied after the 28 day curing period has ended. An accepted method of epoxy application is as follows:
1) Mask off the metal frame.
2) Sandblast the interior concrete surfaces of the sewer manhole. 3) Apply a sealer/primer approved by the City and allow curing per the manufacturer’s recommendations. Application may be withheld if, in the opinion of the City, the walls of the manhole exceed the recommended moisture content.A visqueen test may be performed to determine the absence of moisture.
4) Apply an approved epoxy to obtain a minimum thickness of 80 mils and allow curing per the manufacturer’s recommendations.
5) Verify the thickness and adherence of the coating by coring samples, to the satisfaction of the City.
6) Repair the sampled areas and allow the repairs to cure. 7) “Spark test” the entire epoxy surface area. The electrode shall provide a minimum of 10,000 volts. Areas failing the spark test shall be removed, repaired and retested. 8) After approval from the City removethe masking from the metal frame and use “Sikaflex” (or approved equal) sealant to caulk to transition joint between the epoxy coating and the metal frame.
9) Use “Sikaflex” (or approved equal) sealant at the concrete PVC interface and for all epoxy transitions.
10) Remove the plugs.

Calcium aluminate - Calcium aluminate may be used in lieu of epoxy coating. The manhole shall pass a vacuum test, per these standards. Calcium aluminate shall be SewperCoat by Kerneos Aluminate Technologies or approved equal and shall be installed per manufacture specifications. Whenever Calcium Aluminate is used, the contractor shall immediately TV the sewer line to ensure no grout entered the line during application. Use “Sikaflex” (or approved equal) sealant at the concrete VCP interface and for all epoxy transitions.

1.17 Service Installation
Sewer services shall be installed in accordance with Standard Details SS-03 and SS-04.

Sewer services originating from sewer mains 14 feet in depth or greater shall have the crotch on the “Y” fitting filled with concrete.

1.18 Testing Procedures
Sewer Mains and Services
Public and private sewer mains and services shall be air-tested per ASTM C828 by the Contractor and the Contractor shall provide closed circuit TV inspection, after installation of the joint trench utility crossings and subgrade elevations have been met. Additionally, pipeline segments beneath road bases to be lime- treated shall be tested before and after the lime treatment process.

Air Pressure Test
Sewer mains and laterals shall be pressure tested in accordance with the National Clay Pipe Institute recommended guidelines withthe following amendment:

Minimum test time shall be 60 seconds.

For mains installed in an area where the water table is higher than the pipe, the test pressure shall be increased 0.5 PSI per foot of waterover the pipe.

The test gauge shall be liquid-filled, capable of testing up to 15 PSI, and graduated to 1/10 PSI.

CCTV Inspection
TV inspection of sewer mains and services shall be performed by the Contractor. Costs for said inspection shall be borne by the Contractor.

The sewer system shall be completely cleaned by an approved method such as hydroflushing with a vactor truck prior to TV inspection. The sewer system shall be rejected if any of the following conditions exist:

Commented [AH10]: What bout for PVC?
1) Standing water or sags based on pipe size at warranty PIPE SIZE Inch per 25-feet
21-inch or less 1
24-inch to 36 inch 1.5
42-inch or larger 2
2) Standing water in services.
3) Offset joints.
4) Joint separations greater than ½ inch wide.
5) Damaged pipe.
6)
Inspection Criteria for Coated Ductile Iron Pipe
All ductile iron sewer will have the following additional inspection requirements.

The condition of the barrel section of pipe as well as 360◦ at each joint shall be recorded to a DVD or portable drive. Once completed,and the inspection demonstrates the pipe meets the City’s standards, the contractor may proceed with the backfill of the trench. The Contractor shall provide the DVD and a map of the section inspected, to the City for review prior to the City’s acceptance inspection. Acceptance does not relieve the contractor or developer from responsibility from defect.

Upon finding any deficiency in the pipe which does not meet the standards of the City, it is strongly encouraged that the contractor make the necessary corrections at that time. If deficiencies aren’t corrected City forces at time of acceptance CCTV will identify these deficiencies and require the contractor to dig and replace the pipe sections; there will be no exceptions.

The observation data on the DVD provided to the City shall include the following:
1) City wide job number
2) Encroachment Permit number
3) Project Name
4) Location (Street name and cross streets)
5) Manhole numbers (based on approved plan set or City asset numbers) 6) Direction of inspection (upstream or downstream)
7) Date of Inspection
8) The speed of travel shall be slow enough to inspect each pipe joint, wye connection, coating integrity, and potential sags. Camera speedshould travel at a rate of no more than 30 feet per minute. The camera speed shall be steady and slow enough to record features anddefects.

Manholes
Sewer manholes shall pass a vacuum test consisting of thefollowing criteria and procedures.
1) The test shall be performed after assembly of the manhole and installation of the pipe entering or exiting the manhole, but prior to backfilling. The Contractor shall perform the test and supply all test equipment. The City Inspector shall witness the test results.
2) Lift holes shall be filled with non-shrink grout prior to testing. 3) Pipe entering and exiting the manhole shall be plugged. The plug shall be places on the flex joint outside of the manhole base. Securely brace the plugs to prevent them from being drawn into the manhole. Unused channels shall be permanently plugged with a plastic or clay stopper.
4) A vacuum of 10 inches of mercury shall be drawn to start the test. The amount of time required for the vacuum to drop to 9 inches shall be measured. The manhole will pass the test if the amount of elapsed time is greater than 60 seconds for a 48 inch manhole, 75 seconds for a 60 inch manhole, 90 seconds for a 72 inch manhole and 120 seconds for an 84 inch manhole. A liquid-filled vacuum gauge shall be used for testing. All detectable leaks shall be repaired with non- shrink grout while the vacuum is drawn. No mortar shall be applied to the inside of the manhole until the vacuum test has passed.
5) If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made with a nonshrink grout while the vacuum is still being drawn. Retesting shall proceed until elapsed times are satisfactory. After passing the vacuum test, all joints shall then be mortared, inside and out. Outside mortared joints shall be allowed to dry 24 hours or as approved by the City before backfilling.
6) If damage to the manhole is evident any time during the construction the City may require repairs to be made on the manhole which will require a new vacuum test prior to acceptance.

Topside Improvements
When all water, recycled water and sewer infrastructures have passed air, vacuum, pressure and continuity test as well as CCTV inspection the City indicating that the project is ready for road bases and top side improvements only. This does not constitute approval for use of the infrastructure.

Tying Into the City System
A tie-in procedure shall be submitted and approved by the City prior to the proposed work.

The contractor shall allow for up to 7 days for review of the procedures by the City. The sewer system shall be tied into the City system within 10 working days upon completing and passing all the testing procedures. Tie-ins shall be conducted as specified in these Standards.

1.19 Repairing Installed Improvements
Sewer mains, services, manholes and appurtenancesshall be repaired perthese n Standardsand by the following procedures:

Repairing Pipe: Damaged Pipe shall be exposed and replaced in kind. Sagging or misaligned pipe shall be exposed and corrected in place if possible. If the pipe is defective, then a new pipe shall be installed. After the correction has been completed, the excavation shall be backfilled and compacted to grade as specified. The repairs shall then be retested and reinspected via CCTV per these Standards.

1.20 Abandoning Sewer Stubs and Services
In new construction, sewerstubs and servicesto be abandoned shall be removed to the main or manhole of origination. The abandonment of existing sewer stubs shall be as directed by the City.

1.21 Materials
Manholes
Manholes, frames, and covers are to be in accordance with details SS-01. All materials used in cast-in-place concrete or precast concreteshall conform to ASTM C-150 Specifications with Type V cement for sulfate protection.

Manhole Barrels, Cones and Lids
All manhole frames and covers shall be of cast iron or ductile iron and conform to the ASTM designation A 48, C478 or ASTM 536 and shall be the following or approved equal. All lids shall have an “S” embossed in the center or marked “Sanitary Sewer.” D&L Supply #A-1021
Southbay Foundry #1900.

If short frame and covers are approved:

D&L Supply # A-1022 , 1023
South Bay Foundry #1922
Appurtenances
Air Release Valve - APCO Model 450 or approved equal
Trench Dam - controlled density fill.

Cleanout Caps – Threaded ABS or approved equal.

Couplings - For4 inch lines, use Flex Seal Repair Coupling for ABS cap only, or approved equal.

For 4 to 12 inch lines, use Mission Rubber Repair Coupling, Calder Coupling or approved equal. Couplings may not be used in new construction.

Flange Gaskets - All flange gaskets to be neoprene rubber or red rubber, USSO Standard B.16.21 insulation flange kits—Calpico TypeE full-faced gasket and two-side insulation.

Joint Sealing Compounds - Ram-Nek, Con Seal Compound or approved equal.

Mortar - Non-shrink grout during manhole vacuum testing and asspecified. Standard mortar mix for all other applications.

Silicone - 100 Percent clear silicone with a 25-year life or approved equal.

MH Coatings - Hydro Pox 204 or approved equal, Calcium aluminate.

Wastewater Marking Tap - Terra Tape Extra Stretch 450 Material, detectable, 12 inch wide or approved equal.Non-Detectablefor sewer force mains.

Oil/Grease Interceptor - Jensen Precast or approved equal.

Reinforcement Bar - Rebar shall be grade 40 steel, deformed type. Smooth bar shall not be allowed. All rebar shall be number four unless otherwise specified on the plans.

1.22 Illegal Use of Sewer System
If Stormwater entersthe sewersystem,the Contractor and/or Owner/Developer shall be charged according to Gridley Municipal Code. Stormwater run-off shall be classified as “lowstrength metered commercial users.” The sewer unit shall be 1 sewer unit per 1,000 cubic feet discharge. The City shall determine the volume of discharge.

DS
W 1 of 13
Drainage

1.1 General
This Section is formulated to clearly define acceptable drainage analysis and design criteria for development in the City. Drainage materials and or facilities not covered in this Section shall conform to the Caltrans Highway Design Manual, Reclamation District’s 833 and 2056 requirements (depending on which Reclamation District (RD) the project drains to), and good engineering practice.

Storm water quality design calculations and an operations and maintenance plan shall be included in the drainage report.

Drainage improvements include: culverts, drop inlets, lined and unlined channels, manholes, stormwater quality control measures, outlet and inlet structures, detention and retention facilities, pump stations, and storm drain pipe. These improvements shall be installed in accordance with the approved improvement plans and these Standards.These Standards shall apply to the public right of way and easements and private on-site drainage improvements.

Several items within this section shall apply to on-site improvements and in conformance to stormwater quality requirements.

Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans (SWPPP’s), as defined by the State, shall not be required for projects with a disturbed area smaller than 1 acre in size, provided the project is not part of a larger project. An erosion and sediment control plan shall be required as part of the project improvement plan submittal that identifies temporary Best Management Practices (BMP’s) to be used during construction.

1.2 City Policies and Requirements
All residential lots shall have minimum pad elevations of one foot above the 100-year, 24-hour duration water surface elevation and all commercial sites shall have minimum finished elevations of one foot above the 100-year, 24-hour duration water surface elevation. The consulting engineer shall submit an analysis determining the 100-year, 24-hour duration water surface elevation assuming failure of the underground drainage system serving that area to be developed. This requires the Consulting Engineer to show that the project will provide an overland release for all projects for the 100-year, 24-hour duration storm frequency (1% exceedance probability).

The overland release path shall be constructed in a manner to transport the peak rate runoff from the 100-year, 24-hour duration storm through the site or street assuming all underground storm drains are inoperative, all upstream areas are fully developed, and that the antecedent runoff condition (ARC) of the tributary watershed is ARC II. Streets, parking lots, playgrounds, pedestrian areas, pedestrian walkways, utility easements, and other open space areas may be considered compatible uses within the overland release path.

Except for single family or duplex residential lots, site drainage shall be collected on-site and conveyed via an underground storm drain system to an approved, existing storm drainage system without flowing into existing street gutters or existing roadside ditches.

Peak flows for a 10-year and 100-year, 24-hour duration rainfall events shall not be increased downstream of the project at that location the undeveloped (existing) project site discharges.

The Consulting Engineer shall show that the project will not increase 10 and 100-year, 24-hour DS
W 2 of 13
storm duration peak flows. Unless regional storm water mitigation devices are available, project specific mitigation shall be required, shall be located on-site, and shall be maintained by the landowner unless otherwise mutually agreed to be dedicated to the City for maintenance by the City and Developer. Any features that are to be dedicated to the City may only be done so through the creation of a maintenance assessment district. Mitigation devices include, but are not limited to, surface and subsurface detention basins, and retention basins. A hydromodification report will be required to demonstrate to the City no increase in runoff is incurred from development with the proposed mitigation devises.

The City of Gridley is a participant in the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) and all development in the City shall comply with the regulations of the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).

1.3 Drainage Diversions
The diversion of natural drainage is allowable only within the limits of the proposed improvement. All drainage must enter and leave the improved area at its original horizontal and vertical alignment unless an agreement, approved by the City Attorney, has been executed with the affected property owners. Temporary drainage diversions during construction shall be approved by the City Engineer and shall be located and constructed in such a fashion asto permit their removal when necessary for the prevention of damage to adjoining properties.

1.4 Drainage Easements
Publicly owned drainage conduits and channels will not be allowed on private property unless they lie within a dedicated public drainage easement. Where minor improvement of an existing channel falls on adjacent property (such as day lighting a ditch profile) a notarized right-of-entry from the property owner(s) for such construction shall be required. A copy of the document which grants such approval, shall be submitted to the City Engineer prior to the approval of the improvement plans.

Easements for closed conduits shall meet the following width criteria:

1. All easements for closed conduits shall have a minimum width in feet equal to the required trench width according to the standard detail for unshored trenches and excavation backfill plus two (2’) additional feet of width for every foot of depth as measured from the bottom of the pipe to finish grade. All conduits shall be centered within their easements.

2. Minimum width of any easement for closed conduit shall be 15 feet.

Easements adjacent to property lines shall be located entirely on one parcel.

Drainage easements for open channels shall have significant width to accommodate the following criteria:

DS
W 3 of 13

3. Contain the channel and channel slopes.

4. Provide for fencing, where required.

5. A 15-foot wide service road and maintenance access ramps.

A service road may not be required where the channel bottom is lined and a suitable access ramp is provided. Dedication of easements shall be completed and submitted to the City Engineer with copies of deeds or title reports for the affected properties before improvement plans will be approved.

Open channels (natural or man-made) with a drainage area that exceeds 300 acres shall have the 100-year, 24-hour water surface elevation limits dedicated to the City in-fee or as a Flood Water Conservation Easement.

1.5 Drainage Capacity/Design
All drainage systems shall be designed to accommodate the ultimate development of the entire upstream watershed. The 10-year 24-hour duration peak storm discharge shall be used in the design of local drainage systems. In addition, other facilities such as streets, bridges, open channels, and buildings have requirements that relate to the 100-year peak storm discharge.

The Consulting Engineer shall calculate the 10 & 100-year peak discharge for a 24-hour duration storm and submit these calculations along with the plans for all proposed drainage systems.

1.6 Design Peak Discharge Methods
The acceptable method for the determination of runoff peak flows and volumes for the 10, & 100-year, 24-hour duration storms is the United States Department of Agriculture Natural Resource Conservation Service’s Technical Release 55 (TR-55), Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds. The following shall apply in developing the hydrologic calculations:

The Tabular Hydrograph Method shall be used in the analysis. The graphical peak discharge method is not allowed.

The regional rainfall time distribution used shall be Type 1A.

The Antecedent Runoff Condition (ARC) used in the hydrologic analysis shall be the average ARC.

Tables 2-2b and 2-2c, Runoff curve numbers for cultivated agriculture lands and Runoff curve numbers for other agriculture lands shall be used in determining Runoff Curve Numbers (RCN) for existing (undeveloped) conditions.

Table 2-2a, Runoff curve numbers for urban areas, shall be used in determining RCN’s for developed conditions.

The Consulting Engineer may use other methods for determining peak flows and volumes and developing hydrographs with the approval of the City Engineer.

1.7 Hydraulic Standards for Drainage Systems
All storm drain pipelines and open channels shall be designed to convey the maximum design peak runoff calculated per these Standards and shall conform to the following requirements:

DS
W 4 of 13
Hydraulic Grade Line
The hydraulic grade line for the 10-year discharge shall be a minimum of one foot below all inlet grates, manhole covers, and all other drainage structures in the system. The hydraulic grade line shall be shown on the plans when it is above the top of the pipe.

Manning’s Formula
Manning’s formula shall be used to compute capacities of all open and closed conduits other than culverts. A minimum “n” value of 0.015 shall be used for sizing conduits.

Minimum velocity in closed conduits shall be 2 feet per second. Maximum velocity shall be 12 feet per second.

1.8 Street Inundation Requirements
City streets are allowed to convey runoff for storm events larger than the 10-year 24 hr event.

The standards for street inundation are specified in the following Table. The Consulting Engineer shall provide calculations and an exhibit showing that these standards are met. Street inundation calculations will assume the pipe system is fully functional.

STREET 10-YEAR STORM 100-YEAR STORM
Minor Residential
At continuous grade, uphill,
anddownhill
At Sag Points
Traveled lanes remain
clear and do not carry
storm water.

Storm water elevation does
not exceed top backof curb
or back of sidewalk.

Maximum depth in traveled
way is 6”. Centerline shall
be dry
Maximum depth at gutter flow line shall not
exceed 4” above the top
–back-of-curb or a max.of 10”. Max. depth at
centerline is 4”
Storm water is a maximum of one foot below
building pads. Ponding does not exceedmore
than 120’ from inlet along any street
DS
W 5 of 13
Collector/Industrial
At continuous grade, uphill
anddownhill
At Sag Points
Traveled way remains clear
and does not carrystorm
water.

Storm water elevation does
not exceed top backof curb
or sidewalk.

Maximum depth in
traveled way – 6”.

Centerline shall be dry.

Storm water flow is contained within theright-ofway. The center12 feet of roadway shall remain clear of stormwater.

Storm water flow is contained within theright-ofway. The center12’ of roadway shall remain clear of stormwater.

Note: If the roadway is separated by a median,
then each half of theroadway shall maintain a 12’
clear path of travel.

Arterials
At continuous grade, uphill
anddownhill, or at sag points
All travel lanes are clearof storm water flow.

Bike lanes are allowed tobe inundated. Storm
flow contained within the right-of-way.

1.9 Closed Conduits
The specific type of pipe or alternate pipe to be used in any developmentshall be shown on the approved plans. Ifthe Consulting Engineer proposes to use any type of pipe not shown on the approved plans, the plans shall be resubmitted to the City Engineer for approval.

Size and Material
Drainage systemsto be maintained by the City shall have a minimum pipe diameter of 12 inches. Private, onsite drainage systems that are reviewed by the City shall have a minimum pipe diameter of 8 inches. The types of pipe materials that are allowed are stated later in these standards.

Cover Requirements
A minimum cover of 36 inches and a maximum cover of 60 inches shall be maintained as measured from the outside bell of the pipe to the pavement or final grade.

DS
W 6 of 13
In fill areas, or in areas with poor soil conditions where it is anticipated that a good, firm, vertical-walled trench cannot be constructed, the Consulting Engineershall design the pipe structuralrequirementsin accordance with good engineering practice and manufacturers recommendations. If trench conditions are uncertain, a note shall be placed on the plans making it the Contractor’s responsibility to work with the Consulting Engineer to determine and place the proper strength pipe if poor trench conditions are encountered.

Alignment
Pipelinesforstorm drainage shall have a constantslope between manholes, junction boxes, and/or catch basins. Minimum radius of horizontal curvature shall be 200 feet. In no case shall the radius of curvature be less than the manufacturer’s recommendations for the particular pipe size under consideration.

Drainage pipelines shall be located in the street whenever possible. The location of storm drainage pipelines in the streets shall be 5 feet north or west of and parallel with the street centerline. A minimum angle of 90 degrees shall be accommodated for downstream flow around bends, tees, and connection points.

When storm drainage pipes are to be placed in existing streets, factors such as curbs, gutters, sidewalks, traffic conditions, pavement conditions, future street improvement plans, and existing utilities shall be considered.

Open ditches, lined channels, swales, and floodplain areas shall be maintained as nearly as possible in their existing alignment. When an open ditch is to be constructed parallel to an existing roadway, the ditch shall be constructed outside the proposed right-of-way of the ultimate street development.

1.10 Manholes
Standard precast concrete manholes shall be constructed as required. Where special manholes or junction boxes are required, the City Engineer must accept the design. In no case will junction boxes or manholes be allowed which are smaller than 48 inches inside diameter. Manholes shall be located at junction points, angle points, changes in gradient, changes in conduit size, end of curves and beginning of curves. Manholes or junction boxes will not be required for reach of pipe less than 80 feet in length that is to be connected to a 36 inch or larger diameter pipe, subject to approval of the City Engineer. For straight alignment, the spacing of manholesshall not exceed 500 feet. The spacing of manholes shall be nearly equal whenever possible. On curved pipe, spacing of manholes shall be as specified in Table 1-1:

Table 1-1 Manhole Spacing

RADIUS PIPE DIAMETER SPACING
400’ OR LESS
GREATER THAN 400’
GREATER THAN 400’
ALL
24” OR LESS
GREATER THAN 24”
300’
400’
500’
DS
W 7 of 13
Covers
All manholes and junction boxes, other than inlets, shall have standard manhole covers per the Standard Drawings. No pipe will be allowed to enter a manhole into the transition portion of the manhole cone. Manholes will not be allowed in gutter flow line except where approved by the City Engineer. Slotted manhole covers may be used to pick up minor drainage in non-traffic areas.

1.11 Inlets
Drop inlets in streets shall be located on property lines in residential subdivisions except at intersections, where they shall be placed at curb returns. Inlets shall be such that the length of the flow in the gutter does not exceed 500 feet. The depth of flow in the gutter at the inlet shall not exceed 4.0 inches in a 10-year storm and shall not encroach into the traveled ways as specified in Table 10- 6 for other design storms. The design runoff flow rate shall include any flow that bypasses upstream inlets.

All inlets located with the right-of-way or easements shall conform to the City Standards. Inlets may be modified for use without curb sections for on-site drainage. Where an inlet is proposed in public streets and sidewalk is not constructed adjacent to the back of curb, a concrete collar shall be placed behind the inlet.

Drop inlets draining public streets may be connected directly to a trunk line 36 inches in diameter or larger by means of a lateral not exceeding 15 inches in diameter and 80 feet in length. Connections to the pipe shall be cored and a boot is required for a water tight seal.

1.12 Inlet and Outlet Structure
The requirements for these facilities are as follows:

Headwalls, Wingwalls, and Endwalls
All headwalls, wingwalls, endwalls, preformed end sections, guard rails and bank protection shall be considered individually and shall be, in general, designed in accordance with the Standard Specifications and Standard Plans of the California Department of Transportation and City Standards.

Metal beam guardrails or chain link fencing may be required by the CityEngineer at culverts, headwalls, box culverts, and steep side slopes.

Trash Racks and Access Control Racks
Trash racks shall be provided where they are necessary to prevent clogging of culverts, storm drains, and to eliminate hazards. Access Control Racks shall be required on all pipes, 24 inches or larger in diameter. Trask Racks located within vaults shall be automated and self-cleaning.

1.13 Drainage Pumps
Drainage pumpsshall be avoided whenever possible and used only with specific approval of the City Engineer. If the use of drainage pumps is permitted, the drainage system shall be designed to provide for gravity outfall during the summer months and other periods of low water stages.

If a low stage gravity outfall is impossible or impractical, an alternative pump of a smaller capacity for low stage flow may be used provided the City Engineer grants specific approval.

DS
W 8 of 13

1.14 Channels and Outfall Design
Drainage shall be conveyed in an open channel if the drainage area exceeds 300 acres.

Residential lots adjacent to open channels shall have minimum pad elevations of two feet above the 100-year water surface elevation. Non-residential lots shall have the lowest ground elevation adjacent to the building foundation at least two feet above the 100-year water surface elevation.

Open Channel Design Requirements
Channels shall be constructed to a typical cross section. Fully lined channels shall be designed with side slopes of 1:1 or flatter. Channels with unlined sides shall be designed with side slopesof 3:1 or flatter, or as specified by the Geotechnical Engineer based on existing soil conditions. Lined channels shall have a minimum bottom width of 6 feet. Lined channels shall be finished concrete, sacked concrete, or doweled and sacked concrete. The minimum weight of sacked concrete shall be 60 pounds per bag. Unlined channels shall be designed with a minimum “n” value of 0.065.

All open channels shall be designed to carry the 100-year frequency design storm. The hydraulic grade line of the 10 and 100-year storms shall be calculated and plotted on all channel profiles. Freeboard shall be a minimum of one foot for the 100-year event and two feet when the drainage area exceeds 300 acres. The velocity range shall be 2.5 to 6.0 feet per second in unlined open channels and 3.0 to 12.0 feet per second in lined open channels.

All computations shall be clearly documented and submitted to the City Engineer for approval.

For all channels, either realigned, or natural, the following shall be shown on the improvement plans in addition to the information heretofore required:

1.The profile of existing channels shall be shown for a minimum of 1000 feet at each end of the development on the construction plan to establish a minimum profile grade.

2.Typical sections and cross sections.

Interceptor Ditches
Interceptor ditches or approved alternates shall be placed at the top of the cut or bank where deemed necessary by the City Engineer to prevent erosion of the channel bank.

Runoffshall not be allowed to sheet flow over the top of banks.

Outfall Profiles
All drainage outfalls shall be shown both in the plan and profile view, on the improvement plans for 1000 feet or until a definite “daylight” condition is established. All drainage ditches upstream of the improvement shall be shown on the plan and profile sheets for a distance of at least 500 feet or until an average profile grade through the improvement is established. The profiles shall include ditch flow line and top of bank elevations.

When improvements have more than one unit, the drainage outfall shall be shown as extending to the property boundary and beyond if required, althoughit may not be constructed with the current unit development. All temporary outfalls shall be shown both in plan and profile view, on the improvement plans.

DS
W 9 of 13
Fencing
Channels exceeding three (3) feet in depth and with side slopes steeper than 3:1 shall be fenced with a six (6) foot high chain link fence per the Caltrans Standards. In all other areas, fencing shall be placed as specified the City Engineer. Fences shall be located 6 inches inside the drainage easement lines and a minimum of 12 inches from the top bank. No fencing shall be allowed within the limits of the 100-year floodplain of an open watercourse without the approval of the City Engineer. Special requirements shall be specified by the City Engineer for fencing within the 100-year floodplain of any open watercourse.

Drive gates shall be provided with a minimum width of 12 feet. A minimum 4- foot wide walk gate shall also be provided.

Access Roads
An all-weather access road consisting of six (6) inches of compacted AB shall be provided adjacent to all channels and outfall ditches to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. Access roads shall have a minimum width of 12 feet and shall provide a bulb at end for turning movements.

1.15 Cross Culvert and Bridges
This section specifies criteria for relatively short circular or box culverts and bridges for transverse crossings (typically road or railroad embankments). Cross culverts shall be of the same material as allowed for closed conduits.

Cross culvert profiles will be determined on an examination of the channel for a minimum distance of 1000 feet on each side of the installation.

Driveway culvertsshall be approved by the City forsize, grade, alignment and type. Driveway culverts will not be allowed unless the City has agreed to deter the construction of the curb and gutter unless it is for the temporary construction access.

New culverts or bridges for roadways that cross the floodplain shall incorporate provisions for the installation of permanent stream measuring equipment. This shall be comprised of a 10’ x 10’ flat pad near the 100-year water surface elevation with vehicle access. A two (2) inch diameter electrical conduit from the pad to the flow line of the channel will be installed.

Design Storm
Cross culvert size shall be determined on the basis of runoff as specified in the hydrology portion of this section. Cross culverts shall be sized for the 100-year storm with a minimum of one foot of freeboard below the lowest travel lane. They shall also be sized such that no serious damage will be incurred due to ponding as a result of a 100-year event. A flood easement shall be provided for all areas impacted due to upstream ponding in the 100-year event. The minimum diameter of cross culverts shall be 18 inches.

To account for debris collection, a clogging factor of 150% shall be applied to the design storm in the design of bridges or culverts that cross a channel or stream with a drainage area that exceeds 300 acres.

Hydraulics
Inlet or outlet conditions control flow in transverse culverts. In culverts operating under inlet control, the cross-section area of the culvert barrel, the inlet geometry and the amount of headwater at the entrance are of primary importance. Outlet control involves the DS
W 10 of 13
additional consideration of the elevation of the tailwater in the outlet channel and the slope, roughness and length of the culvert barrel.

Anticipated downstream flow depth and allowable headwater depth govern the available head on culverts. The type of flow under which a culvert will operate may be determined from a given set of conditions.

In the analysis of transverse culverts, the United States Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) methods for hydraulic design as detailed in the FHWA’s Hydraulic Design Series Number 5 shall be used.

1.16 Detention and Retention Basins
Detention and retention basins that are intended to be dedicated to the City shall minimize its maintenance time and cost. This will be key factor in the approval of the basin’s O&M Plan by the City Engineer.

1.17 Access for Maintenance
These facilities may include, but are not limited to bridges, culverts, headwalls, lined and unlined channels/ditches, sand/oil separators, manholes, detention basin, retention basins and drain inlets. The access way shall be a minimum 12 feet wide and include six (6) inches of ¾ inch aggregate base(95% relative compaction) over six (6) inches of processed, native soil (95% relative compaction. Upon the City Engineer’srequest, four (4) inches of asphalt concrete shall be added to the section and/or a cul-de-sac with a minimum diameter of 75 feet
DS
W 11 of 13

1.18 Submittal Requirement for all Drainage Studies
The Consulting Engineer will submit the signed and sealed drainage study for review and approval by the City Engineer in PDF format. The study shall include the following:
• Title sheet with the project name, developers name and contact information, and the Consulting Engineer’s name and contact information. • Location map
• Site plan
• Preliminary grading and drainage plan
• Existing conditions catchment map
• Developed conditions catchment map
• Methodology section describing both existing and developed conditions assumptions and inputs
• Results section with summary tables of peak flows for both existing and developed conditions
• Hydromodification study (if required) to demonstrate no increase in peak runoff • Conclusion
The Consulting Engineer shall electronically submit all models and results developed for the project.

1.19 Drop Inlet Installation
Drop inlet installations shall conform to Standard Details, these standards, and the most recent of Caltrans Standard Specifications. The interior of the drop inlet shall have a troweled finish; rock pockets shall be grouted and brushed; exposed top surfaces shall have a Class I Surface Finish. Within all City streets and easements and within all commercial sites and private residential subdivisions, a fish stamp conforming to the Standard Details shall be placed adjacent to all drop inlets. If the storm drain system is active and open to discharges, then immediately following installation, all storm drain inlets shall be protected with sediment control protection until construction no longer poses a risk of sediment discharges. Drop Inlets shall conform to ASTM C913. Otherwise, unused knockouts shall be grouted to wall thickness dimension.

1.20 Manhole Installation
Precast
Precast concrete structures shall be of approved design and sufficientstrength to withstand the loadsto be imposed upon them. Precast concrete walls for catch basins shall be 6 inch thickness except at knockouts where the minimum thickness shall be 2 inches. Precast bases shall be placed on a foundation of 3⁄4 inch minus crushed rock or class 2 aggregate base, a minimum of 6 inches thick, compacted to 95 percent relative compaction. Elevation DS
W 12 of 13
differentials of inlets and outlets shall conform to the approved improvement plans.

Openings in the base shall align true with all inlet and outlet pipes. Stub out or couplings provided in precast bases shall be of the same material as the pipe to which they connect, unless otherwise approved by the City’s Inspector. Precast bases shall be furnished with cutouts or knockouts. Unused knockouts shall be submitted to City Engineer prior to construction. Pipes shall be installed only in factory knockouts unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Maximum Knockout or cutout hole-size shall not be greater than the sum of the outer pipe diameter plus the catch basin wall thickness.

Cast-in-Place Base
The cast-in-place base portion shall not be placed higher than 6 inches above the outside tops of the main incoming and outgoing pipes.

The wall thicknesses for the top of the cast-in-place base sections shall conform to the following table:

Manhole Diameter
(inches)
Minimum Wall
Thickness (inch)
48 4
60 6
72 7
84 8
96 9
Inside diameters of cast-in-place base portions shall equal the inside diameter of the manhole specified. Standard precast manhole riser sections and/or cones shall be placed above the cast-in-place section to bring the manhole rim to finish grade. Upon pouring the concrete base, the top surface of the cast in place base barrel shall be stamped with a rigid impression ring in order to match it up with the above, precast barrel section. As an alternate, a maximum 1 foot barrel section may be stacked when it is determined that the concrete for the base is adequately stiff.

A 24-hour minimum curing time is required before manhole stacking is allowed.

All inlets and outlets with a 30 inch inside diameter or smaller, connecting to existing manholes, shall be core bored.

Concrete in the cast-in-place portion shall be placed against undisturbed earth. All loose material shall be removed from the excavation prior to installation.

Cones
Cone tops shall be placed within 18 inches of final street grade. Where depth is insufficient for cones, flat slab tops shall be used. Flat Top slabs shall only be used when shallow pipe does not permit use of a tapered dome, and requires approval by the City Engineer. Lifting rings in precast cones shall be plugged with dry packed mortar.

Joints
Joints in precast manhole sections shall be made with either mortar or plastic sealing compound.

DS
W 13 of 13
Mortar Application - All joint surfaces and the face of the manhole baseshall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted. before applying mortar. Both the inside and outside of mortared joints shall be plastered with mortar, and the inside surfaces brushed to a smooth finish with a wet brush. Special precautions shall be taken to ensure that the entire joint space is filled withmortar and is water tight.

Plastic Sealing Compound Application - All jointsurfaces and the face of the manhole base shall be thoroughly cleaned before applying plastic sealing compound. The sealing compound shall be protected from dirt during application. Ends of the compound shall be joined end-to-end and not joined by overlapping. Sufficient compound shall be used to cause a visual “squeeze-out” of the compound material when adjacent sections are seated.

Squeeze-out material on the inside of the manhole shall be neatly trimmed flush with the inside surface.

Connections
Pipe connections to drainage manholes shall be made so that the pipe is flush with the inside face of the manhole. These connections shall be finished so that entrances are smooth. Unless the manhole is cast around the pipe, connections shall be made with dry packed cement mortar inside and a 12 inch by 12 inch minor concrete collar outside. Pipe connections shall not be made into the cone section of the manhole unless shown on the approved plans.

Grade Rings
Grade adjustments shall be made using precast grade rings. Precast ringsshall be a minimum of 3 inches in height. The total height of thegrade rings, frame, and cover casting shall not exceed 18 inches.

Frame and Covers
The tops of frames and covers shall be set no more than 1/8th inch below finish grade pavement in the street and 6 inches above finish grade in landscape areas and 12-18 inches in unimproved, isolated areas unless otherwise shown on the approved plans. Per the Standard Details, a 12 inch deep by 12 inch wide concrete collar shall be placed around the casting, either covered by 3 inches of asphalt concrete paving in a street area, or be placed flush with the finished surface using minor concrete with a medium broom finish with pattern perpendicular to travel direction. The concrete collar shall be in conformance to minor concrete of Caltrans Standard specifications. All joints between the frame, grade rings, dome, barrels and base shall be sealed with non-shrink mortar, or an approved plastic sealing material. Inside the manhole, all joints where the sealing material is not flush with the inside wall shall be grouted with non-shrink mortar and finished/wet- brushed.

Adjusting Existing Manhole Frames
The frame shall be supported above the grade ring or dome by spacers, or by suspending with timber and wires. After the concrete collar is poured, any space between the frame and grade ring and dome shall be filled with non-shrink mortar, and the inside wall ofthe riser finished/wet-brushed.

1.21 Pipe Bedding
Pipes shall be placed on a firm bed of imported granular material with less than 10% passing No. 8 sieve,; 100% passing ½” sieve for all pipe or 85 to 90% Passing ½” sieve and 100% DS
W 14 of 13
passing ¾” sieve. Prior to placing pipe bedding, the trench bottom shall be free of any loose material.

1.22 Pipe Installation
All drainage improvementsshall conform the followingrequirements:

Laying Pipe
The pipe shall be laid up-stream with the bell end of the pipe placed up-stream. The interior of the pipe shall be kept clean as the work progresses. There shall not be a change in pipe material or manufacturer between storm drain structures.

Handling, Laying and Backfill of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), HighDensity Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE), Steel Reinforced High Density Polyethylene Pipe (SRHDPE), and Polypropylene Pipe –The pipe shall be handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s published recommendations. Laying and backfill shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications, the manufacturer’s recommendations, ASTM D-2321 and Standard Details, with the following modifications:

Due to the lightweight characteristic of the pipe, extreme care shall betaken to avoid displacing the pipe during the backfilling operation.

Following placement of the pipe on the required bedding and to the required grade, the pipe shall be stabilized in place with ballast. At a minimum, this shall be accomplished by loading the pipe down slowly and carefully with small piles of embedment material to a minimum of 1foot above the pipe on each joint and midway on each length. The pipe shall be kept centered in the trench during this operation. Every precaution shall be taken to avoid flooding the trench prior to placing backfill. The City’s Construction Inspector may require dewatering the trench to confirm pipe grade, and to retest the integrity of the pipe following trench flooding.

The trench shall be backfilled with embedment material 12 inches above the pipe, prior to continuing with the trench backfill.

Pipe material or manufacturer shall not change between manhole structures or between the last structure and the discharge/inlet opening.

The pipe run between the last structure and the discharge/inlet openingshall be reinforced concrete. Pipe stub runsfrom storm drain mains into commercial sites shall also be reinforced concrete.

No pipe, conduit or any other appurtenance shall be located within any existing or newly constructed storm drainpipe or culvert. Each run of storm drainpipe and culvert shall also be 100% clear and unobstructed the total length.

Non-Rigid (PVC/HDPE/SRHDPE/Polypropylene) Pipe Testing
A mandrel test shall be conducted following completion of subgrade processing and compaction for curb gutter and sidewalk and asphalt concrete pavement. Placement of curb, gutter and sidewalk and asphalt concrete pavement (and related aggregate base) shall not occur until the City Inspector has confirmed the passing of the mandrel test. The City’s Inspector shall be present through the duration of the mandrel testing.

DS
W 15 of 13
The allowable deflection (reduction in vertical inside diameter) for all non-rigid pipes shall be 7.5% maximum. The deflection shall be tested by pulling a mandrel which is 92.5% of the inside pipe diameter through all installed pipe. The mandrel shall be the “go/no-go:” type and shall be pulled per the manufacturer’s recommendations without mechanical assistance. Prior to the mandrel test, the pipe shall be thoroughly flushed and cleaned, (See Subsection “J” below). Obstacles in the pipe shall be removed. At each location in which the mandrel cannot pass, the cause shall be ascertained. If it is found the deflection exceeds 7.5 % or that a gasket has been improperly installed, or that the pipe has been damaged due to construction activities, then the respective section of pipe shall be repaired and retested.

Pipe section repair operations may require rebedding pipe, replacing pipe, or both as needed to properly repair pipe section. Watertight repair couplings shall be used in repair. A passing mandrel retest is required.

At the contractor’s discretion, any sections of non-rigid pipe not passing the mandrel test may be televised to evaluate the problem.

Pipe Laying Tolerances
The pipes shall be laid true to line and grade withallowed tolerances of 0.03 foot above or below the design grade and 0.10 foot left or right of the design alignment.

Cast-in-Place Concrete Pipe
Cast-in-place concrete pipe shall conform to provisions in the most recent edition of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Where excavations for other utilities undermine installed cast in-place pipe, that excavation shall be backfilled to the spring line of the cast- in-place pipe with 2 sack slurry per these Standards.

Pavement Cutting and Repaving
When the trench line is in an existing pavement area, the pavement shall be sawed or scored and broken ahead of trenching operations.

The proper tools and equipment shall be used in marking and removal of the pavement such that it is cut accurately to a neat and parallel line on either sideof the trench width required, in conformance with the Trench Cut Ordinance. All cutsin Portland cement concrete pavementsshall be sawcut with equipment approved by the City’s Inspector.

Cleaning of Storm Drain System –
The storm drain system shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the City’s Inspector upon completion. If flushing is utilized, then the discharge shall not be routed into the existing City system. The downstream manhole shall be plugged and the discharge fluid shall be disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the City’s Inspector.

1.23 Channel Lining Installations
Channel lining installations shall conform to the following.

Surface Preparation
The surfaces of the areas to be lined shall be evenly graded to the lines and grade and sections as indicated on the approved plans.The surfaces shall be moistened thoroughly to prevent moisture from being drawn from the freshly placed lining.

DS
W 16 of 13
All surfaces on which lining is to be placed shall be free from water, mud and debris and shall be firm enough to prevent contamination of the fresh lining byearth or other foreign material. Prior to placing any lining, the Contractorshallverify line and grade of the excavated channel.

Reinforcement
Welded wire fabric shall be embedded in the concrete so that it will be a minimum of 1 inch clear from either face of the concrete, unless otherwise noted.

Joints
Construction Joints – Shall be square and edged with a ¼ inch radius- edging tool. The edge shall be thoroughly wetted before the next section of lining is placed. Construction joints shall be constructed whenever the operation is halted for a period exceeding 30 minutes.

Welded wire fabric reinforcing shall extend through the construction joint.

Deep Tool Joints - Transverse deep tool joints shall be constructed at 10 foot intervals. The aggregate shall be separated with the joint tool a minimum of 2 inches deep. Immediately following application of the deep tool joint, a ¼ inch grooving tool shall be applied to the surface to seal the joint.

Weep Holes
On channels with side lining extending more than 18 inches vertically above the channel toe, weep holes shall be constructed at intervals of10 feet, midway between contraction joints on each side of the channel. The weep hole elevation shall be 12 inches above the adjacent toe of slope.

The holes shall be backed by a minimum of 1 cubic foot of aggregate material tied in a burlap bag.

The aggregate shall extend at least 6 inches above and below and to each side of the weep hole, and at least 10 inchesinto the side slope. The side and back ofthe burlap sack shall be protected from being coated by mortar or concrete during the lining placing operation. On the day following the lining placement, each weep hole shall be rodded to assure it has not been blocked. The weep hole shall then be cut to fitthe channelslope.

Cutoff Walls
Cutoff walls shall be constructed around the perimeter at eachend of the channel lining and at all locations where the new lining meets structures or existing lining, and at all other locations shown on the approved plans. The cutoff walls shall be a minimum of 6 inches thick and 18 inches in depth, as measured from the surface of the lining. The welded wire fabric shallbe bent down into the cutoff walls.

Geotextile Linings
Linings shall follow the manufacture’s recommendations for preparation of soil, seed bedding, blanket orientation, anchoring details, and appropriate seed blend and application rates.

1.24 Abandoning Storm Drains
In newer construction, storm drain stubs and services to be abandoned shall be either removed to the main or manhole of origin or filled solid with concrete slurry, at the discretion of the DS
W 17 of 13
City Engineer. The abandonment of existing storm drain stubs shall be removed or left in place as directed by the City and or as shown on the approved plans.

Temporary storm drain plugs may be used when short term blockage is necessary at either the stub or lateral run to prevent storm water from entering/existing the stub or lateral run.

Material for plugs may be a combination of 6 mil plastic and rigid plywood. For longer term plugs, and at the discretion of the City Inspector, 6 mil plastic and 1 foot thick of 2 sack concrete is required. In both cases, the plug shall be marked with a 4x4 temporary post.

1.25 Material
Drop Inlets
All drop inlets shall conform to the Standard Details or the most recent edition of the Caltrans specifications. Concrete shall conform to these standards.

Manholes
All precast manhole barrels, risers, cones, flat tops and grade rings shall conform to ASTM Designation C478.

Bases - Bases shall be either precast or cast-in-place. Precast bases shall conform to ASTM Designation. Cast-in-place bases shall be of minor concrete with cementitious content of not less than 505 pounds per cubic yard, with a maximum size aggregate not greater than 1 inch or smaller than 3/8 inch, per the Caltrans Standard. Slump shall not exceed 4 inches as determined by the slump cone method of ASTM Designation C143 or an equivalent slump as determined by CTM533.

Barrels - Manhole barrels shall conform to dimensions of Jensen Precast Products or approved equal, and shall conform to ASTM Designation C478.

Cones - All cones shall be concentric (unless otherwise shown on the approved improvement plans), Jensen Precast Products and conform to ASTM Designation C478.

Joints/Mortar
Jointsshall be made with either non-shrinking mortar orwith a plastic sealing compound conforming to Federal Specification. Mortar shall consist of 1 cubic foot of Portland cement to 2 cubic feet of concrete sand.

Manhole Frames and Covers
All manhole frames and covers shall be of cast iron or ductile iron and conform to ASTM Designation A48, C478 or ASTM A536 for Ductile Iron or Class 30. Refer to the Standard Details for a list of recommended manufacturers and models.

Storm Drain Pipe
High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) - HDPE shall be type “S”, conforming to the most recent edition of Caltrans Standard Specifications. Joint connections shall be watertight, rubber ring gasketed. HDPE shall be Hancor (Sure-Lok F477), ADS, Inc. (N-12 Pro Link Ultra) or approved equal.

Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC) - PVC shall conform to the following standards based on pipe diameter:

DS
W 18 of 13
Pipe Diameter (in) ASTM Designation
12 -15 D3034, SDR 35
18-27 F794, F2241, SDR 51
30-48 F794
All PVC pipe joints shall be integral wall bell and spigot configuration,factory formed.

All rubber rings shall conform to ASTM Designation F477.

Steel Reinforced High Density Polyethylene Pipe (SRHDPE) – SRHDPE shall bemanufactured in accordance with ASTM F2562 “Standard Specification for Steel Reinforced Thermoplastic Ribbed Pipe and Fittings for Non-Pressure Drainage and Sewerage”. SRHDPE shall be manufactured from high density polyethylene stress rated resins conforming to the minimum requirements of cell classification 345464 C per ASTM D3350 “Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipes and Fittings Material”. Joints shall be watertight to an internal water pressure of 15 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM D3212 “Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals”. SRHDPE shall be CONTECH (DuroMaxx) or approved equal.

Polypropylene Pipe - Pipe 12 inch – 60 inch Diameter shall conform to ASTM F2736 (12-30 inch diameters) and ASTM F2881 (36-60 inch diameters). Joints must be watertight in accordance to ASTM D3212 with gaskets meeting the requirements ASTM F477. Minimum cover shall be 36 inches cover from top of pipe bell to bottom of roadway structural section.

Maximum cover exceeding 20 feet and unpaved surfaces will be approved on a case-by-case basis at the discretion of the City Engineer. Polypropylene Pipe shall be ADS N-12 HP Pipe, or Prinsco GOLDPRO Storm Dual Wall HP Pipe, or approved equal.

Reinforced Concrete Pipe - Shall conform to ASTM designation C76 for Class I ,II, III, IV, or V.

The class of pipe shall be based on the designation conforming to the approved plans. Joints for RCP shall be bell and spigot with rubber gasket. The gasket shall conform to the Caltrans Standards.

Stormwater Treatment Devices
The use of on-site storm water treatment devices are strictly limited to smaller development projects with limited space where bio-retention facilities are not functional, at the discretionof the City Engineer.

Inlet and Outlet Structures - All inlet and outlet structures shall conform to the Construction Standard Details for drainage.

Slurry Cement Backfill - Slurry cement backfill shall conform to the requirements of the most recent Caltrans Standard Specifications containing 188 pounds of cement.

Lined Channels
All lined channels shall conform to these standards and the following materials:

Air Blown Mortar - Air blown mortar shall conform to provisions in “Shotcrete” Section of the most recent edition of Caltrans Standard Specifications.

Concrete - Concrete shall be either “Minor Concrete” with Type II cement,sacked concrete, or doweled and sacked concrete per Caltrans specifications.

DS
W 19 of 13
Curing Compound - Curing Compound shall conform to provisions in the most recent edition of Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Design and Construction Standards.

Grouted Cobbles - Ground cobbles shall be set in 6 inches of “Minor Concrete” with pea gravel concrete. The top surface of the concrete shall be flush with adjacent finish grade.

Cobbles shall be 4 to 10 inches in size, with1/3 exposed above the concrete surface, per Caltrans Specifications. Base for concrete shall be undisturbed native soil. If the soil is disturbed or undercut, it shall be processed to 90% relative compaction.

Weep Holes - All weep holes shall be 2 inches in diameter and made of: galvanized steel pipe, schedule 40 or greater; PVC pipe, schedule 40 or greater; or ABS pipe, schedule 40 or greater.

Welded Wire Fabric Reinforcement - Welded wire fabric reinforcement to conform to ASTM Designation A185.

Metal Storm Drain Marker
“No Dumping” public notices are required at all storm drain inlets within the City limits, public and private storm drain improvements. Where conditions do not warrant as defined in the Standard Details, metal storm drain markers may be substituted as approved by the City Inspector. Metal markers shall be Almetek Industries Marker, stainless steel storm drain marker model SDM-SS “No Dumping Drains to Creek” with “fish” symbol and blue background or approved equal. Installation methods shall be per manufactures’ recommendations and approved by the City.

Grading

2.1 General
This section specifies design, improvement requirements and plan submittal requirements of Grading Plans for private developments. It includes items pertinent for the City’s review and reflects established professional engineering practice for preparation of Grading Plans.

Questions and clarifications regarding this Section should be directed to the City Engineer.

Grading improvements shall include but are not limited to: excavation and embankment work for channels, pads and roadways, erosion control measures and retaining walls. These improvements shall be installed in accordance with the approved improvement plans, these Standards, the latest edition of the California Building Code, (CBC), the SWRCB Construction General Permit No. CAS000002, (WQ ORDER No. 99-08-DWQ), and the latest edition of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.

For properties which are not located within a specific plan area, the City’s authority for regulating grading is provided by Chapter 33 & 18 of the California Building Code (CBC). The CBC requires that a Grading Permit be obtained from the City prior to beginning any grading work unless the work meets certain exemptions specified in the CBC. This is necessary to ensure that on-site drainage adequately accommodated, off-site drainage is conveyed through the project, the proposed grading is compatible with adjacent property topography and adequate erosion and sedimentation control measures are addressed.

Two (2) types of Grading Plans are reviewed by the City: Finished Grading Plans and Rough Grading Plans.

DS
W 20 of 13
Finished Grading Plans shall be submitted as part of the Improvement Plans for a project.

Finished grading requirements are specified in Section 2.4.

Rough Grading Plans are submitted separately from and may be accepted prior to Improvement Plans. The plans should detail only the preliminary grading of a site. The design shall not allow for construction of any improvements (storm drains, streets, curbs, gutters, etc.) and shall indicate positive drainage flow except in those instances provided on the plans for erosion and/or sedimentation control. Rough gradingrequirements shall be as specified in Section 9-5.

2.2 Fees and Bonds
Plan review and permit fees for grading shall be in accordance with Chapter 33 of the California Building Code (latest edition as adopted by the City). 50 percent of the plan review fees will be required at the time of submittal. The amount of the bond shall be equivalent to ten (10) percent of the cost of the grading and all erosion and sediment control measures, but not less than $500.00.

2.3 Plan Preparation
All Grading Plans shall be prepared by or under the direction of a Registered Civil Engineer. All Sheets shall be stamped and signed by a Registered Civil Engineer licensed in the State of California.

2.4 Finished Grading Plan Requirements
Grading Plans for all developments shall be submitted as part of the Improvement Plans and shall detail the following minimum requirements:
• Slope symbols for all slopes 4:1 or steeper.
• Typical lot grading details.
• Proposed spot and/or pad elevations. All lot corner elevations shall be shown on the Grading Plan.
• Flow directional arrows both on-site and off-site and perimeterelevation at the property line.
• Existing spot elevations and contour lines on-site and off-site around the perimeter of the development. Contour lines shall be shown in increments of one (1) foot. The spot elevations or contour lines shall be extended off-site for a minimum distance of 50 feet. • Existing trees (variety, size and elevation at the base of all trees six (6) inches in diameter or larger).
• A Certificate of Compliance of Grading with signature blocks for both the Registered Civil Engineer and the Geotechnical Engineer licensed in the State of California shall be provided stating the following:

DS
W 21 of 13

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
I hereby certify that the grades shown on these plans and approved by the Development Services Department have been constructed to within 1/10th of one (1) foot of their indicated elevation for all lot pads and improvements shown.
-
Project Engineer PE Number Date
I hereby certify that the pads for the following lots for this project have been tested for compaction in accordance with generally accepted test methods and based upon the results of these tests the compaction of said pads conforms to the recommendations of this projects geotechnical report:

Lots:

I also state that our firm observed the grading operation to a sufficient extent to evaluate conformance with the project’s geotechnical report as approved by the City, and further state that based upon our observations, the grading for this subdivision conforms with the recommendations of said soil report. -
Geotechnical Engineer PE Number Date
• Back of sidewalk elevations at property lines, curb returns, high and low points, and other areas deemed necessary by the City Engineer.
• All existing and proposed surface and subsurface drainage facilities including drain inlets, underground pipes, surface swales, and any other drainage improvement proposed to be constructed with, or as a part of, the proposed work. • Location of existing and proposed buildings or structures on the site, including proposed pad and/or finished floor elevation. Proposed residential plot plans should not be shown on the Grading Plans.
• Location of existing and proposed buildings or structures on the land of adjacent owners which are within fifteen (15) feet of the propertyand which may be impacted by the proposed grading operations.
• Location of all existing and proposed retaining walls. • Typical sections across side yard property lines where the difference in finish pad elevations exceeds on (1) foot.
• Names of adjacent subdivisions.
• Off-site intersecting property lines.
• For all projects involving the export of soil material:
• Location of spoiled disposal. If spoil area is within the City, a separate Conditional Use Permit is required for that site.
• Spoil areas shall meet all the requirements of these standards. • Silt retention and erosion control details as necessary and specified in these Standards.

DS
W 22 of 13
• Location of temporary protective fencing for environmentally sensitive areas such as:
creeks, wetlands, vernal pools, perennial streams, and preserve areas.

2.5 Rough Grading Plan Requirements
Grading Plans for subdivisions and all developments located within the City shall conform to the same requirements as those specified for Finished Grading Plans excepting the following:

Improvements
Only existing improvements such as utilities, curbs, gutters, etc. shall be shown. Utilities and streets to be constructed with the Improvement Plans shall not be shown as part of the Rough Grading Plans.

Drainage
All rough plans shall provide for positive surface drainage flow except in those instances provided on the plans for erosion and/or sedimentation control.

2.6 Design Requirements
Boundary Grading
Special attention shall be given to grading adjacent to the exterior perimeter property line of a development. All adverse effects to off-site properties adjacent to new developments shall be kept to an absolute minimum. Fills and cuts adjacent to the exterior perimeter property line shall be designed in accordance with the following:

When grading along existing residential property, the grade should be, held equal to or lower than the existing property grades, unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer.

When grades are to be raised higher than existing adjacent residential lots, a masonry retaining wall shall be used, regardless of the difference in elevation. The wall shall be located as close to the property line as is feasible for construction. If permission can be obtained from the adjacent property owner(s), the wall should be placed on the property line or onto the lower lot and the fence relocated to the top of the wall.

If possible, all exterior slopes, fill or cut, shall be constructed off- site, with the property line being situated a minimum of two (2) feet inside the higher elevation. If a right of entry cannot be obtained, a retaining wall shall be placed as near to the property line as practicable.

A recorded notarized right of entry shall be required for all off-site fills and grading prior to plan approval.

Fill slopes adjacent to designated open spaces shall have a maximum slope of 3:1.

Exceptions to this specification may be made where physical constraints restrict the use of 3:1 slopes, at the discretion of the City Engineer. The maximum slope of all other boundary grading shall be 2:1 or as specified by the Geotechnical Engineer.

All slopes steeper than 4:1 adjacent to the public right-of-way and private streets shall be protected with permanent erosion control measures.

All fill material shall achieve 90 percent relative compaction certified by a Registered Geotechnical Engineer.

DS
W 23 of 13
When a drainage swale or ditch is proposed to run adjacent to the property line, a level area, minimum width of five (5) feet is required between the property line and the top of the slope bank.

A specific haul route shall be approved by the City Engineer when a large quantity of imported or exported soil is required. Where a haul route has not been determined at the time of plan approval, the permit shall be conditioned stating that no grading activities shall occur until a haul route has been approved by the City Engineer.

Interior Grading
Differences in elevations across interior property lines within a development, such that slopes or retaining walls are required, shall conform to the following:

Cross lot drainage is not allowed unless specifically approved by the City Engineer for tree preservation. All single-family residential lots shall have grading as per the Standard Details unless approved otherwise by the City Engineer. When a grading plan is proposed as part of a tentative map application for a single-family residential subdivision, the tentative grading plan showing rear lot drains shall be supplemented with an alternative plan showing the effect on the subdivision if rear lot drains are not utilized.

Retaining Walls shall be required whenever adjacent side lot elevations differ by more than ½ foot. In such cases, a minimum three (3) foot wide walk path shall be maintained adjacent to all side property lines. Where the Consulting Engineer feels that this path will be maintained without the use of a retaining wall, application for a waiver may be made by preparing and submitting a site plan scale on 8-1/2” X 11” reproducible paper for each lot which is requested to be exempted, or by submitting a standard Lot Grading and Setback Guarantee. The Lot Grading and Setback Guarantee shall specify which lots for which a waiver of the retaining wall requirement is requested, shall state the minimum setback of the proposed structure from the toe of slope, and shall state that should the minimum setback not be possible during construction, a retaining wall shall be constructed to the requirements of these Standards. Upon approval, a copy of these will be given to the Building Division to utilize in their review. Any deviation from these plans will be subject to approval by the Engineering Division.

Property lines shall be situated a minimum of 1.0 foot inside the top of fill or cut slopes when pad elevations differ by ½ foot or less. When retaining walls are used, the property lines shall be situated on the high side of the retaining wall with a minimum setback of 1.0 foot from the property line to the retaining wall. Where pad elevations differ by more than ½ foot and waiver of placement of retaining walls is required per the requirements stated above, property lines shall be situated a minimum of 2.0 feet inside the top of fill or cut slopes.

The maximum earth slopes allowed shall be 2:1 (horizontal to vertical). Minimum asphalt concrete surface slopes shall be 1% and minimum concrete cement surface slopes shall be

0.25%. All proposed slopes that are 3:1 or steeper shall be shown on the plans by some type of slope symbol delineation.

Lots on the low side of streets at sag points shall have pad elevations a minimum of one (1) foot above the 100 year water surface elevation assuming failure of all subsurface drainage systems.

DS
W 24 of 13
Retaining Walls
Retaining walls, when required, shall be shown on the plans and shall include all necessary information and details for construction. All retaining walls adjacent to the public right-ofway or along the exterior boundary of the project shall be masonry. All walls higher than three (3) feet as measured from base of foundation to top of wall shall be substantiated with structural calculations stamped by a Registered Civil Engineer licensed in the State of California and a Building Permit shall be obtained from the Building Division.

Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
A site specific SWPPP shall be submitted concurrently with the Improvementand/or Grading Plans when a project disturbs land. For information concerning the preparation of a SWPPP, the Consulting Engineer should refer to the County of Butte’s Strom Water Program, and the California Stormwater Quality Association (CASQA). “Stormwater BMP Handbook / Construction”, and the State of California NPDES General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities.

The submitted SWPPP shall match identically to that of the SWPPP submitted to the State Water Resources Control Board via their electronic SMART system, up until the time improvement plans are approved, encroachment and/or grading permits are issued, and construction commences.

SWPPPs are not required for projects under one acre, unless they are part of a larger development encompassing over one acre. For projects less than one-acre, an erosion and sediment control plan shall be submitted with the improvement plans to the City for approval. This is generally part of the Grading Plan for the development. The City will accept the erosion and sediment control plan upon review of the project. All erosion and sediment control devices shall be identified and implemented in the same fashion as projects with SWPPPs over one acre. Enforcement will be conducted similarly, with the exception to SWPPP administrative requirements.

SWPPP Site Plan Requirements - SWPPP site plan(s) shall be submitted along with other SWPPP State permit required documents.

The discharger shall ensure that the SWPPP for the project site is developed and amended or revised by a Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD). The SWPPP shall be designed to address the following:
• All pollutants and their sources, including sources of sediment associated with construction, construction site erosion and all other activities associated with construction activity are controlled.
• All non-storm water discharges are identified, and a description ofhow they will be either eliminated, controlled, or treated.
• Site BMP’s are effective and result in the reduction or elimination of pollutants in storm water discharges and authorized non-storm water discharges from construction activity to the BAT/BCT standard.
• Calculations and design details as well as BMP controls for site run-on are complete and correct.
• Stabilization BMP’s are installed to reduce or eliminate pollutants after construction is completed.

DS
W 25 of 13
• Phasing of Erosion Control Measures - The City Engineer may require phasing of the SWPPP plan(s) to ensure that all necessary erosion control measures are taken during separate phases of construction. As an example, this may require the Developer to construct sediment traps and basins during the first phase of grading operation.
• To demonstrate compliance with requirements of the SWPPP, the QSD shall include information in the SWPPP that supports the rational used in selecting BMP’s including supporting soil loss calculations, if necessary, conclusions, selections, use, and maintenance of BMP’s
• The discharger shall make the SWPPP available at the construction site during working hours while construction is occurring and shall be made available upon request by State or City inspectors. When the original SWPPP is retained by a crew member in a construction vehicle and is not currently at the construction site, current copies of the BMP’s and map/drawing will be left with the field crew and the original SWPPP shall be made available via request by radio/telephone.

SWPPP Control Measures Requirements- The following is a list of requirements for erosion and sediment control measures, also referred to as BMPs (Best Management Practices).

Thefollowing erosion and sediment control requirements shall be part of site specific SWPPPs.
• All sediment control measures (drain inlet protection, perimeter protection, stabilized construction access, etc.) shall be implemented prior to the commencement of grading operations or other construction activities or as approved by the City Engineer. Grading during the wet season should be minimized. • An adequate supply of erosion and sediment control materials (fiber rolls, blankets, mats, straw bales, silt fencing, etc.) shall be stored onsite throughout the course of construction and made available for maintenance and repair work. • Straw, when used, shall be broadcast, or hand distributed, at a rate of 4000 pounds per acre. Straw shall be anchored to soil surface by “punching”, “pressing”, or by using a tackifier.
• Slopes steeper than 4:1 and adjacent to the City right-of-way, flood plains, natural drainages, park land or designated open space shall be broadcast seeded and covered with a blanket material grade appropriate to the steepness and length of the slope. Alternative methods shall be approved by the City Engineer. • All areas of disturbed soil, regardless of slope, shall be protected for erosion control.

For measures approved by the City for erosion control, see Butte County’s Storm Water Program, and the State of California NPDES General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities.

Mitigation monitoring Requirement
All mitigation measures and mitigation monitoring measures as required to mitigate environmental impacts shall be complied with. The Developer is responsible for monitoring all mitigation measures and shall submit to the Planning Department a letter certifying compliance with such measures.

DS
W 26 of 13
Certifying Pad Elevations
Upon completion of the grading and prior to acceptance of the subdivision improvements or issuance of building permits by the City, the Consulting Engineer shall verify the final pad elevations. The elevations shall be verified at the center and the corners of each pad. Pad grades shall be certified to an accuracy of 0.10 feet.

A signature block, certifying that final graded elevations in the field are the same as those shown on the plans, shall be included on the grading plans. The Consulting Engineer shall sign the signature block, certifying to the above, record (as-built) Grading Plans to the City Engineer
Maintenance of Access to Utility Facilities
Continuous, suitable access shall be maintained during all stages of construction to any facility owned or operated by a utility/district providing essential services (i.e. sanitary sewer, water, drainage, electricity, gas, telephone,etc.).

2.7 Installation
All grading improvements shall be installed in accordance with provisions in Chapter 33 of the UBC, recommendations ofsite-specific geotechnical reports and geotechnical engineer, provisions in the Caltrans Standard Specifications, the approved improvement plans and per the following specifications:

Channels
All fill areas in channels shall receive suitable fill materialto be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction. TheDeveloper’s geotechnical engineer will determine suitable fill material.Unsuitable materials shall be removed from the channel and replaced with suitable backfill material based on recommendations provided bya State of California licensed geotechnical engineer.

Erosion Control Measures
Construction sites shall have required erosion and sediment control measures in place between October 1 and April 30. All projects shall have adequate sediment control measures in place prior to ground disturbance regardless of time of year. If construction is in progress, the Contractor shall ensure that the construction site is prepared prior to the onset of any storm. For Stormwater quality compliance information, refer to theCalifornia Stormwater Quality Association (CASQA). “Stormwater BMP Handbook / Construction”, latest edition. Water ways under the jurisdiction of governmental agencies other than the City may be subject additional erosion control measures or criteria and is the responsibility of the Developer/Owner.

All bare areas, regardless of slope, within 50 feet of natural drainages and active stormwater collection systems shall be covered with straw, erosion control blankets, hydromulch, or other types of soil stabilizers suitable for elimination soil migration. A City Stormwater Inspector may require additional control measures be installed if deemed necessary.

Roadways
Compaction - Relative compaction of not less than 95 percent shall be obtained for a minimum depth of 0.5 feet below the subgrade grading plane for the width between the DS
W 27 of 13
outer edges of shoulder, including curb and gutter areas, whether in excavation, embankment or at original ground level. All other material shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 90 percent.

Grade Control - When the next layer to be placed on the subgradeis an asphalt concrete pavement, asphalt concrete base or asphalt concrete subbase, the subgrade grading plane at any point shall not vary more than 0.05 foot above or below the grade established by the project surveyor.

Stability Testing - The Contractor shall proof roll the subgrade areas with a fully loaded, 3,000 gallon water truck prior to placement of aggregate base or aggregate subbase. The City’s Inspector shall approve the equipment used for proof rolling.

Unsuitable Materials - Any unsuitable material encountered within 2 feet below subgrade or 2 feet below original ground shallbe removed and replaced with a suitable backfill material. Suitable backfill materials and methods for placement are to be reviewed and approved by the on-site geotechnical engineer. Other methods for subgrade stability may be used upon review and approval of the Developer’s geotechnical engineer.

2.8 Soil Testing Procedures and Frequencies
Field Testing
Field Density Testing - Field density test for earthwork and backfill will be performed by either the owner’s Independent Testing Laboratory (ITL), or the City’s Geotechnical Engineering Consultant, at the discretion of the City Engineer as follows:

Private property building areas including 10 feet outside the exterior building lines shall be tested by the property owner’s Geotechnical Engineer with proper written pad certifications submitted to City Building Official prior to foundation placement.

Public Right-of-Way - All grading operations, which involve revision to existing contours for the purpose of accepting right-of-way improvements, shall require written and stamped certification from a licensed California GeotechnicalEngineer.

Test Method-In-place nuclear density, ASTM D2922 (Method B-Direct Transmission) to check conformance to requirements of Geotechnical Report, project plans, specifications, and of these Standards. In addition to testing, the field technicians shall observe ALL backfill operations to ensure methods consistent with those that achieved minimum required compaction results are used throughout the backfill process. The field technician shall record these observations in the Daily Field Reports (DFR’s). The field technician shall perform additional testing when the operations deviate from proven practices even if testing at the frequencies required below has already been performed. Samples for compaction curves shall be taken at the discretion of the technician or as directed by the City’s field representative.

The City expects testing at a higher frequency at the discretion of the field technician or City’s Inspector if there is any reason to doubt the effectiveness of the operations or the precision of the test results, and when a material change is observed in the soil being compacted. These tests shall be recorded in theDFR.

DS
W 28 of 13
Minimum Reporting Requirements
Daily Field Reports (DRF) - All testing and observations shall be recorded in a DFR. The DFR shall include all field density testing; test tables and/or plans shall show the field-recorded dry density, moisture content, reference laboratory compaction test used and any moisture offset used based on supplemental laboratory testing. All test results indicating less than minimum compaction shall be recorded in the DFR’s along with the observation of corrective operations and retest results. DFR’s shall also indicate where observation and soil probing was performed in between nuclear gauge testing.

Mass Grading Testing Frequencies
Large Area Density Testing – One test per 1,000 to 2,000 cubic yards. A separate compaction certification report is required forCity right-of-way limits.

Small Area Density Testing – One test per 500 cubic yards or each 10,000 square feet of fill.

Trench Backfill Testing Frequencies
Utility Installations - Observe all bedding, shading, shovel slicing, and filter fabric installation procedures for compliance with City Standards and project plans and specifications. Observations shall be documented in DFR’s along with measures taken to correct noncompliant items.

Compaction Testing – Compaction Testing shall conform to Caltrans standards for frequencies and type.

Performance Specification Observation - (Deep Trenches or Rocky Material), Performance specifications shall be used to verify compaction efforts where vertical cuts or other issues prevent safe entry for nuclear gage density testing. A series of tests will be performed at the beginning of the backfill operations in a protected area of the trench to determine the minimum number of passes, acceptable equipment, moisture conditions, and maximum loose lift thickness. Once the procedure is approved, full-time observation will be performed to check that operations comply with the approved performance specifications.

The field technician shall require the contractor to provide access for further testing by the field technician if, in the opinion of the City’s Inspector, conditions change such that observation alone will not suffice to verify compliance or if the material or equipment used to backfill the trench changes such that re- evaluation or compaction procedures is required.

Adequate compaction of material containing more than 30 percent rock larger than ¾ inch shall be verified via performance specifications. The ITL shall develop the performance specification and, if none exists, perform full-time observation of the operations to verify compliance. Field observations shall be recorded in the field technician’s DFR’s as described above. The DFR shall clearly reference approximate stations and elevations over which the observation of performance specification was performed.

Dry Utility Trenches - Installation of Electric Department facilities shall be according to the Gridley Electrical Department.

Manholes -Areas around manholes shall be tested every vertical foot. Testing methods and recordings shall be as described above.

Utility Services to Residences - Test at least every other lift on a minimum of 50 percent of the services.

DS
W 29 of 13

2.9 Materials
Retaining Walls
Concrete/Masonry/Rock Walls - All concrete, masonry, or rock walls shall conform to materials and specifications provided bythe wall manufacturer or designing engineer.

City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
Streets
General
Street surface improvements shall include barricades, bikeways, bridges, bollards, curb, curb & gutter, driveways, pavement, curb ramps, sidewalk, survey monuments and tunnels. These improvements shall be installed in accordance with the approved improvement plans, these Standards and the latest edition of The State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications hereinafter referred to as the Caltrans Standard Specifications latest edition and as specified by the City Engineer. No Street shall be cut, nor any public improvement disturbed until the Developer/Contractor has obtained an encroachment permit from, and/or entered into a subdivision agreement with the City.

Connection to Existing Improvements
Connection to existing surface improvements require that the following conditions be met:

Existing Stub Street Connection
The Developer shall be responsible for removing and reconstructing a portion of the existing roadway to make a satisfactory connection, as required by the City Engineer.

Street Widening
When widening to complete a partial street along a development project, the Developer shall be responsible for saw cutting and removing a narrow strip along the outside portion of the pavement to provide a clean and stable pavement section for constructing against.

The width from centerline shall be shown on the approved plans or as determined in the field, and verified by the City Engineer. Following construction of the adjacent curb and gutter, paving shall not commence until the City’s Construction Inspector is satisfied that the cross grade between the existing pavement edge and the new gutter lip conforms to or approaches the City’s required 2% cross grade. 3% is the maximum cross grade allowed, unless shown on the approved plans.

Sawcutting
When sawcutting within the street for trenching or other purposes,Contractor shall grind 1- 1/2 inches of pavement between the lane lines (from lanestripe to lane stripe). Upon completion of the sawcutting and/or trenching work, where the sawcutting occurs between the curb and gutter and nearest lane stripe (including bike lanes), the same 1-1/2 grind shall be required. Contractor shall place a Petromat fabric or approved equal by the City and overlay from lane stripeto lane stripe, or curb to lane stripe and restripe orreplace any delineatorsremovedd during the grind.

Street Classes and Design Widths
For purposes of geometric andstructural design of all new public streets, streets shall be classified according to the following requirements, and the appropriate Standard Drawings.

Under certain circumstances, particularly within the infill areas of the City where curb and gutter vary, changes to the standards can be made at the discretion of the City Engineer. 20-Foot Street (Alley)
A Street depressed in the center with a right-of-way and surface width of 20 feet. See Standard Drawing ST-15.

City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
Residential Streets
Where residential streets serve Low Density Residential (LDR) and Medium Density Residential (MDR) subdivisions, and some High Density Residential (HDR) the following standards apply.

Minor Residential with Attached Sidewalks: A residential street servicing 100 or fewer lots shall be classified as a minor residential street. Minor residential streets shall have a right of way of 50 feet, and back or curb to back of curb width of 39 feet. See Standard Drawing ST01.

Collector/Industrial – Attached Sidewalks: A Street serving an industrial/commercial subdivision or a residential subdivision along which no home frontage is allowed shall be classified as a collector/industrial street. Collector/industrial streets with two drive lanes and one center turn lane shall have a right-of-way width of 62 feet, and back-of-curb to back-of-curb width of 51 feet. Collector/industrial streets with two drive lanes only shall have a right-of-way width of 50 feet, and back-of-curb to back-of-curb width of 39 feet.

Additional right-of-way and pavement shall be providedatintersectionsfor deceleration lanes, busturnouts, and turn lanes, asspecifiedby the City Engineer. See Standard Drawing ST-02.

Collector/Industrial – Detached Sidewalks: A Street serving an industrial/commercial subdivision or a residential subdivision along which no home frontage is allowed shall be classified as a collector/industrial street. Collector/industrial streets with two drive lanes and one center turn lane shall have a right-of-way width of 52 feet, and back-of-curb to back-of-curb width of 52 feet. On each side of the right of way is a 12.5’ PUE/TCE.

Additional right-of-way and pavement shall be providedatintersectionsfor deceleration lanes, busturnouts, and turn lanes, asspecifiedby the City Engineer. See Standard Drawing ST-03.

Minor Arterial with Onstreet Parking: Those roads specified in the City’s Capital Improvement Program as requiring a four-lane roadway shall be classified as minor arterials.

Minor arterialshall have a right-of-way width of 80 feet and back-of-curb to back-of-curb width of 67 feet and shall provide a center 2-way left lane or raised landscape median as specified by the City Engineer. Additional right-of-way and/or pavement may be required for bus turnouts and at intersections and driveways for acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and multiple left turn lanes, as specifiedby the City Engineer. See Standard Drawing ST-04.

Arterial with No Parking: Those roads specified in the City’s Capital Improvement Program as requiring a four-lane roadway shall be classified as minor arterials.Minor arterialshall have a right-of-way width of 80 feet and back-of-curb to back-of-curb width of 69 feet and shall provide a center 2-way left lane or raised landscape median as specified by the City Engineer.

Additional right-of-way and/or pavement may be required for bus turnouts and at intersections and driveways for acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and multiple left turn lanes, as specifiedby the City Engineer. See Standard Drawing ST-04.

Cul-de-Sac /Offset Cul-de-sac: The length of cul-de-sac streets as measured from the centerline of the intersecting street to the center of the bulb, shall not exceed 500 feet, without the approval of the City Engineer. In the case of stub streets associated with phased development, the combined street lengths as measured from the dead-end to the nearest through street shall be in accordance with the requirements for cul-de-sacs. Stub streets shall be terminated with a temporary bulb. See Standard Drawing ST-05 and ST-06.

Commented [AH1]: How do we want to classify these?
Commented [AH2]: How do we want to classify these?
City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
Standard Elbow: The standard elbow can be used on Industrial type streets with a radius of 60 feet. See Standard Drawing ST-07.

Right -of-Way-Width
Right-of-way widths shall be in accordance with these standards for the street classification under consideration or as determined by the City Engineer. In no instance, without approval of the City Engineer, shall a street have a right-of-way width that is less than the street of which it is a continuation. Right-of-way requirements for widening at intersections shall be as specified by the City Engineer.

Building setbacks, landscaping requirements, and parking requirements shall be based on the ultimate right-of-way, regardless of the location of public street improvements.

A minimum 10-foot public utility easement (P.U.E.) shall be dedicated adjacent to minor residential streets and arterials and shall include traffic control appurtenances. Additional easement for sewer, water, storm drainage, landscaping, fencing, and all other public utilities shall be provided as required by the utility companies, these Construction Standards, and as specified by the City Engineer.

A minimum 12.5-foot public utility easement (P.U.E.) shall be dedicated adjacent to all collector/industrial streets and shall include traffic control appurtenances. Additional easement for sewer, water, storm drainage, landscaping, fencing, and all other public utilities shall be provided as required by the utility companies, these Construction Standards, and as specified by the City Engineer.

Along the frontage of collector and arterial roadways, the right-of-way dedication shall include the landscape corridor adjacent to parcels zoned single-family residential (SFR).

Roadway Signage and Striping
Signing and striping shall conform to the latest edition of the California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, (CMUTCD), unless modified by these standards, or in writing by the City Engineer.

Structural Section
All pavement sections shall be designed on the basis of the resistance R-value as determined in accordance with the State of California, Department of Transportation design method and appropriate traffic indices(TI). If the subgrade has an “R” value of 10 or less, a geotextile fabric or other approved product shall be installed on subgrade prior to placement of AB or ASB material. In addition, theCity Engineer may require the installation of edge drains in soils where the “R” value of the subgrade is 10 or less. The Geotechnical Engineer may submit for treatment ofthe subgradematerial, with lime or cement or other approved productif suitable soils exist.

This may be considered in lieu of geotextile fabric and base material with approval of the City Engineer. The resulting structural section shall be no less than City Standard Detail ST-20.

Curb and Gutter Requirements
Curb and/or gutter are required adjacent to all public and private streets. All sidewalk, curb and gutter shall be constructed of minor concrete conforming to the “Minor Concrete” section of City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
the most recent Caltrans specifications. Curb and gutter transitions shall be according to Caltrans Standard Drawing ST-09.

Type A4 Rolled Curb and Gutter
Type A4 rolled curb and gutter shall only be installed in residential areas on local streets which do not have existing vertical curb and gutter. Installation of rolled curb and gutter on streets which have existing vertical curb and gutter will require approval from the City Engineer. See Standard Drawing ST-08.

Type A1 Vertical Curb
Type A1 vertical curb shall be installed where there is no existing gutter, or no proposed gutter due to extenuating design constraints. See Standard Drawing ST-08.

Type A2 Vertical Curb and Gutter
Type A2 vertical curb and gutter shall be installed adjacent to all multiple residential, industrial/commercial developments,school and park sites, poured monolithically with sidewalk or as specified by the City Engineer. See Standard Drawing ST-08.

Type A3 Vertical Curb
Type A3 vertical curb shall be installed when curb needs to be superimposed on existing pavement adjacent to all multiple residential, industrial/commercial developments,school and park sites, or as specified by the City Engineer. See Standard Drawing ST-08.

Valley Gutter
Valley Guttermay be used for alleys and parking lots. Valley Gutters shall not be used in either public or private streets.

Sidewalk Requirements
Sidewalksshall be constructed adjacent to all public streets. All sidewalks shall be Minor Concrete as specified in “Minor Concrete” section of the most recent Caltrans specifications. All sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of six (6) inches on native soil, at 95% relative compaction, or four (4) inches thick with four (4) inches of AB at 95% relative compaction, and shall meet the following requirements:

Width
The required minimum width of sidewalks shall be as listed in Table 1-1 . The width of the curb shall not be considered as included in the width of the sidewalk. The minimum sidewalk width is 4 feet.

Table 1-1 Sidewalk Width
Street Type Sidewalk Width (feet)
Minor Residential with Attached Sidewalk 5
Collector/Industrial with Attached/Detached Sidewalk 5
Minor Arterial with On street Parking 6
Arterial with No Parking 5
City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
Slopes
Gutter Pan cross slope shall not exceed 5% maximum in front of a curb ramp access.

Sidewalks shall not exceed a maximum cross slope of 2% or a minimum of 1% unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer.

Curb Returns
Curb returns shall be constructed on a curve having a radius equal to that shown in Table 1-2:

Table 1-2 Curb Returns
Street Type Minimum Curb Return Radius (feet)
All residential street intersections 30
Cul-de-sac 40
Arterial Streets 30
Collector/Industrial Streets 30
Pedestrian Curb Ramps
Pedestrian curb ramps shall be provided at all intersections and driveways with attached sidewalk. All curb ramps shall conform to the requirements of these standards and the most current Caltrans standards and accessibility standards. It is the design engineer’s responsibility to ensure that the intersection slopes designated on the improvement plans allow for the construction of pedestrian curb ramps that meet the above criteria.

At “T” intersection located at signalized intersections, ramps shall be constructed in the appropriate position on the side of the through street,directly opposite the ramps at the curb return of the “T” intersecting street. Such ramps are not required on the side of the through street on residential streets unless the distance to the next available street crossing is greater than 500 feet.

Roadway Profile Standards
The following standards shall apply tothe design of roadway profiles.

Grades
The minimum centerline (longitudinal) grades on new streets and gutter flow lines shall be

0.25 percent. The minimum grade of guttersections constructed along existing streets shall be 0.20 percent. The maximum street slope shall be per Table 1-3:

Table 1-3 Grades
Street Type Maximum Grade
Arterial Streets 8%
Collector Streets 10%
Minor Streets 15%
City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
Cross Slopes
Standard cross slopes shall be 2.0 percent on all roadways. Certain roadways may require super elevations as directed by the City Engineer. Cross slopes on widened existing streets shall be a minimum of 1.5 percent and maximum of 3.0 percent. Where a street constructed with a superelevation is to be widened, the cross slope shall be as specified by the City Engineer.

Vertical Curves
The minimum allowable vertical curve length at the intersection of two grades shall be 50 feet; however, vertical curves may be omitted where the algebraic difference in grades does not exceed 2.0 percent. When vertical curves are required, they shall provide for adequate sight distance based on the minimum design speeds specified in Table 1-4. The vertical curve data shall be computed and shown on the plans and shall call out the tangent gradient length of curve, the elevations and stationing points of thebeginning of vertical curve (BVC), end of vertical curve (EVC), PI, high and lowpoints and along 25 foot intervals.

Intersections
Street centerlines shall intersect one another at an angle as near to a right angle as is possible by tangents not less than 100 feet in length. In unusual circumstances the City Engineer may waive this requirement. Refer to Standard Drawings for required rights-of-way, pavement, taper lengths, etc. for intersections involving minor and major arterials.

At intersections, where two streets intersect, the centerline grade of the major street shall have a maximum centerline (longitudinal) grade of 2.0 percent for a minimum distance of 40 feet measured fromthe curb line ofthe intersecting street,except in unusually rough terrain, as determined by the City Engineer. The centerline of the minor street shall meet the crown slope at the projected lip of gutter. Crown slope may be reduced to 1.0 percent within the intersection if necessary.

Offset Intersections
The following requirements apply to all offset intersections. Any variation to these requirements shall be subject to the approvalof the City Engineer. Distances are measured from centerline to centerline.

1. Residential streets intersecting another residential street from opposite sides shall have their centerlines meet, or the offset between intersections shall be aminimum of 150 feet.

2. Minor and primary residential streets intersecting collector streets from opposite sides shall have their centerlines meet or the offset between the intersections shall be a minimum of 200 feet.

3. Minor and primary residential streets, and collector/industrial streets intersecting minor or arterial streets from opposite sides, shall have their centerlines. This condition shall not apply where a raised center median is provided on the major street separating conflicting turning movements.

4. Intersections between two arterials shall have their centerlines meet, or the offset between the intersections shall be a minimum of 1320 feet.

City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
Elbow Intersections
Use of expanded corners shall be limited to projected low volume residential, commercial and industrial streets and conditions where conformance to minimum horizontal length of centerline radius is not practical, and shall be subject to approval of the City Engineer.

Design Speed Sight Distances
Stopping Sight Distance
The minimum stopping sight distance over any segment of roadway shall be designed for the vehicle speeds listed in Table 1-4 unless specific approval for a lesser design speed is received from the City Engineer. Minimum stopping sight distance shall be consistent with that specified in the latest edition of Caltrans Highway Design Manual. The design stopping sight distance requirement is based on 3.5-foot height of eye and a 6-inch height of object.

Table 1-4 Stopping Sight Distances
Street Type Roadway Design
Speed (mph)
Required Stopping Sight
Distance (feet)
Minor Residential 30 200
Collector/Industrial 45 360
Minor Arterial with Onstreet Parking 55 500
Arterial with No Parking 60 580
Sight Distances for Cars Entering Side Streets or Driveways via LeftTurn in
The design of left turns from public and private roadways entering streets and driveways shall provide minimum sight distance in accordance with Table 1-5 (single family residential exempt).

Table 1-5 Entering Cars Sight Distance
Street Type Required Sight
Distance (feet)
Collector/Industrial 410
Minor Arterial with Onstreet Parking 530
Arterial with No Parking 695
Sight Distance is based on a 3.5 foot height at the location of the driver and a 3.5 foot object height in the center of the approaching lane of the major road. The left turn driver measurement is taken 4 feet from the left edge of the turn lane at the projected edge of the curb return (as shown above). If the major road is a multi-lane road, the controlling measurement for sight distance shall be based on the approach lane that is the worst case scenario.

City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
Corner Sight Distances for Cars Exiting at Intersections and Driveways The design of all public streets, private streets, and major non- residential driveways shall provide minimum sight distance in accordance with the following requirements. Design speeds and the corresponding minimum required corner sight distance shall be as specified In Table 1-6. Minimum corner sight distance shall be consistent with that specified in the latest edition of Caltrans Highway Design Manual.

Table 1-6
Street Type Corner Sight Distance
Design Speed (mph)
Required Corner Sight
Distance (feet)
Minor Residential 30 330
Collector/Industrial 45 495
Minor Arterial with Onstreet Parking 55 605
Arterial with No Parking 60 660
Setback for the driver of the vehicle on the crossroad shall be a minimum of 10’ from the edge of travel way plus the shoulder width of the major road, but not less than 15 feet as shown above. Line of sight for corner sight distance is to be determined from a 3.5 foot height at the location of the driver of the vehicle on theminor road to a 4.25 foot object height in the center of the approaching lane of the major road. (Highway Design Manual). If the roadway being entered is a multi-lane road, the controlling measurement for sight distance shall be based on the approach lane that is the worst case scenario.

Driveways
When driveways are abandoned or relocated, the driveway section shall be removed and replaced with curb, gutter, and sidewalk conformingto these standards at no cost to the CIty.

Parking is restricted within the throat depth of all driveways.

All new driveways shall conform to the following requirements and Standard Details ST-13, and ST-14:

Widths and Locations
Single Family Residential and Duplex Driveways shall have a minimum bottom width of 12 feet, exclusive of the transition to full curb height at both ends. The maximum width shall provide for a bottom width of 24 feet, exclusive of the transition to full curb height at both ends.

The minimum width for all other driveways shall provide for the safe efficient and economical movement of traffic and shall be approximately 24 feet, exclusive of the transition to full curb height at both ends.

The maximum width of all commercial driveways shall be 35 feet, exclusive of the transition to full curb height at both ends, except this may be increased by the City Engineer where necessary to provide safe, efficient, and economical movement of traffic.

City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
In the case of a driveway located adjacent to an alley, if approved by the City Engineer, the driveway apron may be combined with the alley but the total combined width shall not exceed 40 feet.

The driveway width may be modified by the City Engineer to facilitate turning movements where curb lanes are used.

The minimum length of full curb height between a driveway and a side property line shall be 3 feet. The minimum length of full height curb between driveways on adjacent lots shall be 6 feet unless specific approval is given by the City Engineer. No driveway shall be located closer than 6 feet from an existing or future alley entrance except as provided elsewhere in these standards. Where two or more driveways are constructed on the same lot, the minimum length of full height curb between driveways shall be 24 feet. Where practical to provide parking, the total length of full height curb between driveways shall be in multiples of 22 feet.

No driveway shall be located closer than five feet from a fire hydrant, traffic signal, street light, utility pole, or guy wire.

Slopes and Grading
The maximum grade for all driveways shall be limited to 12.5%, and 8% is desirable for commercial driveways. Sidewalk cross grade through the entire driveway shall be 1% minimum, 2% maximum.

Construction Staking
Construction staking shall be provided by the Developer for allsurface improvements. Such staking shall provide the station and offset, as well as the cut to the nearest hundredth (0.01) of a foot. Stakes shall be provided at a minimum of every 50 feet in tangent sections and every 25 feet in curved sections. Monuments shall have straddle ties placed.

Cutsheetsfor the appropriate phase of work shall be on-site and shall be furnished to the City’s Construction Inspector upon request.

The engineer’s California Registered land surveyor shall stake the grades and location for the top and bottomof slope for all curb ramps.

Developer Responsibility for Improvements to Streets
The following requirements apply to private development project adjacent toexisting and proposed streets.

The Developer shall be responsible for upgrading streets within and adjacent to the developer’s project where the pavement section of an existing street doesnot meet the structural section and/or the centerline grade and alignment requirements specified in these Construction Standards for those streets.

Where the design centerline grade is to be higher than the existing, the Developer shall extend the overlay beyond the centerline of the street and shallneatly conform to the existing surface grade on the other side. The Developer shall also be responsible for overlaying any low areas where the new pavementis proposed to meet the existing pavement to maintain a uniform cross slope.

City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
When making a connection to an existing stub street, the Developer shall be responsible for removing and reconstructing up to a maximum of twenty feet of the existing roadway to make a satisfactory connection as required by the City Engineer.

When widening to complete an existing partial street along a development project, or when removing existing curb and gutter, the Developer shall be responsible for saw cutting and removing a narrow strip along the outside portion of the pavement to provide a clean and stable pavement section for constructing against. Grinding of existing pavement (1½-inch minimum) shallbe made to the next nearest edge of lane line. The width to be removed shall bedetermined by the City Engineer. In the case of curb and gutter removal, minimum width of pavement cut shall be 2 feet.

All temporary approaches to existing roadways required as a result of the development shall be at the Developer’s expense. The temporary approaches shall be paved with the structural section to be determined individually for each situation.

The Developer shall be responsible for relocating existing traffic signals and streetlights, and installing new traffic signals and street lights as necessary for new street and driveway locations.

The Developer shall also be responsible for relocating existing traffic signals and street lights as necessary for the installation of new curbs or new curbs and sidewalks at locations where there are no existing curbs or curbs and sidewalks, or, where existing improvementsdo not meet current standards. Traffic signals must remain operational duringall construction within signalized intersections.

The Developer isrequired to provide frontage improvements along existing and proposed roadways at the Developer’s expense. Frontage improvements include, but are not limited to, sidewalk, curb and gutter, center median, 18 feetpavement width, additional pavement width beyond the 18–feet for intersection widening (including acceleration and deceleration lanes, bus turnouts, widening for dual left turns, etc.), drainage system, landscaping, soundwalls, street lighting, roadway signing and striping, and all utilities (including traffic signal interconnect if applicable). For minor residential, primary residential, collector and industrialstreets,the Developershall providethe full right-of-way improvement.

For development within the “infill” areas of the City, the level of improvementsto public streets adjacent to the development site shall be determined on a project specific basis at the discretion of the City Engineer.

The Developer shall be responsible for all drainage facilities (bridges, pipes, culverts, and appurtenances) crossing new streets within or adjacent to the project.

The Developer shall be responsible for all necessary modifications within the public right-of-way and the project site to comply with state and federal standards for access for disabled, including but not limited to sidewalk ramps.

Street Names and Signage
Street names shall be proposed by the Developer and shall be shown on the tentative map when submitted. These names shall be subject to approval by the City Council. No duplication of names already in use or previous proposed or sound alike names will be permitted. Street name signs shall be furnished and installed by the Developer. The requirements for location of signs do not apply to signalized intersections since signals will have their own street name signs.

Street signs shall conform to Standard detail MS-02.

City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
Survey Monuments and Benchmarks
The consulting engineer or land surveyor shall place survey monuments at the following locations:

1. At the intersection of street centerlines.

2. At the beginning and end of curves on the street centerline.

3. At the center of all cul-de-sacs and elbow points.

4. At the subdivision boundary corners and at such other locations so as to enable any lot or portion of the improvements to be retraced or located, as directed by the City Engineer.

The above-described monuments shall be as follows:

All monuments shall not be less substantial than ¾ inch diameter iron pipe of 5/8 inch diameter streel reinforcing bar, 18 inches long with a brass tag or plastic cap bearing the registration number of the engineer or surveyor who set the monument and shall be subject to inspection and approval by the City Engineer. “Permanent” monuments shall be set in concrete, and shall conform to Standard Detail MS-03. Before street improvements are accepted all monuments disturbed by the improvements shall be reset.

In making the survey for a subdivision, the consulting engineer or surveyor shall set “permanent” monuments at all angle and curve points on the exterior boundaries of the subdivision, in all street intersections, at all angle points of street lines, and at all points of curvature, both simple and compound, of street lines. “Permanent” monuments at street intersections and at angle and curved points of street line shall be set on street centerlines, unless otherwise directed by the City Engineer, provided however that the “permanent” monuments need not be set at intervals of less than 400 feet.

There shall be one or more permanent benchmarks for each subdivision, of a type approved by the City Engineer and referred to the City Datum, set at each street intersection in the curb return or other location approved by the City Engineer. The benchmark shall be a brass disc two inches +/- in diameter, set in concrete.

Installation
Subgrade for Sidewalk and Curb Ramps, Curb and Gutter, Driveways and Asphalt Concrete Paving
Subgrade shall be processed to 95% relative compaction, minimum 6 inches plus, and shall be tested and certified by a geotechnical engineer, licensed in California. Written certification shall be provided to the City priorto the placement of concrete (and aggregate base or aggregate subbasefor asphalt concrete). For meandering sidewalks, Class II aggregate base may be substituted for native subgrade at the Contractor’s discretion and shall be processed to 95 % relative compaction.

Additionally, subgrade stability for curb, gutter and sidewalk and asphalt concrete pavement shall be load tested by proof rolling with a loaded, minimum 3,000 gallon water truck (or equipment of equivalent weight as approved by the City) in the presence of the City, the Geotechnical Engineer and the Contractor. The proof roll test shall be repeated following corrective measures. Prior to placement of aggregate base, deflection in the subgrade shall Commented [AH3]: City Datum or NAVD 88 NGVD 29?
Commented [DJ4R3]: I believe everything should be
on one datum (NAVD 88), however, The Datum of 2022 is
a placeholder name for a new geodetic datum set to be
produced by the U.S. National Geodetic Survey in 2024-
2025 to improve the National Spatial Reference System
(NSRS) by replacing the North American Datum of
1983 (NAD 83) and the North American Vertical Datum of
1988 (NAVD 88) with a new geometric reference frame
and geopotential datum.

City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
be eliminated. Placement of aggregate base shall not commence without the approval of the City.

Sidewalk subgrade exposed upon removal of existing sidewalk shall remainintact unless it is determined by the City’s Construction Inspector to be unstable. In this event, it shall be processed per the preceding paragraphs.

Deflecting, unstable areasshall be corrected per the recommendation of theGeotechnical Engineer and upon the approval of the City’s Construction Inspector prior to placement of aggregate base, or concrete curb, gutter andsidewalk.

Aggregate Base and Subbase
Roadway aggregate base and subbase, lime/cement treated base and sidewalk, curb and gutter shall not be placed until the following items of construction within the City street right-of-way and Public Utility Easement (PUE) are completed:

1. Installation of underground sewer and water systems and testing or televising, and approval.

2. Completion of testing for the presence of bacteria and the water system tie-in shall not be requirements for the approval of commencement of surface improvement construction. However, the water main tie-in shall be completed prior to asphalt concrete paving. The Contractor shall schedule operations such that the curb, gutter and sidewalk pour shall not be conducted on the same day as the water tiein.

3. Installation andmandrelling ofthe non-rigid underground storm drain pipe and approval of same by the City’s Construction Inspector.

4. Installation of electric, natural gas, telephone, traffic signal (including interconnect) and cable TV, including mandrelling and testing of all conduits, installation of 4x4 markers aminimum of 2 feet high, painted red,buried at the crossing ends (if conduit ends do not extend up from finish grade). This includes all dry utility crossing and longitudinal trenches.

5. Backfill and compaction testing of all trenches related to the above and approval of same by the City’s Construction Inspector.

All aggregate base and subbase (AB and ASB) shall be installed per provisions in the most recent edition of Caltrans Standard Specifications. AB and ASB shall be compacted to 95% relative compaction. An oil seal is not required on the AB surface. If required by the City’s Construction Inspector, AB and ASB shall be tested for compaction and approved by geotechnical engineer, licensed in California. Itshall be proofrolled if requested by the City’s Construction Inspector. Written certification of compliance to these requirements shall be provided to the City’s Construction Inspector.

Aggregate base shall be installed as a base for asphalt concrete paving where specified on the approved plans including over lime and fly ash or cement treatment is used to stabilize the ASB.

Where lone valley gutters are placed within the City pavement as in an alley, the aggregate base section for the gutter shall extend to the same depth as the aggregate base section for the adjacent asphalt concrete pavement.

City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
Prior to paving, deflection in the compacted AB shall be eliminated. Paving shall not commence without the approval of the City’s Construction Inspector.

Lime/fly ash or other stabilizers may be permitted for subbase stabilization as recommended by the geotechnical engineer and shall not be used as a substitute for structural section components. The City, following addition and processing of lime/fly ash or cement shall require mandrelling of all non-rigid and shallow rigid underground utilities at the discretion of the City’s Construction Inspector. All utility systems shall be cleaned as appropriate. In the event a dig up and repair is required following lime/cement treatment of ASB; the entire excavation shall be backfilled with either 2-sack cementslurry, or dry native material compacted and conforming to these Standards. Subgrade stability for roadway and/or concrete curb, gutter & sidewalk shall be reload tested by proof rolling with a loaded 3,000 gallon water truck and approved by the City Construction Inspector prior to the placement of aggregate base.

Concrete
All concrete curbs, curb & gutters, sidewalks, curb ramps, driveways,bus stop pads and turnouts shall be installed per provisions the Caltrans Standard Specifications, and the Standard Details including the following provisions:

1. All residential and commercial sidewalks shall be either 6” thick, or 4” thick with 4” of compacted aggregate base.

2. All commercial driveways, round a bout centers and bus turnouts shall be 8” thick with number 4 grade 60 rebar on 18-inch centers each way. Rebar shall be set on 3 inch concrete dobies/rebar supports at three foot maximum spacing each way. The dobies shall include wire ties. Base for commercial driveways may be processed native subgrade or ¾ inch aggregate base compacted to 95% relative compaction.

3. Concrete shall not be placed or finished in the rain. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to schedule construction operations accordingly. All gutters shall be flow tested with water during the pour to assure proper drainage. Following concrete finishing, no water shall pond in the gutter pan. All concrete surfacesshall be completed with a medium broom finish unlessotherwise specified. A heavy broom finish is not allowed. A concrete finish not conforming to the Caltrans Standard Specifications with regard to blemishes and alignment tolerances shall be cause for rejection of the work. No stamps advertising construction companies or other private concerns shall be placed in the concrete. A detectable warning (truncated dome) panel shall be placed at the back of curb line, immediately behind the curb and gutter, centered in the openingto the street (regardless of slope) at every curb ramp (And shall not be sized as shown on the Case C ramp on Caltrans Revised Standard Plan RSP A88A). At minimum, the panel shall consist of a one piece, 4 foot by 3 foot panel but shall be sized according to the path of travel dimension. The long dimensions of the panel shall be along the face of curb. The top, flat, dome panel surface (excluding the domes) shall be placed flush with the adjacent top of concrete surface. Any runoff water standing behind the curb, on the panel, or concrete voids under the panel,shall be cause for replacement of the panel.

Tool Joints
City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
Tool joints and score marks shall be placed through the sidewalk, curb and gutter section at the following intervals for the sidewalk widths indicated. All tool joints shall be a minimum 2 inches. There shall be no expansion joint material used in the City right-of-way.

The purpose of the tool joint is to separate the aggregate and controlcracking. During concrete finishing, after placement of a minimum 2 inch deep tool joint, the joint shall be redressed/finished with a 3/8 inch joint tool.

All tool joints shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications for Joints. The use of sawcutting in lieu of deep tool joints is not acceptable.

Monolithic Sidewalk, Curb & Gutter
All adjoining sidewalk, curb and gutter shall be poured monolithically.

Curb and Gutter Installation in Existing Street
In an existing street, a minimum width of 24 inches of existing asphalt concrete paving shall be removed outside the proposed gutter lip and the lip poured against a form board. The resulting patch between the gutter lip and the existing pavement shall be six inches thick minimum, or the thickness of the existing pavement, whichever is greater. The AC patch shall be placed within two weeks of the conclusion of the concrete pour.

The minimum waiting period for pavement patching is three days from the date of placement or, the length of time needed for the concrete to reach 80% of its required ultimate strength, whichever is more. The gutter may be placed against the existing pavement if the City’s Construction Inspector determines the pavement edge is flawless. In this case, the gutter lip shall not be edged and shall be poured ¼ inch below the existing pavement.

Curb Ramps, General
All curb ramps shall conform to the most recent edition of Caltrans Standard Specifications.

Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk Patching
A professional concrete mason shall apply the patch. The patch shall be flush with the existing concrete and a similar finish shall be maintained. The City’s Construction Inspector shall determine if the damage to the concrete warrants patching. Generally, any conspicuous damage shall be patched.

Dowelling New Concrete to Existing
When pouring combinations of sidewalk or curb and gutter contiguous to existing, the existing concrete vertical face shall be doweled three feet on center with 16 inch long, grade 60, #4 rebar penetrating four inches into the existing curb, four inches below top of curb.

The dowel hole shall be 5/8-inch diameter at a slight angle horizontally. The penetrating portion of the dowel and the entire cleaned vertical surface of the adjoining existing concrete shall be 95% coated with two-part epoxy. All abutting sidewalk shall be doweled mid-section with two dowels for four through six-foot wide sidewalk and three dowels for wider sidewalk. Abutting curb and gutter ends shall be doweled twice, 18 inches apart, centered on the curb and gutter section. See Section 71-5 (Materials) for epoxy.

City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
Where the street side of the meandering sidewalk meets the back of Curb at less than a 90 degree angle, the return to the back of curb shall be a minimum 18 inch radius or 18 inch space shall be provided between the front face of sidewalk and the back of curb.

Replaced sections shall be removed back to score marks, expansion joints or deep tool joints; or at the discretion of the City’s Construction Inspector.

If the existing edge is damaged during removal, the concrete shall be sawcut again at the City’s Construction Inspector’s discretion.

Sidewalk, Curb and Gutter Replacement
Where sidewalk and/or curb and gutter is being replaced, the maximum length of sidewalk that may be replaced non-monolithically (without the attached curb and gutter) is 20 feet. If more than 20 feet is damaged continuous, the total sidewalk, curb and gutter section shall be removed and replaced monolithically. Where sidewalk, curb and gutter or curb ramps and driveways with sidewalk, curb and gutter as portions thereof are replaced, all replacement shall conform to the latest Construction Standards.

Damaged Gutter Lip
Gutter lip damaged during the grading and rocking operation shall be patched or replaced.

Any spall extending more than one inch into the gutter pan from the vertical face of the gutter lip shall be patched at a minimum.

Concrete and Asphalt Concrete Saw Cutting
Residual from sawcutting shall be removed by vacuum method and disposed of conforming to local environmental and State Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan requirements. The down stream drain inlet shall be protected. In no case shall the residual be allowed to enter the storm drain system. The above-specified cleanup shall be the responsibility of the contractor.

Asphalt Concrete Paving
All asphalt concrete (AC) paving shall be Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) unless approved by the City Engineer and Public Works Director and installed per the most current adopted provisions in the most recent Caltrans Standard Specifications, except as amended by these Standards.

No paving shall occur until all underground work is completed, tested and subgrade and/or aggregate base and/or lime and fly ash or cement treated base have been accepted by the City.

Mix Design
The Contractor shall provide the asphalt concrete mix design to the Director of Development Services at least ten (10) working days prior to the start of the work on the project for review and approval. The mix design must be approved prior to commencement of work.

The asphalt concrete mix design shall indicate the following:

1. Complete aggregate grading with the percentage of aggregate passing each sieve size.

2. Percent air voids for each percentage of asphalt binder used in the mix design determination.

City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1

3. Stability – Per MS-2 Asphalt Mix Design Methods per Sections 3 and 8. Mis design requires Hamburg Wheel (AASHTO T 324) and Moisture Susceptibility (AASHTO T 283) once per project or every 10K tons.

4. Maximum theoretical density for each percentage of asphalt binder used in the mix design determination.

5. Compacted unit weight for each percentage of asphalt binder used in the mix design determination.

6. Percent asphalt binder recommended. (Optimum bitumen content, OBC).

The amount of asphalt binder (OBC) to be mixed with the aggregate for asphalt concrete will be recommended by the material supplier and approved by the City Inspector based on data from California Test Method CTM 367 provided by the Contractor. CTM 309 shall be used for determination of the theoretical maximum specific gravity at each asphalt binder content.

However, the ratio for asphalt binder to the dry weight of aggregate shall be limited to 4 to 7 percent.

The actual asphalt cement content may vary up to 0.5% plus/minus form the target optimum bitumen content (OBC). For Job Mix Formula, -0.3 to +0.5 %.

Spreading and Compactions
Equipment shall conform to the most recent edition of Caltrans Standard specifications.

All spreading and compacting construction activities shall conform to the most recent edition of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.

Miscellaneous
The Contractor shall schedule paving operations such that at the end of each work shift, each layer of asphalt concrete is placed on all contiguous lanes and shoulders of a traveled way to be opened to public traffic.

At the end of each work shift, the distance between the ends of the layers of asphalt concrete on adjacent lanes shall not be greater than 10 feet nor less than 5 feet. A drop-off of more than 0.15-foot will not be allowed at any time between adjacent lanes open to public traffic.

Additional asphalt concrete shall be placed along the transverse edge at the end of each lane and along the exposed longitudinal edges between adjacent lanes, hand raked, and compacted to form temporary conforms. Kraft paper, or other approved bond breaker, may be placed under the conform tapers to facilitate the removal of the taper when paving operations resume.

Additional asphalt concrete surfacing material shall be place along the edge of the surfacing at private drives, hand raked, if necessary, and compacted to form smooth tapered conforms.

Longitudinal joints in successive pavement lifts shall be offset from lift to lift a minimum of one foot. The surface pass seam shall be located on the lane line. Where extruded concrete curb is removed for pavement widening, Contractor shall grind 1-1/2” of pavement between the nearest lane line and the existing curb and gutter line (including bike lanes). Following placement of the asphalt concrete base lift within the widening section, and 1-1/2” below City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
the new gutter lip, Contractor to replace Petromat fabric or approved equal in grounded area, place asphalt concrete overlay, and restripe and/or replace any delineators removed during the grind.

Prior to permanent patching in a pavement removal area, fresh cut- back (temporary pavement) in a minimum thickness of two (2) inches shall be placed as a driving surface.

Whether the surface material is fog sealed or cutback or slurry, the Contractor shall be tenacious in maintaining the surface in a condition and to a grade comparable to the permanent patch. No other materials are allowed as temporary pavement. Placement of steel plates over fresh slurry may be employed per Section 21-2, I. 5. of these Standards.

The temporary surface shall be flush with the surrounding pavement and shall accommodate a smooth drive acrossit.

Sand and dirt shall not be allowed to accumulate on the slurry surface and adjacent street. It shall be swept daily if necessary.

Utility boxes in asphalt concrete, off-street paths shall include a 12- inch x 12 inch, concrete collar “minor concrete” conforming to the most recent edition of Caltrans Standard Specifications. The top of the collar shall be three inches below the surrounding pavement and the area shall be patch-paved with asphalt concrete as with manholes, water valves and monuments in the street way.

If a bucket or tank or diesel fuel is carried on the paver for the purpose of cleaning rakes and shovels, a container of grease sweep or equivalent absorbent material shall also be carried on the paver. All diesel spills shall be promptly cleaned up.

Existing Pavement

1. Cut lines made on existing pavement, both longitudinally and transversely, for the placing of new structural section shall be straight and smooth.

2. Edge grinding (Cold Planning) shall be required where existing asphalt is to be overlayed. The edge grind shall match the depth of the asphalt concrete overlay along the length of the gutter lip and abutting pavement where the asphalt concrete pavement is proposed to conform to the existing pavement.

3. Existing pavements to be overlayed with asphalt concrete shall include the installation of pavement reinforcing fabric in accordance with Section 88, Materials of the Caltrans Standard Specifications at the discretion of the City’s Construction Inspector.

4. Existing AC surfaces to remain shall be cut in a straight line parallel to the street centerline, and the exposed edge shall be tracked with SS1H emulsion or equivalent prior to paving. For moratorium defined streets, CRAFCO Pavement Adhesive, “Qwik Seal” or approved equal shall be used per manufacturer recommendations. The exposed base material shall be graded and re-compacted per these Construction Standards prior to paving. Graded and re-compacted areas shall be approved by the City’s Construction Inspector prior to paving.

5. Where an excavation in the public right of way is backfilled with two-sack cement slurry per these Construction Standards, the slurry may be brought to the top of the trench until permanent patching. Where rock-saw utility trenching is necessary City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
in the bottom lift of asphalt concrete and prior to placement of top lift of asphalt concrete, the rock saw trench shall be covered with Glasgrid product (8512, with 100X200 KN tensile strength) or approved equal, at the manufacturers recommendations prior to the placement of top lift of asphalt. • If the width of existing pavement between the gutter lip and excavated patch/pave area is three (3) feet or less, all existing pavement between the patch/pave area and the gutter lip shall be removed or milled 0.15 feet in depth, and patched conforming to the adjacent patch/pave area requirements.

Materials
Aggregate Base and Subbase
All aggregate base and subbase (AB and ASB) materials shall be Class 2 as specified on the approved improvement plans and shall conform the most recent edition of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.

Recycled asphalt concrete material may be used as AB or ASB provided the Contractor supplies the City written documentation and certification that the material meets the State’s Class 2 specifications prior to placement.

Concrete
All Concrete curbs, gutters, driveways, island paving, sidewalks, curb ramps, driveways, island and colored concrete, and shall be constructed of minor concrete conforming to the most recent edition of Caltrans Standard Specifications The cementitious material content of concrete must be a least 463 lb./cu yd. for constructing minor concrete as listed above.

The aggregate size may range from 3/8” to 1 inch. However, if 3/8” maximum size aggregate is used, cementitious material content must be a least 505 lb./cu yd, All other minor concrete for extruded or slip-form curb construction, retaining wall footings, utility box collars, rock wheel backfill, and miscellaneous footings, shall be constructed of minor concrete conforming to the provisions in the most recent Caltrans Standard Specifications, material content must be a least 505 lb./cu yd.

Asphalt Concrete
Shall comply with the most current adopted edition of Caltrans Standard Specifications and as modified herewith. The requirements provided within these provisions shall supersede State Specifications where conflicts or other disparities exist.

Asphalt binder shall be performance grade 64-10 paving asphalt conforming to the most recent edition of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.

Asphalt concrete for alley’s residential and collector roadways shall be Type A, ½-inch Maximum Medium Gradation, conforming to the requirements of most recent edition of Caltrans Standard Specifications.

Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) up to 15% of aggregate blend may be substituted as part of the virgin aggregate for hot mixed asphalt and shall meet the State’s quality specifications. RAP not permitted in OGFC or RHMA-G.

Asphalt concrete shall be hot plant mixed and shall be furnished from the plant at a temperature not to exceed 325 degrees F.

City of Gridley
2026 Public Works Construction Standards Section 1
Lime/Fly Ash or Cement treated Subbase
On a case-by-case basis, lime/fly ash or cement treated subbase may be an acceptable substitute for placement of compacted aggregate base material. Prior to plan approval, the Developer shall submit to the City Engineer for review and approval, a proposal for lime/fly ash or cement treatment sections and compaction procedures, accompanied by recommendations from a California licensed, geotechnical engineer. In no case shall asphalt concrete be placed directly on lime/fly or cement treated bases.

Truncated Domes
Truncated dome panels shall be of vitrified polymer composite construction, embedded type, or (surface applied for retrofit applications) manufactured by Armor Tile Tactile Systems, Buffalo, New York, ADA Solutions, N. Billerica, MA, or approved equal. The dimensions and interval of the truncated domes within the panel shall conform to Caltrans Standard Plan RNSP A88 and Division of the State Architect Accessibility Reference Manual, Figure No. 31-23A. The orientation of the dome pattern for all panels shall be parallel with the panel edges.

DS
W 20 of 13

SIGNAGE AND STRIPING
General
This section governs the design, installation, modification, and maintenance of all traffic signage, pavement striping, and pavement markings within the public right-of-way and on private property where such improvements are required as a condition of development approval.

All signage and striping shall be designed and installed to provide clear, consistent, and enforceable traffic control that promotes public safety for motorists, bicyclists, and pedestrians.

Governing Standards
All signage and striping shall conform to the following, in order of precedence:

1. Approved improvement plans and traffic control plans

2. City of Gridley Design and Construction Standards and Standard Details

3. Latest edition of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD)

4. Caltrans Standard Specifications and Standard Plans
Where conflicts occur, the more restrictive requirement shall apply, as determined by the City Engineer.

Permanent Signage
Permanent regulatory, warning, and guide signs shall be installed only at locations approved by the City Engineer.

Classification of Permanent Traffic Signs
Permanent traffic signs shall be classified into the following categories:

1. Regulatory Signs

2. Warning Signs

3. Guide Signs
Each category has specific requirements for shape, color, legend, and application.

Regulatory Signs
Regulatory signs inform road users of traffic laws, regulations, and requirements that must be obeyed. These signs are enforceable by law.

Shape and Color Requirements
DS
W 21 of 13
Regulatory signs shall conform to the following MUTCD-required shapes and colors:
• STOP: Octagonal shape, red background, white legend and border • YIELD: Downward-pointing triangular shape, red and white background, red legend • SPEED LIMIT: Rectangular shape, white background, black legend and border • DO NOT ENTER: Rectangular shape, red background, white legend • ONE WAY: Rectangular shape, black background, white legend • NO PARKING / NO STOPPING / NO STANDING: Rectangular shape, white background, red legend and border
No deviations from these shapes or colors shall be permitted unless approved in writing by the City Engineer.

Legend and Design
Regulatory sign legends shall use standard MUTCD-approved wording, symbols, and abbreviations. Custom legends or non-standard wording are prohibited.

Minimum letter sizes shall comply with CA MUTCD requirements based on roadway classification and posted speed.

Warning Signs
Warning signs alert road users to potentially hazardous or unexpected roadway conditions that may not be readily apparent.

Shape and Color Requirements
Warning signs shall conform to the following MUTCD-required shapes and colors:
• General Warning Signs: Diamond shape, yellow background, black legend and border • Pedestrian and Bicycle Warning Signs: Diamond or rectangular shape, fluorescent yellow-green background, black legend
• School Zone Signs: Pentagon shape or rectangular supplemental signs, fluorescent yellow-green background, black legend
• Advisory Speed Signs: Rectangular shape, yellow background, black legend Warning signs shall be installed only where engineering judgment indicates a need. Excessive or unnecessary warning signage is discouraged, as it reduces overall effectiveness.

Advisory speed signs shall be supported by roadway design speed, field conditions, or an engineering study, as approved by the City Engineer.

Guide Signs
Guide signs provide route, destination, and location information to assist road users.

DS
W 22 of 13
Shape and Color Requirements
Guide signs shall conform to the following MUTCD-required shapes and colors:
• Street Name Signs: Rectangular shape, green background, white legend • Route Markers: Shapes and colors as specified by CA MUTCD for state, county, or local routes
• Destination and Wayfinding Signs: Rectangular shape, green or blue background, white legend
Letter height, font, spacing, and contrast shall comply with CA MUTCD requirements.

Retroreflectivity
All permanent traffic signs shall be retroreflective and shall maintain minimum nighttime visibility in accordance with CA MUTCD requirements.

Signs that no longer meet minimum retroreflectivity standards due to age, damage, or fading shall be replaced.

Mounting Height and Lateral Offset
Permanent traffic signs shall be installed at mounting heights and lateral offsets consistent with CA MUTCD requirements.
• In areas with curb and sidewalk, the bottom of the sign shall be a minimum of seven (7) feet above the sidewalk surface.
• In areas without curb or sidewalk, the bottom of the sign shall be a minimum of five (5) feet above the near edge of traveled way.

Exact placement shall be determined based on visibility, sight distance, and field conditions, subject to approval by the City Engineer.

Location and Approval
Permanent traffic sign locations shall be shown on approved improvement plans or approved in writing by the City Engineer.

Signs shall not obstruct sight distance, pedestrian access, or accessibility features, and shall not conflict with other traffic control devices.

Installation Timing
Permanent traffic signs shall be installed after roadway geometry, curb, gutter, and sidewalk construction are complete and prior to final acceptance, unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer.

DS
W 23 of 13
Temporary signage shall be used during construction until permanent signs are installed.

Ownership and Maintenance
Upon acceptance by the City, permanent traffic signage shall become the property of the City of Gridley and shall be maintained by the City unless otherwise specified.

Prohibited Signs
The following are prohibited within the public right-of-way unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer:
• Non-MUTCD compliant signs
• Decorative or novelty signs intended to regulate traffic • Private signs attempting to control public traffic
• Signs with non-standard colors, shapes, or legends
Street name signs shall be furnished and installed by the Developer and shall be subject to review and approval by the City prior to installation. Duplicate, confusing, or nonstandard sign legends shall not be permitted.

Temporary and Construction Signage
Temporary signage shall be provided to warn roadway users of construction activities, detours, lane closures, and changed roadway conditions.

Temporary signs shall be retroreflective, properly mounted, and maintained in a clean and legible condition. Signs shall be removed immediately when no longer applicable.

Removal, Relocation, and Replacement
Existing signage impacted by construction shall be protected, temporarily relocated, or replaced as required by the City Engineer. Any sign damaged, removed, or rendered illegible as a result of construction shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense prior to project acceptance.

Pavement Striping and Markings
All pavement striping and markings shall conform to CA MUTCD requirements, Caltrans specifications, and City Standard Details.

Striping materials may include traffic paint, thermoplastic, or other City-approved materials.

Reflective glass beads or equivalent shall be applied to all markings to provide nighttime visibility.

Temporary Striping
DS
W 24 of 13
Temporary striping shall be installed whenever permanent striping is removed or obscured during construction. Temporary striping shall provide clear lane guidance and shall remain in place until permanent striping is installed.

Permanent Striping
Permanent striping shall be installed only after final paving operations are complete and approved by the City.

Removal of Existing Striping
Conflicting or obsolete striping and pavement markings shall be removed by grinding or other approved methods that do not damage the pavement surface.

DS
W 25 of 13

LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC
General
This section governs the design, installation, modification, and acceptance of street lighting, traffic signal electrical systems, and associated appurtenances within the public right-of-way.

All traffic systems and electrical improvements shall be submitted to the City Engineer for review and approval prior to construction.

Governing Standards
Lighting and electrical systems shall conform to the following, as applicable:

1. City of Gridley Design and Construction Standards and Standard Details

2. Approved improvement plans

3. Latest edition of the California Electrical Code

4. Caltrans Standard Specifications and Standard Plans

5. CA MUTCD (for signal-related installations)

6. Applicable utility provider requirements
Where conflicts occur, the more restrictive requirement shall apply as determined by the City Engineer.

Street Lighting Requirements
Street lighting shall be provided along public streets as required by the City Engineer based on street classification, safety considerations, and consistency with existing City lighting systems.

Lighting design shall address illumination levels, uniformity ratios, glare control, energy efficiency, and maintenance access. Pole types, luminaires, mounting heights, and spacing shall be consistent with City standards unless otherwise approved.

Electrical Systems
All electrical work shall be performed by licensed electricians in accordance with applicable codes.

Electrical improvements may include, but are not limited to:
• Underground conduits
• Pull boxes and vaults
• Foundations
• Conductors and wiring
• Grounding systems
All electrical systems shall be inspected and tested prior to acceptance by the City.

DS
W 26 of 13
Traffic Signal Systems
Traffic signal installations, modifications, or relocations shall require approval by the City Engineer.

Signals shall remain operational during construction unless a planned outage is approved.

Temporary signal operation or alternate traffic control may be required to maintain traffic flow and safety.

Acceptance
Lighting and traffic electrical systems shall not be energized or placed into permanent operation until all inspections, testing, and documentation have been completed and approved by the City.

DS
W 27 of 13

TRAFFIC IMPACT STUDIES
Purpose
Traffic Impact Studies (TIS) evaluate the effects of proposed development on the City’s transportation system and identify mitigation measures necessary to maintain safe and efficient operations.

Applicability
A Traffic Impact Study shall be required for development projects that may generate traffic volumes, patterns, or operational impacts exceeding thresholds established by the City Engineer.

The City Engineer may waive or modify study requirements for projects with minimal traffic impacts or require supplemental analysis for projects with unique characteristics.

Study Preparation
Traffic Impact Studies shall be prepared by a licensed traffic engineer experienced in traffic analysis and transportation planning.

Study Content
Traffic Impact Studies shall include, at a minimum:
• Description of the proposed development
• Existing traffic conditions
• Project-generated traffic
• Future traffic conditions with and without the project • Intersection and roadway level of service analysis
• Multimodal impacts including pedestrian, bicycle, and transit considerations • Safety analysis and collision history where applicable • Identification of required mitigation measures
Mitigation Measures
Mitigation measures identified in an approved Traffic Impact Study shall be implemented by the Developer as conditions of project approval.

Mitigation may include, but is not limited to:
• Intersection improvements
• Traffic signal modifications
• Additional traffic lanes or turn pockets
• Access modifications
DS
W 28 of 13
• Transportation demand management measures
• Fair-share contributions toward off-site improvements Updates and Revisions
Traffic Impact Studies may be required to be updated if project scope, phasing, or surrounding conditions change prior to construction or occupancy.

Acceptance
Approval of a Traffic Impact Study does not relieve the Developer of responsibility to implement all required mitigation measures or comply with applicable City standards.

City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 1
Purpose and Definitions

1.1 Purpose
The purpose of these Design and Construction Standards is to provide direction in the application of public and private improvements and to establish minimum standards for the design, construction, inspection, and acceptance of improvements within the City of Gridley. These standards apply to improvements which are to be dedicated to the public and accepted by the City for ownership, operation, or maintenance, as well as certain private improvements constructed within existing or future public rights of way or easements.

These standards are intended to promote coordinated development, protect public health and safety, and ensure that improvements are designed and constructed in a manner consistent with the physical conditions, infrastructure needs, and long-term maintenance responsibilities of the City of Gridley.

The following physical characteristics of the City of Gridley require special design and construction consideration:

1. Flat grades

2. High groundwater table year round

3. Unstable soils below the groundwater table

4. Storm Drain outlet restrictions from agricultural drainage channels The City of Gridley’s Public Works department is particularly concerned about:

1. Accurate establishment of grades

2. Watertightness of pipelines and structures

3. Adequate construction and safety procedures regarding shoring, bracing and dewatering of all excavations

4. Building pad elevations established above potential high water elevations, with adequate lot grading to the back of sidewalk

5. Storm Drain detention facilities designed to limit peak flows

6. Drinking water system back flow prevention and cross connection controls.

1.2 Definitions
Applicant – Shall mean the Developer or the Engineer of record acting on behalf of the Developer.Engineer of record
Approved Plans – Shall mean all plans prepared for construction of improvements, reviewed, approved and signed by the necessary departments within the City of Gridley.

City – Shall mean the City of Gridley and its applicable departments.

City Engineer – Shall mean the City Engineer, Public Works Director, or their authorized designee acting on behalf of the City of Gridley.

Engineer of record– Shall mean any person or persons, firm, partnerships, or corporation legally authorized to practice civil, mechanical, geotechnical, electrical engineering or other City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 1
engineering disciplines in the State of California who prepares or submits improvement plans and specification to the City of Gridley for approval.

Contractor – Shall mean any person, persons, firm, partnerships, or corporation or combination thereof, licensed to perform the type of work involved, who has entered into a contract with any person, corporation or company, their legal representatives for the construction of any improvements, or portion of improvements with the City of Gridley.

Developer – Shall mean any persons, firm partnership, corporation or combination thereof, financially responsible for the work involved.

Development – Shall mean the act or process of any construction on properties as well as subdivision improvement.

Fire Department – Shall mean the Fire Department of the City of Gridley.

Fire Flow – Shall mean the required flow rate of a water supply, measured at 20 pounds per square inch residual pressure that is available for firefighting.

Geotechnical Engineer – Shall mean a professional engineer, licensed by the State of California to practice soils engineering.

Improvements – Shall mean streets, alleys, sidewalks, curbs, gutters, driveways, water mains, sanitary sewer facilities, storm drainage facilities, detention basins, canals, street lighting, public utilities, landscaping, irrigation, parks, fences, walls, and other facilities to be constructed or installed by the Developer within an existing or future public right of way or easement, or any improvement subject to City plan review or inspection.

Laboratory – Shall mean any testing agency or testing firm which has been approved by the Department of Public Works.

California MUTCD – Shall mean the “California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices” as adopted by the California Department of Transportation, latest edition.

Relative Compaction – Shall mean the degree of compaction of soil expressed as a percentage of the maximum dry density determined in accordance with ASTM D1557, latest edition, unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer.

Soils Report – Shall mean a report as prepared by any person or persons, firm, partnership, or corporation legally licensed to prepare “Soils Reports” in the State of California.

Standard Details – Shall mean the standard details as set forth in the Standard Specifications and Details approved by the City Engineer and as amended.

Standard Specifications – Also referred to in this document as Standards.

1.3 Design and Construction Practices
Any items or situations not included in these standard specifications shall be designed and constructed in accordance with accepted engineering practice, the State of California “Highway Design Manual”, the State of California Standard Plans, the State of California Standard Specifications, the “California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices”, the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and Plans, and as specified by the City Engineer.

City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 1
Any questions regarding the Standards shall be directed to Public Works, the City Engineer, or the Public Works Director.

City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 2
General Requirements

2.1 Plans by an Appropriate Engineer
All plans and specifications for improvements, private and public, which are to be accepted for maintenance by the City, and plans and specifications for private on-site drainage, sewer, water, and grading, shall be prepared by an engineer licensed in the State of California, of the appropriate branch of engineering covering the work submitted.

Plans shall include the items outlined in Section 3 – Plan Sheet Requirements.

2.2 Accepted Plans
Complete plans and specifications for all proposed streets, street names, bikeways, grading, drainage facilities, sewerage, water distribution systems, industrial developments, commercial developments, and subdivisions, including any necessary dedications, easements, and right of entry, shall be electronically submitted to the City for approval. The approval shall be substantiated by the signature of the required City representatives and issuance of a permit and to the beginning of construction of any such improvements. The City Engineer shall order any contractor to cease work on any project if said contractor does not have properly approved plans in possession.

2.3 Work in City Right of Way and Easements
No work shall be done within the City right of way and easements without approved plans and/or encroachment permits issued by the City. All necessary bonds and insurances shall be approved prior to the approval of the plans or issuance of an encroachment permit. Any construction that impacts traffic shall require a Construction Area Traffic Control Device Plan per the most current version of the (CAMUTCD) developed by a licensed traffic control engineer and approved by the City Engineer.

2.4 Submission of Improvement Plans
The following are the procedures and requirements when submitting Improvement Plans to the City of Gridley for Review. Incomplete submittals will not be accepted.

Improvement plans will be accepted only after the following conditions are met:

Development Projects
The projects which have been approved by the City, and are not proceeding under appeal or normal process to the City Council, may be submitted after the City approves the project and the Conditions of Approval are available from the Planning Division.

Subdivision
Rough Grading or improvements plans including parcel or subdivision maps may be submitted upon approval of the tentative map by the City and after the Conditions of Approval are available. The submittal package shall be electronically submitted as a whole directly to the City, at: [email protected].

2.5 Submission of Site Development, Grading, and Improvement Plans
City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 2
The following are the City’s requirements for application of a grading permit, and site development application. Plans shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time the application is made for a construction permit. Bring Application packet to the Public Works Department during normal business hours on a USB drive with files and a completed application summary form including the following checklist.

Each Submittal shall include the following:
□ One (1) copy of the Soils report.
□ An itemized Engineer’s cost estimate for all improvements to be constructed within public right of ways or easements, or any other improvements for which the City provides plan check and inspection services. All cost estimates shall include a ten (10) percent contingency. The cost estimate shall also include all public landscaping improvements. □ Payment of plan check and inspection fee deposit shall be submitted with the submission of plans. Fees are based on the Cities most current master fee schedule. □ One (1) copy of the drainage report indicating the method of calculation, the Stormwater Quality Design and Maintenance Plan, site water shed map, and the 10- and 100-year storm drainage calculations based on Butte County’s Storm Drain Program and these specifications.
□ An electronic copy of the Clerk’s notice of approval for the Use permit and list of the Conditions of approval.
□ An electronic copy of the approved tentative map and or site plan. □ For projects with a total disturbed area of less than one (1) acre; submit an erosion and sedimentation control plan in accordance with these specifications and details. □ For projects with a total disturbed area equal to or greater than one (1) acre; submit the State WDID associated with the project’s Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).

Ensure the WDID status is active and accessible within the State Water Resources Control Board’s SMARTS system. A Copy of the SWPPP or WQCP shall be provided to the City. □ An electronic AutoCAD file of the project improvements. The initial submittal of the AutoCAD file will occur during the 2nd Plan check submittal. The file will be reviewed for content and format. Each subsequent submittal shall include and updated AutoCAD file for review. The final plan submittal of the AutoCAD file will occur after the final plan check, prior to the City signing off the approved plans. Failure to submit the AutoCAD file may delay final plan approval.

For tenant improvement projects, plans shall be routed through the City. Any improvements within right of way, easements, or any construction that would require temporary placement of equipment or material within the public right of way or easements shall require the Developer or the Contractor to obtain an encroachment permit from the City.

2.6 Submission of Final and Parcel Maps
Final and parcel maps may be submitted for review upon the approval of the tentative map by the City. The following are the requirements:
□ An electronic copy of the final or parcel map
City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 2
□ Payment of map checking fees
□ Boundary, Centerline, and parcel survey closure calculations that include error of closure □ Preliminary Title Report dated within six months.
□ One (1) AutoCAD file of the parcel or final map submitted. □ Any additional information/documentation as required.

2.7 Resubmittal Requirements
All resubmittals shall be electronically delivered to the City. The subject line of the email containing the resubmittal shall read, ”City of Gridley –[Resubmittal #] [Project Name.]”All resubmittals shall include the following:

Response to Comment Matrix
Response to comments matrix; all comments shall be populated into an excel spreadsheet and each comment shall be assigned a numbered. All comments shall be addressed within the excel sheet along with acknowledgement of the correction, or if a comment is not specifically addressed on the plans, a written explanation shall be provided stating why the comment was not addressed.

Plans and other Documentation
An electronic copy of the latest plan submittal in .pdf format. One (1) AutoCAD file of the project improvements, and any additional documentation or materials as requested by the Plan checker.

Any additional changes or revisions made to the plans other than those required by the City shall require the Applicant to bring those revisions or alterations to the attention of the City.

Failure to do so may result in delays. Any additional review past the second plan check, or due to incomplete submittals, changes, and revisions will incur additional department review fees.

2.8 Plan Acceptance and Expiration
Acceptance for construction will be given to the plan set after all necessary changes, corrections, or additions have been made as required by the City, the Owner/Developer has paid the remainder of the total plan check and inspection fees and posted all required bonds and insurances, and a permit has been issued.

The Engineer of record shall deliver to the City a minimum of three (3) sets of 24x36 prints from the accepted plan file for permit issuance prior to scheduling a pre-construction meeting.

No plans will be considered approved, nor will construction be authorized until the plan set has received the appropriate permit.

Permits issued become null and void if the construction of work authorized by the permit is not commenced within six (6) months from the date of such permit, or if the construction of work authorized is suspended or abandoned for a period of six (6) months at any time after the work is commenced. At such time, the plans shall be subject to review by the City to determine conformance with current City standards.

City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 2
Plan reviews that remain inactive for six (6) months may be deemed expired by the City. The project may, at the discretion of the City Engineer be granted a six (6) month extension or deemed expired. A maximum of one (1) extension may be granted.

2.9 Improvement Plan Revisions and Submittals During
Construction
Should changes occur during construction; such changes shall be subject to the approval of the City. To receive approval the engineer of record shall provide an electronic copy of the proposed changes with clouded notation or denoted by delta revision symbols. Following review and approval of proposed change, the proposed and stamped changes shall be distributed to the Owner and Contractor.

When construction is completed within the Right of Way for utilities and or streets that the City will be responsible for ownership and maintenance, the design or engineer of record shall forward all approved submittals to the City Engineer to keep for record. If the City Engineer determines that the Engineer of Record approved a submittal for a material that is not acceptable according to the City standards, the City Engineer holds the right to refuse the submittal. These submittals shall be sent over to the City Engineer in a timely manner, to prevent the installation of inappropriate materials. The City Engineer reserves the right to review said submittals for 7 working days..

2.10 Record (As-Built) Plans
The Contractor/Developer shall keep an accurate record of all approved deviations from the plans and shall provide a .pdf electronic file, AutoCAD electronic file, full size, and 11x17 bond copies of the as-built plans prior to final acceptance of the completed improvements. Each sheet of the plans shall be marked “As-Built” or “Record Drawing.”

2.11 Inspections
Requests for inspections shall be given a minimum 48 hours in advance. Any improvement constructed without inspection as provided above or constructed contrary to the order or instruction of the City Engineer will be deemed as not complying with the City standards and specifications.

Upon completion of any improvements and prior to requesting final inspection, the area shall be thoroughly cleaned of all rubbish, excess material and equipment and all portions of the work shall be left in a neat and orderly condition satisfactory by the City Engineer.

The Contractor will be notified in writing as to any particular defects or deficiencies to be remedied. The Contractor shall proceed to correct all defects of deficiencies as soon as possible, and a second inspection shall be made for final acceptance.

2.12 Submittal of Lot Line Adjustments
The following shall be submitted to the City prior to recordation of a lot line adjustment:
□ An electronic copy of the property boundary description with an exhibit map. These sheets must have at least ½” inch of margin along all sides to meet conditions of the County Recorder’s Office.
□ One (1) AutoCAD file of the property boundary description.

City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 2
□ An electronic copy of the boundary survey closure calculations for the resulting lots. These items shall be stamped and signed by a California Licensed Land Surveyor or Registered Civil Engineer authorized to practice Land Surveying.
□ Deeds to convey interest in the affected properties.
□ Preliminary title report no older than six (6) months for all properties involved. One (1) copy of the Conditions Approval.
□ Signed Owner Consent.

City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 3
Plan Sheet Requirements

3.1 General
Public Improvement Plans shall be prepared for public improvements required of subdivisions and all other work performed within City right-of-ways or easements that is in excess of minor work. For the purposes of this section, minor work shall consist generally of the construction, or the removal and replacement of curbs, gutters, sidewalks, or driveways, minor street widening, connecting to existing water, sewer or storm drainage facilities adjacent to site development and utility rated work.

The following requirements apply to the form of Public Improvement Plans.

3.2 Plan and Profile Sheets
All improvement plans shall be clearly and legibly drawn in ink on 24”x36” Arch D or 24”x34” ANSI D size paper. Sheets shall have 1 ½ inch wide clear margin at the left edge with a 1-inch-wide margin on all other edges, or as otherwise approved by the City Engineer.

Drafting Standards.

All linework shall be neat, clearly legible, and opaque to light. Letters and numerals shall have a minimum height of 1/8 inch and be well formed and sharp. Numerals showing profile elevations shall not be bisected by station grid lines. Dimension lines shall be terminated by a sharp solid arrowhead.

Scale
Horizontal scale shall be 1 inch = 20, 40 or 50 feet and shown as a scale bar beneath the north arrow. Vertical scale shall be 1 inch= 2, 4, or 5 feet.

Title Block
A title block must be shown on each sheet within the set of drawings and shall show the subdivision or project name, sheet title, sheet number, date, scale and Engineer of record’s name, signature and license number. The title block shall be placed along the lower edge or right edge of the sheet.

Orientation
All plan sets shall be oriented with the North arrow pointing either to the top or right edge of the plan sheet.

3.3 Title or General Information Sheet
Each set of Improvement Plans shall have a Title or General Information Sheet. This sheet shall be sheet 1 of the plans and shall include the following:
□ A vicinity map drawn to a convenient scale, preferably not less than 1 inch = 2000 feet. The North arrow must point to the top of the sheet*
□ A North arrow and scale*
□ Sewer or storm drainage network*
□ Index of sheets*
□ A signature block for the City Engineer*
City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 3
□ Utility information block*
□ Block for City Project Number and Date Improvements Completed* □ The entire subdivision or parcel drawn to a scale of not less than 1 inch= 200 feet, or as approved by the City Engineer. The map shall provide the following:
o Streets and street names of all streets within or contiguous to the project o Adjacent subdivisions or parcels properly identified including names, lot lines and lot numbers.
o All property lines
o City limit line
□ Legend of symbols
□ The most current version of the City General Notes (Attachment A) □ Typical street sections including TI and R values
□ Temporary and permanent benchmarks with description, the engineer of record shall contact the City for the location and elevation of the nearest official benchmark. Datum information.* □ Any California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Mitigation measures that apply to the project. □ Approval from other jurisdictions with signatory boxes , such as Caltrans, Reclamation Districts, etc
Improvement plans consisting of fewer than 4 sheets, shall not include a title sheet, but instead show all of the above information on the plans. If a title sheet is not required those items shown with an (*) shall be shown on the first sheet.

3.4 Street Plan and Profile Sheets
The following requirements are for all plans submitted to the City for review and approval.

Plan View
The plan view of each street to be improved shall be shown on separate sheets and shall include existing improvements and contours/elevations within 100 feet of the project boundary, proposed improvements and future improvements, if known. Proposed improvements shall include sidewalks, curbs, gutter, driveways, sewer mains, water mains, sewer lateral locations, storm drains, manholes, valves, fire hydrants, fencing, barricades, monuments, survey stationing, signal pull boxes, signal poles, hardscape features, curve data for all curves along centerline and curb returns and distinct elevations along the face of the curb at all beginning and ends of curves and at all curb returns.

In addition, right-of-way lines, easement lines, and City limit lines (if applicable) shall be shown.

Call outs on the plans to City Standards shall reference the Drawings where these are shown.

Callouts for non-standard improvements shall reference the detail, including sheet number, which provides the construction specifics. Other data may be required as specified by the City Engineer.

The survey stationing shall normally read from left to right with the North arrow pointing either to the top or right edge of the sheet. All stationing shall be a continuation of that used for the design for existing improvements where possible.

City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 3
Profile View
The profile view of each street shall be shown immediately below its plan view. The profile shall include existing and proposed street centerlines, sewer mains, storm drains, water mains, public utility mains, all utility crossings and gutter flow lines. Distinct elevation shall be shown on the street centerline and gutter flow line at 50-foot stations and grade break points, manhole and catch basin inverts and elevations and water main crossing with other utilities. Rates of grade shall be shown on all profile lines. Elevations of hydraulic grade line for the 10 year frequency storm shall be shown at all storm drain manholes, catch basins and drain inlets where located above the top of the pipe.

Elevations of the hydraulic grade line for 100 year frequency storms shall be shown at all crossings of arterials, culverts and where determined necessary by the City Engineer. Storm drain manhole and inlet identification numbers from drainage study shall be shown at all storm drain manhole and inlet locations.

Signing and Striping Plans
All existing and proposed traffic signing and striping shall be shown on a plan view and on separate sheets from all other improvements. The scale shall be 1 inch = 40 feet, or as otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Signing and striping to be shown shall include all existing and proposed traffic striping, pavement markings, pavement markers, regulatory signs and warning signs. All existing signing and striping within at least 200 feet of the project limits shall be shown.

Rough Grading and Finished Grading Plans
Rough grading and finished grading plans shall conform to these standards.

Other Plans
Other Plans shall be incorporated in the public Improvement plans include, but are not limited to, landscaping and irrigation, dry utilities, retaining and decorative soundwalls, and traffic signals. The layout of meandering sidewalks, soundwalls, pedestrian pass-throughs, etc shall be shown on the improvement plans along with any grading associated with these improvements, in addition to being shown on the landscaping plans. Public Improvements built under the landscaping plans shall be included in the cost estimate submitted with the improvement plans in order that they may be properly bonded for and inspections costs covered.

3.5 Detail Sheets
Detail sheets, if necessary, shall delineate special details, structural designs, etc., for which no standard detail exists, and when space is not available on the plan and profile sheets.

Plan views of the structure, for which details or designs are to be provided, shall be shown on the detail sheet depicting the location of said structure in relation to street centerlines, stations, bearings, shews, grades, etc.. Structural details shall be delineated at a scale that will clearly define all facets of the design. Standard Details shall not be delineated on details sheets or any other sheet unless reproduced in full.

3.6 Parcel and Final Maps
The parcel or final map shall be prepared by or under the direction of a Civil Engineer registered in the State of California authorized to practice Land Surveying or a licensed land surveyor in the manner required by the State Subdivision Map Act, and these standards.

City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 3
Preparation and Form
The general form and layout of the map, including size and type of lettering, drafting and location acknowledgements, etc. shall be as approved by the City Engineer. Parcel and final maps shall conform to the following:
□ Survey information shall generally read from left to right and orientated perpendicular or parallel with the northernly direction. North shall be oriented to either top of right edge of the sheet.
□ Large lot final maps or large lot parcel maps shall not be more than 1 inch = 100 feet, unless otherwise permitted by the City Engineer. The scale of residential final maps shall not be more than 1 inch = 50 feet. All maps shall clearly show all details of the subdivision. □ All dimensions shall be shown in feet and hundredths of a foot. No ditto marks shall be used.
□ If more than 2 sheets are necessary to show the entire subdivision, a graphical index shall be included.
□ The subdivision designation, tract number, other numbers assigned by the City Engineer, scale and North arrow shall be shown on each sheet.
□ A title sheet, designated as page number 1 of the final map, shall be provided. Where the size of the subdivision permits, in lieu of a separate title sheet, the information required may be shown on the same sheet as the map of the subdivision.

Certificate Sheet
The certificate sheet shall contain the following information:
□ The title followed by the words “Subdivision No (Insert Planning Department filing number).” “City of Gridley, Butte County, California.”
□ Below the title shall be a subtitle, consisting of a description of all property being subdivided with reference to such map or maps of property shown thereon and shall have been last previously recorded or filed in the County Recorder’s Office, or shall have been previously filed with the County Clerk pursuant to a final judgement in any action in partition, or shall have been previously filed in the office of the County Recorder under authority of the Subdivision Map Act of be reference to the plat of any United States survey.

The title shall also include the Section(s), Township and Range of Mount Diablo Meridian. □ The subtitle of maps filed for the purpose of reverting subdivided land to acreage shall consist of the works “A reversion to acreage of…” (insert description as required herein). □ Reference to tracts and subdivisions in the description must be worded identically with original records. Reference to book and page of record must be complete. □ Affidavits, certificates, acknowledgements, endorsements, acceptances, dedications and notorial seals as required by law including but not limited to the Subdivision Map Act and City ordinances.

City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 3
Information
The parcel or final map shall substantially conform to the City approved or conditionally approved tentative map including all approved modifications, and shall contain the following information:
□ All areas shown on the map which do not constitute a part of the subdivision shall be labeled “Not a part of the subdivision” or “N.A.P.O.T.S.” All lines delineating such areas shall be dashed.
□ The following survey data and information shall be shown on the final map:

1. Corner Stakes, monuments (together with their precise position) or other evidence found on the ground, to determine boundary of the subdivision.

2. Corners of all adjoining propertied identified by lot and block numbers, subdivision names, numbers and pages of record, or by section, township and range or other proper designation.

3. All information and data necessary to locate and retrace any point or line without reasonable difficulty.

4. The location and description of any required monuments to be set after recording of the parcel map, and the statement that they are “to be set.”

5. Bearings and lengths of each lot line, centerline, block line and boundary line and each required bearing and distance. All line annotations hall be located adjacent to the described line. Curve and line tables can be used to avoid crowding and conflicts with line work or other information shown on the maps.; however, the use of annotation tables shall be kept to a minimum and located on the same sheet as the line work.

6. Details shall be located on the same sheet as the line work being depicted in the detail.

7. Chord length, chord bearing, radius, arc length and central angle of each curve.

8. The survey center lines of any street or alley in or adjacent to the parcel together with reference to a field book or map showing such center line and the monuments which determine its position. If the monuments are determined by ties that fact shall be so stated.

9. Sheet numbering shall be located in the lower right hand corner of each sheet.

10. Such other survey data or information as may be required to be shown by the City.

All resulting lots or parcels being subdivided for the purpose of sale, lease, or financing excluding those exempt by law, and all parcels offered for dedication to the City or any other public agency, for any purpose with all dimensions, boundaries, and courses clearly shown and defined.

Dimensions of lots shall be as total dimensions corner-to-corner, in addition to point-to-point dimension.

All lots shall be numbered consecutively, without omissions or duplication, throughout the subdivision, starting with the number 1, except units of a total development. Lot numbering shall be consistent with that of the approve or conditionally approved tentative map or as approved by the City Engineer. Only parcels offered for dedication other than for streets or easements shall be designated by letters. However, in single-family divisions, the parcels intended for other than single-family use may be designated by letters. Each numbered lot shall be shown entirely on one City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 3
sheet. The text height of a lot number or designated letter lot shall be a minimum of 1.5 times larger than the surrounding line annotation.

The square footage (to the nearest foot) shall be shown on the map directly under the lot number.

Lots one acre or greater shall be shown with the net acreage (to the nearest one hundredth of an acre).

The location and total width of all public streets, alleys, pedestrian ways, equestrian and hiking trails and biking paths, and rail road rights-of-way; the names of public streets, and the width on each side of the centerline of each public street; the width of the portion of the street, alley, pedestrian way, equestrian and hiking trail and bike path being dedicated , and the width of the existing dedication, public or private if any within the subdivision.

All necessary data, including widths and sidelines of all proposed and existing public utility easements to which the lots of the subdivision are subject. Each easement shall be clearly labeled as to nature and purpose and if already of record, its recorded reference given. If an easement of record cannot not be plotted on the map because its location is not defined or definite, an attempt shall be made to have the easement extinguished and removed from the title. Easement shall be denoted by fine dashed lines.

All limitations on rights of access to and from streets and lots and other parcels of land shall be shown on the map.

The lines of any natural watercourse, channel, stream, creek or body water in or adjacent to the subdivision and/or officially adopted floodplain lines, which constitute parcel boundary lines or easement lines shall be shown on the map.

Any City boundary crossing or adjoining subdivision clearly designated and tied in shall be shown on the map.

The bases of bearings shall be shown, that were used in the field survey, making reference to some recorded subdivision map or tother source acceptable to the City Engineer.

Additional Data Required
The following statements, documents and other data, and as many additional copies thereof as may be required shall be filed with the parcel or final map:

On the application form, the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the record owners and subdivider and persons preparing the Parcel or Final Map.

A guarantee of title or letter from a title company, certifying that the signatures of all persons whose onset is necessary to pass a clear title to the land being subdivided and all acknowledgements thereto, appear and are correctly shown on the proper certificates, and are correctly shown on the final map; both as to consents for the making thereof and the affidavit of dedication.

A traverse computations sheet in a computerized form approved by the City Engineer; giving bearings, distances and coordinates and showing the mathematical closure. No manual computations will be accepted. All lots must close to within 0.02 feet or as specified by the City Engineer. Each sheet of survey closures shall be numbered sequentially.

City of Gridley
2026 Standard Specifications Section 3
All protective covenants, restrictions, or affirmative action obligations in the form in which the same are to be recorded when approval thereof by an officer of the City has been required as a condition of approval of the Tentative Map.

All other data required by law as a conditional approval of the Tentative Map, including plans, reports, agreements, permits, fees security or other requirements.

Subdivision Agreement
If the requirement improvements for the subdivision have not been completed to the satisfaction of the City Engineer and Accepted by the City council prior to recording of the Parcel map or Final map, the subdivider shall enter into a subdivision agreement with the City the form of the agreement shall be as approved by the City Attorney, and said agreement shall be approved by the City council and recorded concurrent with the parcel or Final map.

3.7 Property of the City of Gridley
All plans, maps, reports and any other items submitted to the City shall become property of the City.

The City shall not be responsible for the return of these items once they are submitted.

City of Roseville
Design Standards
Section 8
Domestic Water Supply System
DS
W 16 of 13
Contractor’s and Developer’s Responsibilities

4.1 General
All improvements within City’s rights-of-way, and easements, and onsite private drainage improvements shall be installed in accordance with the approval improvement plans and specifications, the City of Gridley Standards, and the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, hereinafter referred to as the Caltrans Standard Specifications.

The public roadway infrastructure improvements shall be designed and constructed in accordance with these Design and Construction Standards and the latest edition of the City’s American Disabilities Act (ADA) Transitions Plan. Should there be any discrepancy between these Standards and the ADA Transition Plan with respect to accessibility, the ADA Transition Plan shall have precedence. Caltrans Standard Specifications shall apply where not superseded by these Construction Standards. The Contractor shall follow all applicable City, County, State and Federal laws and regulations relating to construction on the improvements.

4.2 Contractor’s Responsibility
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility for:

Plans
Perform construction per plans signed and approved by the City. Any additions, deletions or changes to the approved plans shall be submitted to their departments for review and approval prior to construction.

Notification
The Contractorshallschedule a preconstruction meeting with the City to review and inspect the improvements. The meeting shall take place a minimum of 48 hours prior to the start of construction. The preconstruction meeting shall not be scheduled prior to the City departments’ receipt of approved plans.

Minimum advance notice to the City’s Construction Inspector for inspection shall be 48 hours. The City’s Construction Inspector shall have the opportunity to inspect all underground/subsurface improvements prior to backfill or cover. The scope of various inspection parameters and participation of contracted special inspection duties shall be identified at this time.

The developer/contractor is responsible for completing the project per the approved plans and specifications. Once deemed complete at the discretion of the City Inspector, it shall be the developer’s responsibility to notify the City Inspector to commence City procedures to establish a project punch list prior to City acceptance.

USA Markings
White paint shall be used to indicate areas to be marked by Underground Service Alert (U.S.A.). Any areas not marked shall not be included in the U.S.A. and the Contractor shall not excavate in these areas. The Contractorwill be responsible for any damage resulting from excavation in unmarked areas.The Contractor or Applicant who requested the USA markings shall be responsible for the removal of the USA markings upon completion of the work, at the discretion of the City Engineer.

City of Roseville
Design Standards
Section 8
Domestic Water Supply System
DS
W 17 of 13
. The Contractor shall take routine precautions to ascertain the location of any underground utilities in the vicinity of their project prior to U.S.A. marking. Contractor shall notify the City’s Construction Inspector when any system is affected.

Testing
Constructed utilities shall be tested in accordance with these standards. All testing results shall be provided to the Construction Inspector within 5 working days after the Contractor has received the results.

Cultural Resources
The Contractor shall stop construction if cultural resources are discovered during excavation operations. It is possible that previous activities have obscured surface evidence of cultural resources.

If signs of an archeological site, such as any unusual amounts of stone, bone, or shell are uncovered during grading or other construction activities, work shall be halted within 100 feet of the find and the City, as well as the Butte County Tribal Historic Preservation Office shall be notified immediately. A qualified archaeologist shall be consulted for an on-site evaluation. Additional mitigation may be required by the archaeologist.

Hazardous or Toxic Materials and Contaminated Soils
Should the Contractor encounter hazardous or toxic materials, or contaminated soils, or materials which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste during any and all excavation or grading operations, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, which require them to be moved to a Class I, Class II or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law, the City of Gridley Fire Department shall be contacted immediately. The area which contains the hazardous or toxic materials or contaminated soils shall be marked off until an investigation by a member of the Fire Department is conducted. The cost for remediation and/or removal of soil shall be bourn solely by the solely by the Contractor/Property owner. The parties intend that this provision be broadly construed.

Working Hours
In accordance with the City of Gridley’s noise ordinance (9.40.160), the hours of project construction shall be limited to the following:
6:00AM to 7:00PM, Monday through Friday
There may be additional limitations placed on working hours specified in the project’s approved plans, conditions of approval, special provisions, or encroachment permit. Any requests for work outside of the hours listed above should be made in writing and will be considered by the City. Should a request be approved, the Contractor may be required to pay additional fees for City Inspection outside of normal business hours.

Emergency Contact Person
Prior to the commencement of project construction, the City’s Construction Inspector shall be furnished with the name and telephone number of a contact person who can be reached 24 hours per day regarding problems or emergencies at the site.

City of Roseville
Design Standards
Section 8
Domestic Water Supply System
DS
W 18 of 13
Traffic Control
A traffic control plan (TCP) shall be submitted by the Contractor/Developer whenever required by the City. When the City’s Construction Inspector has determined a TCP is required, the Contractor shall submit the plan to the City for acceptance. The plan shall include: The project title, the encroachment permit number if applicable, the requested traffic alteration specifics and the requested working hours., The TCP shall be available at the site at all times during the work. The Contractor shall assure that the traffic control equipment is erected prior to the work beginning and that it is removed immediately when appropriate.

Preservation of Property
The Contractor shall take extreme care to protect existing site and adjacent improvements from damage.

The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from the construction and shall be responsible for repair or replacement conforming to the latest standards.

Personnel
Only personnel competent in the particular trade undertaken shall be employed for the construction work.

Weather
Construction work shall not commence or progress when the weather jeopardizes a safe working environment or the quality of the project in any manner. The contractor shall comply with the Storm Water Pollution Prevention plan on site.

Construction activities within or adjacent to the public right of way during inclement weather may be prohibited where the activity constitutes an unsafe condition for the public and/or the workers. This applies to the traveled way and any work area adjacent to the traveled way.

Trenching Safety
Prior to excavation of trenches 5 feet or deeper, the Contractor shall submit the following to the City’s Construction Inspector:
□ A copy of the company’s annual CALOSHA T-1 trenching permit. □ A copy of the company’s letter informing CALOSHA of the time the trenching is commencing and the location of the work prior to trenchingwithin any City street right-of-way or easement, an encroachment permit shall be obtained from the City.

In unimproved areas, the maximum length of open trench (5 feet in depth or more) shall be that which can be trenched and backfilled in one day. Any trench left open overnight and the method of protection thereof shall be approved by the City’s Construction Inspector.

In existing streets, following trenching and pipe laying, backfill shall be accomplished immediately unless approved otherwise by the City’s Construction Inspector. No excavation which is larger than necessary to leave the end of the pipe exposed for the next work day shall remain open at the end of the day. The excavation shall be plated and/or fenced, subject to the approval of the City’s Construction Inspector.

City of Roseville
Design Standards
Section 8
Domestic Water Supply System
DS
W 19 of 13
Street Cleaning
Where dirt, mud, rock, sand or other foreign material are tracked onto public street pavement, the Contractor shall clean the streets daily,or as directed by the City’s Construction Inspector. If the Contractor fails to keep the streets clean, the City may clean the areas and bill the Contractor. Streets shall be cleaned with a power broom or hand brooms and shall not be washed with water without the approval of the City’s Construction Inspector. Any mud displaced into the City storm drain system by the Contractor shall be removed at the discretion of the City’s Construction Inspector.

Construction Safety
Construction safety within the City shall be governed by the Construction Safety Orders of the Occupational Safety and Health Standards of Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations.

4.3 Developer’s Responsibility
It shall be the Developer’s responsibility to provide Record Drawings in PDF electronic format, two sets of blue line prints (1 full size, 1 scaled) and shall be submitted to the City.

4.4 Residential Occupancies During Residential Building Upon the occupancy of 1 or more homes in public or private subdivisions, the occupant (s) shall have a safe, clean, un-obstructed travel way, including sidewalks, in accessing and exiting the area of their home, applying to newly constructed streets within the subdivision extending to the closest existing street. The followingminimum standardsare to be met:

1. Streets shall be thoroughly cleaned, back of walk to back of walk at the end of each work day.

2. No building materials, portable toilets or construction equipment shall be stored within the street right-of-way. Portable toiletsshall be aminimum of 50 feet fromdrain inlets.

3. A trailer with a valid California license may be parked along edges of the street within a subdivision for a period of 72 hours, provided the travel ways are unobstructed and each outside corner of the trailer has lighted barricades.

4. Erosion control materials at drain inletssuch asstraw bales and gravel bagsshallbe removed. Silt bags which are in drain inlets fronting homes with completed landscaping shall be removed.

5. Landscaping related materials (such as cobbles, bark or gravel) may be staged inthe streets for immediate removal. If stored overnight, a lighted barricade shall be placed on each side of the pile, toward traffic. The pile shall not extend into the street from the curb further than the width of a parked car.

6. Unoccupied cul-de-sacs or other section of streets for which there is no public access necessary shall be barricaded.

4.5 Guarantee and Warranty
The Contractorshall guarantee and warrant all materials supplied as being fit for the purposes intended. The Contractor shall guarantee and warrant all work performed as having been accomplished in a proper and workman-like manner.

City of Roseville
Design Standards
Section 8
Domestic Water Supply System
DS
W 20 of 13
Should any failure of work occur within the warranty period, the Contractor shall promptly make the needed repairs at the Contractor’s own expense. Should such failure of work result in excessive maintenance by the City, or in the opinion of the City, the failure is best left unrepaired, the Contractor shall incur the additional maintenance cost.

In emergency cases, where in the opinion of the City Engineer (provided a reasonable attempt has been made to notify the Contractor) delay would cause serious loss or damages, or a serious hazard to the public, the repairs may be made without prior notice to the Contractor, and the Contractor shall pay the entire cost thereof.

The procedures for review, repair and release of guarantee and warranty obligations shall be as follows:

Subdivision Improvements
The guarantee and warranty shall continue fora period of one year after Notice of Completion for all public improvement work installed under any Subdivision Agreement. The SubdivisionAgreement shall be binding in its entirety.

The following procedures shall be followed for completion of the guarantee andwarranty for subdivision improvement:

1. All necessary City departments shall complete their guarantee and warranty inspections during approximately the tenth month following the completion and prepare and deliver a final punch list to the Contractor by approximately the end of the tenth month.

2. Within 30 days of receipt of the final punch list (during the eleventh month),the Contractor shall repair or address all items indicated. All City departments issuing a punch list shall then be notified for re-inspection of repairs.

3. Within 30 days of notifying the Contractor (by the end of the eleventhmonth),the City departments shall re-inspect the repaired improvements.

4. Upon the City’s approval ofthe repairs,the maintenance bond will be allowed to expire, at the conclusion of one year following the Completion. If the Contractor does not complete the required work by the endof the eleventh month, the list of repairs will be referred to the City Attorney’soffice for further management.

5. Any subdivision improvement work subject to the 1 year warranty shall require the issuance of an encroachment permit.

Underground Warranty Work within City Street Right-of-Way All underground work done as a result of the one-year warranty inspection shall comply with the following:

1. All backfill in City streets shall be two sack, slurry cement.

2. The asphalt concrete patch shall conform to Construction Standard DetailsTB-01A or TB05. Determination of Detail TB-01A or TB-5 shall be at the developer’s discretion.

3. Depending upon the extent of asphalt concrete patching necessary and at the discretion of the City’s Construction Inspector, a CalTrans Type IIslurryseal or one inch asphalt concrete overlay of the entire street width in the area of the patches may be required.

4. Pavement cracking: Depending upon the extent of cracking and at the discretion of the City’s Construction Inspector, cracks shall be sealed per these Standards. Crack sealing City of Roseville
Design Standards
Section 8
Domestic Water Supply System
DS
W 21 of 13
shall be followed with a slurry seal or one inch asphaltconcrete overlay which shall be applied to the entire street width in the areaof the cracks as required by the City’s Construction Inspector.

City’s Policy on Warrant Repairs on Sewer Stub and Services Sewer Services to residential and commercial subdivision lots under warranty Where a project inspection identifies defects in a sewer service and the sewer main is still within the warrant period, the responsibility to repair the service rests solely on the developer who installed the sewer main.

Sewer services to residential and commercial subdivisions outside of warranty Where a project inspection identifies defects in a sewer service and the sewer main is no longer under warranty, the responsibility to repair the defects shall rest on both the developer and the City as follows:
a) The developer shall be responsible to repair defects found in any sewer service from the first joint downstream of the sewer cleanout to the commercial or residential building (that portion of the sewer services that is considered “private”).
b) The City shall be responsible to repair defects found in any sewer service from the first joint downstream of the sewer cleanout to the sewer mainline (that portion of the sewer service that is considered “public”.

Sewerstubsto residential and commercialsubdivisions:

Where sewerstubs have been constructed on sewer mains, these sewer stubs become an integral part of the sewer system of the proposed residential or commercial subdivision they were designed and built to serve. The developer of the subdivisions shall be required to test and repair these stubs, if found damaged, prior to tie-ins. A note to this effectshall be placed on all Building and improvement plans to ensure the developer is aware of this requirement prior to initiating construction.

DS
W 1 of 13
Trench and Backfill

1.1 General
All trenching and backfill within the City of Gridley shall be performed in accordance with these Design and Construction Standards, the City of Gridley Standard Details, and the approved improvement plans. Trench excavation, bedding, backfill, and compaction shall be suitable for the intended utility and surface condition and shall be constructed to provide long-term structural support and minimize future settlement.

All trenching within City rights-of-way shall conform to the City’s Standard Details and these standards. Where conflicts occur, the Standard Details and approved plans shall govern unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer.

Jetting of trenches is not permitted unless specifically approved in writing by the City Engineer.

1.2 Trenching Operations
All trenching operations shall comply with all applicable Federal and State safety requirements, including Cal/OSHA regulations. Domestic Water Excavation and Trenching Earthwork required to construct water pipelines, facilities and appurtenances shall be performed to the lines and grades shown on the approved project plans and as specified below:

Excavations
Pipeline excavations shall be open-cut trenches, unless otherwise specified on the approved improvement plans. Excavations shall conform to all applicable Federal and State safety requirements. All work shall be conducted in such a manner as to prevent damage to new and existing facilities or adjoining property. The contractor shall appoint a designated “competent person” during construction.

For water mains the trench shall be excavated a minimum of 6 inches below the outside diameter of the pipe per elevation on the approved plans. For water services the trench shall be excavated a minimum of 4 inches below the outside diameter of the pipe per elevation on the approved plans. For both water mains and services, if rocky or unyielding soil is encountered the trench shall be over excavated by 12 inches and backfilled with bedding material.

Trench Width
The trench bottom width shall be at a minimum the outside diameter of the pipe plus 12 inches and at a maximum the outside diameter of the pipe plus 4 feet and shall comply with the Standard Details or as approved by the City. If rocky or unyielding soil is encountered the trench width shall be increased by 12 inches. A minimum clearance of 6 inches shall be maintained between the pipe and the trench wall.

Compaction
Compaction of the trench shall conform to the Standard Details. Compaction test results shall be supplied to the City Inspector upon request. Jetting of trenches is not allowed.

DS
W 2 of 13
Weather
Trenching during inclement weather should be avoided when possible. If trenching during inclement weather is required, trenches shall be excavated only as far as pipe can be laid and backfilled during the course of the day.

Existing Roadways
Trenching in existing roadways shall be limited to the length of pipe that can be laid that day. No open trenches shall be left overnight. Exposed trenches shall be plated and backfilled as approved by the City Inspector.

Excess Material
Excess material and materials determined unsuitable for backfill by the City Inspector shall be removed from the project site.

Dewatering
Dewatering for the installation of structures and pipelines shall commence when groundwater is first encountered and shall be continuous until the excavation is backfilled.

Best Management Practices (BMP’s) including but not limited to scouring and erosion measures shall be used to eliminate sediment-laden discharges in accordance with the approved SWPPP.

1.3 Sanitary Sewer Excavation and Trenching
Earthwork required to construct sewer pipelines, facilities and appurtenances shall be performed to the slopes and grades shown on the approved project plans and as specified in the following:

Excavations
Pipeline excavations shall be open-cut trenches, unless otherwise specified on the approved improvement plans, and as specified on the Standard Details. Excavations shall conform to all applicable Federal and State safety requirements. All work shall be conducted in such a manner as to prevent damage to new and existing facilities or adjoining property. The contractor shall appoint a designated “competent person” during construction.

The trench shall be excavated a minimum of 3 inches below the outside diameter of the pipe per elevation on the approved plans for 12 inch diameter pipe or less. For pipes with a diameter greater than 12 inches it shall be excavated a minimum of 4 inches. If rocky or unyielding soil is encountered the trench shall be over excavated by 4 inches and backfilled with bedding material.

Trench Width
The trench bottom width shall be at a minimum the outside diameter of the pipe plus 2 feet and at a maximum the outside diameter of the pipe plus 4 feet and shall comply with the Standard Details or as approved by the City. A minimum clearance of 6 inches shall be maintained between the pipe and the trench wall.

Compaction
Compaction of the trench shall conform to the Standard Details. Compaction test results shall be supplied to the City Inspector upon request. Jetting of trenches is not allowed.

DS
W 3 of 13
Weather
Trenching during inclement weather should be avoided when possible. If trenching during inclement weather is required, trenches shall be excavated only as far as pipe can be laid and backfilled during the course of the day.

Existing Roadways
Trenching in existing roadways shall be limited to the length of pipe that can be laid that day. No open trenches shall be left overnight. Exposed trenches shall be plated or backfilled as approved by the City inspector.

Excess Material
Excess material and materials determined unsuitable for backfill by the City Inspector shall be removed from the project site.

Dewatering
Dewatering for the installation of structures and pipelines shall commence when groundwater is first encountered and shall be continuous until theexcavation is backfilled.

Best Management Practices including but not limited to scouring and erosion measuresshall be used to eliminate sediment-laden dischargesin accordance with the approved SWPPP.

1.4 Storm Drain Excavation and Trenching
All drainage improvementsshall conform the following requirements:

Excavation
Pipeline excavation shall be open-cut trenches, unless otherwise specified on the approved improvement plans. All excavations shall adhere to all applicable Federal and State safety requirements. All work shall be conducted in such a manner as to prevent damage to new and existing facilities or adjoining property.

The trench shall be excavated a minimum of 3 inches below the outside diameter of the pipe per elevation on the approved plans for 12 inch diameter pipe or less. For pipes with a diameter greater than 12 inches it shall be excavated a minimum of 4 inches. If rocky or unyielding soil is encountered the trench shall be over excavated by 4 inches and backfilled with bedding material.

Trench Width
For pipes with an outside diameter of 30 inches or less the trench width shall be outside diameter plus 16 inches. For pipes with an outside diameter greater than 30 inches the trench width shall be equal to the outsider diameter multiplied by 1.25 plus 12 inches. A minimum clearance of 6 inches shall be maintained between the pipe and the trench wall.

Compaction
Compaction of the trench shall conform to the Standard Details. Compaction test results shall be supplied to the City uponrequest. Jetting of trenches is not allowed.

Weather
Trenching during inclement weather should be avoided when possible. If trenching during inclement weather is required, trenches shall be excavated only as far as pipe can be laid and backfilled during the course of the day.

DS
W 4 of 13
Existing Roadways
Trenching in existing roadways shall be limited to the length of pipe that can be laid that day. No open trenches shall be left overnight. Exposed trenches shall be plated or backfilled as approved by the City inspector.

Excess Material
Excess material and materials determined unsuitable for backfill by the City Inspector shall be removed from the project site.

Dewatering
Dewatering for the installation of structures and pipelines shall commence when groundwater is first encountered and shall be continuous until theexcavation is backfilled.

Best Management Practices including but not limited to scouring and erosion measuresshall be used to eliminate sediment-laden discharges in accordance with the approved SWPPP.

1.5 Trench and Backfill
Trench backfill within the City street right- of-ways shall conform to the Standard Details.

Moisture content shall be controlled to obtain the optimum density for the soil type encountered. All compaction testing shall conform to ASTM D1557-78 test methods. Trench and backfill compaction shall be tested and certified bya licensed geotechnical engineer at the Developer’s or Contractor’s expense. Certification shall be provided to the City Inspector prior to the construction of surface improvements.

Backfill for joint utility trench shall be clean sand or ¾” aggregate base uniformly graded with a minimum sand equivalent of 25 or Class 2 Aggregate Base. Compacted to 95% relative compaction.

Following paving operations and where utility valve clusters are present, standard mechanical compaction efforts and equipment may have limited access to achieve adequate compaction per these Standards. In these cases, it is authorized that controlled low-strength material (CLSM)may be used within the valve excavation area to just below the required concrete collar height. Once cured, placement of concrete collar and/or HMA paving operations may progress.

Existing Streets
Longitudinal trenches for dry utilities (CATV, telephone, gas, electric, traffic signal and signal interconnect cable) shall be excavated 6 inches clear from the gutter lip.

Following the patching of the trench with asphalt concrete, the street surface shall be CLSM sealed from the gutter lip to the edge of the bike lane stripe (usually 4 feet wide). If the bike lane stripe is obliterated in any manner by the construction process, it shall be replaced with thermoplastic per these Standards. If the dry utility trench impacts the travel line due to crossings the street surface shall be CLSM sealed from the gutter lip to the edge of the travel lane.

Jetting
Compaction of trench backfill by jetting methods is NOT allowed in City right-of-way areas or over dedicated storm, sewer or water easements or mains. Jetting of joint utility trenches behind the right-of-way and within public Utility easements may be allowed under specific DS
W 5 of 13
conditions and upon the written approval of the City’s Construction Inspector and the Geotechnical Engineer.

Material
Material for backfilled trenches shall contain no organic material and no rocks or soil lumps exceeding 4 inches in diameter with the following qualifications:
• Cobbles in the initial backfill (the first 1 foot above the pipe bedding covering the pipe) shall be 3 inch maximum diameter.
• An exception to the 4 inch maximum diameter cobble is where cobbles exceed 4 inches in diameter and are predominant (as determined by the City’s Inspector and Geotechnical Engineer). In this condition, 8 inches in diameter is the maximum size cobble allowed.
• The maximum cobble size shall not be greater than that of the depth of the maximum compaction lift, for the type of equipment used.

CLSM cement backfill, controlled low-strength material or dry mix “Popcorn” may be used on a case-by-case basis. The Contractor shall submit a proposed design mix to the City Inspector for review and approval prior to placement.

Native soil shall not be used for bedding or backfilling of utility conduits or chases within the City right-of-way, but only select bedding materials as discussed in these Specifications and per the Standard Details.

Placement of Material
Equipment shall be a size and type satisfactory to the on-site geotechnical engineer and the City’s Inspector. Impact-type pavement breakers or compactors (hydro-hammers) shall not be used within 5 feet of the top of any type pipe. Material for mechanically compacted backfill shall be placed in horizontal lifts which, prior to compaction, shall not exceed the depths specified below for the type of equipment employed. Actual maximum lift depth will vary with soil conditions and compaction equipment. The Contractor shall consult with a geotechnical engineer to determine the appropriate maximum depths. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying compaction requirements for each lift.

Typical Compaction Equipment and Maximum Lift Depths Achievedby Proper Compaction
Maximum lift depth of 4 inches, equipment type:

Portable, engine driven pneumatic type (wacker) Portable vibratory plate Maximum lift depth of 12 inches, equipment type:

Backhoe mounted sheep-foot Vibratory smooth wheeled roller Vibratory smooth wheel roller with pneumatic tires
Maximum lift depth of 18 inches, equipment type:

Impact, free-fall or stomping equipment (hydro-hammer)
Pipe Bedding References
See Standard Detail DR-10 for Storm Drain.

See Standard Detail W-15 for Water Main.

DS
W 6 of 13
See Standard Detail W-16 for Water Services.

See Standard Detail SS-05 for Sewer Main and Services (within ROW).

MINOR RESIDENTIAL

STREETS ATTACHED

SIDEWALK
CITY OF GRIDLEY ST-01

INDUSTRIAL COLLECTOR

STREETS ATTACHED

SIDEWALK
ST-02 CITY OF GRIDLEY

ARTERIAL STREETS
ST-03 CITY OF GRIDLEY

CUL-DE-SAC STREET
ST-04 CITY OF GRIDLEY

STANDARD ELBOW
ST-05 CITY OF GRIDLEY

CURB AND GUTTER
ST-06 CITY OF GRIDLEY

CURB AND GUTTER

TRANSITION
ST-07 CITY OF GRIDLEY

CURB AND GUTTER WITH

SIDEWALK
ST-08 CITY OF GRIDLEY

VALLEY GUTTER
ST-09 CITY OF GRIDLEY

DRIVEWAY APRON WITH

ATTACHED SIDEWALK
ST-10 CITY OF GRIDLEY

ALLEY DETAIL
ST-11 CITY OF GRIDLEY

MINIMUM STRUCTURAL

SECTION
ST-12 CITY OF GRIDLEY

TEMPORARY SIDEWALK

BARRICADE
ST-13 CITY OF GRIDLEY

STUB STREET BARRICADE
ST-14 CITY OF GRIDLEY

BOXED SURVEY MONUMENT
ST-15 CITY OF GRIDLEY

COLLAPSIBLE BOLLARD
ST-16 CITY OF GRIDLEY
ST-17 CITY OF GRIDLEY

LANDSCAPE SIGHT DISTANCE

CITY OF GRIDLEY

STANDARD DRIVEWAY

CULVERT
ST-18

CITY OF GRIDLEY

DRIVEWAY APPROACH
SWALE
ST-31

CITY OF GRIDLEY

DRIVEWAY APPROACH

VALLEY GUTTER
ST-19

TRENCH AND PAVING

BACKFILL AND EMBEDMENT
ST-20 CITY OF GRIDLEY

CITY OF GRIDLEY

TRENCH BEDDING AND

BACKFILL
ST-21

JOINT TRENCH

CONFIGURATIONS FOR

UTILITY COMPANIES
ST-22 CITY OF GRIDLEY

ROCK WHEEL TRENCH
ST-23 CITY OF GRIDLEY

POTHOLE RECONSTRUCTION
ST-24 CITY OF GRIDLEY

STREET SIGNS
ST-25 CITY OF GRIDLEY

CITY OF GRIDLEY

TREE AND WELL COVER
ST-26

FIRE HYDRANT
W-01 CITY OF GRIDLEY

FIRE ASSEMBLY WITH FDC
W-02 CITY OF GRIDLEY

THRUST BLOCKS
W-03 CITY OF GRIDLEY

GATE VALVE & BOX
W-04 CITY OF GRIDLEY
W-05 CITY OF GRIDLEY

LOCATING WIRE FOR WATER

MAINS AND SERVICES

SINGLE WATER SERVICE

MAIN CONNECTION
W-06 CITY OF GRIDLEY

DOUBLE WATER SERVICE

MAIN CONNECTION
W-07 CITY OF GRIDLEY

COMMERCIAL & IRRIGATION

SERVICE LINE
W-08 CITY OF GRIDLEY
W-09 CITY OF GRIDLEY

LARGE COMMERCIAL WATER

METER INSTALLATION

AIR-VACUUM VALVES
W-10 CITY OF GRIDLEY

SADDLE DETAIL
W-11 CITY OF GRIDLEY
3 IN. OR LARGER REDUCED

PRESSURE BACKFLOW

PREVENTER INSTALLATION
W-12 CITY OF GRIDLEY
2" BLOW OFF DEAD-END

WATER MAIN
W-13 CITY OF GRIDLEY

CONSTRUCTION WATER
DETAIL
W-14 CITY OF GRIDLEY

WATER MAIN TRENCH AND

BACKFILL
W-15 CITY OF GRIDLEY

TRENCH AND BACKFILL FOR

WATER SERVICE LINES
W-16 CITY OF GRIDLEY
SS-01 CITY OF GRIDLEY

SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE
SS-02 CITY OF GRIDLEY

DROP MANHOLES
SS-03 CITY OF GRIDLEY

SANITARY SEWER SERVICE &

CONNECTION

SANITARY SEWER LATERAL

CLEANOUT
SS-04 CITY OF GRIDLEY

SEWER MAIN TRENCH AND

BACKFILL
SS-05 CITY OF GRIDLEY

DROP INLET TYPE F
DR-01 CITY OF GRIDLEY

CITY OF GRIDLEY
TYPE 2 DROP INLET
DR-02

CITY OF GRIDLEY

TYPE GO INLET
DR-03
DR-04 CITY OF GRIDLEY

NO DUMPING PUBLIC NOTICE

STANDARD PRECAST

MANHOLE
DR-05 CITY OF GRIDLEY

ACCESS CONTROL & TRASH
RACK
DR-06 CITY OF GRIDLEY
INLET TRASH RACK 33 IN.

PIPE OR LARGER
DR-07 CITY OF GRIDLEY
≥ ID+6(FT)
B. Z = 4* ID + 2/3*ID

PIPE INLET AND OUTLET

STRUCTURES
DR-08 CITY OF GRIDLEY

TRENCH DAM
CITY OF GRIDLEY DR-09
GR-01 CITY OF GRIDLEY

RESIDENTIAL LOT GRADING

EXTERIOR PERIMETER

PROPERTY LINE GRADING
GR-02 CITY OF GRIDLEY

INTERIOR PROPERTY LINE

GRADING
GR-03 CITY OF GRIDLEY

STREET LIGHT DETAIL
CITY OF GRIDLEY MS-1